0F 

# Administration 

# Of The 

# .' "

cU 4 

# %
m 

## * 

# Marine Mammal Protection

G 

# G

<"o *%+ 

# Act Of 

# 1972

I 

### sr4rEsotb 

# April 1, 1976 through March 

# 31, 1977

Prepared by



### The National Marine Fisheries Service/National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Washington, 

## D.C. 20235 

### June 1977



## REPRINTED FROMFEDERAL REGISTER, 

## VOL. 42, 

## NO. 147--MONDAY, AUGUST 1,1977

### 38982 NOTICES



### DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National OceanicandAtmospheric Administration STATUS OF MARINE MAMMALS Reportofthe Secretaryof Commerce Section 103(f) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972 (16 U.S.C. 1361. 86 Stat. 1027 (1972) states that "Within sixmonths aftertheeffectivedateof this Act (December21.1972) andevery twelve months thereafter, the Secretary shall report to thepublic through publication in the FEDERAL REGISTER andto the Congress on thecurrent status of all marine mammal species and population. stocks mbject 

### to theprovisions of this Act. His

,- report shall describe those actionstaken and those measures believed necessary, fncluding where appropriate, the issuance of permits pursuant to this title to
asswe the well-being of such marine mammals."

Section 3(12) (A) of theAct limits the responsibility oftheDepartmentof Com

### mercetothose mammalswhich aremembers of the Order Cetacea (whales and porpoises) andmembers,otherthanwal

### ruses,of theOrder Pihnipedia (sealsand

sea lions). Accordingly, there is published herewith the report of the Secretary of Commerce for the period April 1.1976. 

### toMarch 31.1977. on theadministration of theAct with regard to those mammals.

Issued at Washington, D.C., and dated June20,1977.

Dated: June20,1977.

JUANITA 

### M.KREPS, SecretaryojCommerce.

~~TRAT~ON OF THE MARINE MAMMAL

PRODVCTION ACT OF 1972, APRn 1, 1976, THROUGH MARCH 11, 1977.

RFPOBT OF THE SECRETARY OF COMMERCE Contents

Part I.Introduction.

Authorlty for the report and admlnistratlonof theAct. Program actlvltles. Summary ofmajor actlvltles. Part II. Natlonal Marine Fisheries Servlce Actions Taken Pursuant to the Pro- ~1~101~6 of the Act. Optlmumsustalnnble populatlon. Depleted species of marlnemammals. Incidental taking of marlne mammals In

the course of commercial flshlng operatlons. Walverof themoratorium.

South African fur seals. Alaskan marlne mammals. Fubllc dlsplay and sdentlfic research per- - - mits. Requests for certlflcates of reglstratlon as

tannery or as agent wlth respect to ma- rine mammals taken by Alaskan Natives. Other actlons In regulating the taklng and lmportlng of marlne mammals. Rlller whales. Hawallan monk seals. Fubllc hearings. Lawenforcement. Isgal acbione brought againet the Department of Commerce. mternatlanal progrsms. Ad HW In- Committee, on an

IntmnfatIonal Marine Mammal Rom. Intematlonal WhaUng Cornmisslon. North PWc Au Seal Convention. Inter-Amerlcan Ropfcal Tuna Commlssion



### . Convention on the Conservation of

AlltaTCtlc m8. Food and Agriculture Organlzatlon and

the Unlted Nations Environment Program. Endangered Species Convention. US.-U.S.S.R. Marine Mammal Project,

Environmental Protectlon Agreement. Tuna-Porpoise Rasearch and Development Program. Mortality Reduction Technology. Blologlcal Stock Assessment Research. Fleet Performance. Research on Northern Fur Seals,Plnnlpeds, and Cetaceans. Northern Fur Seal Program. Plnnlpeds of the US.Paclflc Coast. Marine Mammalsof the Arctlc Ocean and

Bering Sea. Cetaceans. Fundlng. Part 111. Current Status of the Stocks or Marine Mammals. Intruductlon. species Ibt. status reports. Contributors. outside the Department of

Commerce. Laws and treatles governing the protection

of marlne mammals.
Part IV. Appendlxes.

Appendtx A-Permlt statistlcs tables. Appendlx %Notice& and regulations. Appendlx C-Fundlug table.

AUTHORITY FOE THE REPORT AND

ADMINISTRATION OF THE ACT This report 

### to Congress is pursuant to requirements of Section 103(f) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972 (86 Stat. 1027, hereinafter called the "Act"). TheAct, with certain exceptions, placed 

### an immediate moratorium on the taking and importation of all marine mammalsand marinemammalproducts. Under the Act, the responsibility of the Secretary of Commerce pertains to whales. porpoises, seals, and sea lions; theSecretary of theInterior is responsi- ble for all other mammals, specifically

seaotters.walruses, polar bears,dugongs, and manatees. On November 30, .1972, theSecretaryof Commerce delegated authority for the functions prescribed by the Act to the Admfnistrator of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). On February 9, 1973. the Administrator delegated this authority to the Director of the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS).On October 13. 1976, the Administrator redelegated thb authority to the Director. NMFS, with clarification of the authority retained by theAdministrator topro- vide policy guidance and to consult with the Director on ,the execution of the functions delegated.

PROGRAM ACTIVITIES The principal 

### NMFS activities in ad

# -

the Act include: decisions and activfties regarding waivers of the moraboriup; +suance of permits for scientific research &d public display; enforcement of the provisions of the Act; promulgation of regulations to control thetakingof marinemammals; research and surveys to determine the status of marine mammal population stocks; cooperation with the States; and interns: tional activities and agreements to conserve and manage marine mammals. A close working relationship has been fostered with the Marine Mammal Commission (established under Title lIof the Act) and its authorized Committee of Scientific Advisors to facilitate interchange and consultation on substantive program matters.

In addition, meet- were held peri- odically with interested national conservation groups, fishing industry representatives, zoo and aquarium operators. and individual researchers, to discuss the problems as well as proposed solu- tions involved in the implementation of theAct.

Porpoise mortality incidental to the 

### U.S. tunapurse-seine mery remainsone of the most significant problems NMFS continues to face in the administration of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972. TheAct and the legislative history, taken together, direct that the mortality and serious injury of marine mammals be reduced to Insignificantlevels approachfng a zeromortality and serious injury rate, without closing down

or seriously curtailing the fishing industry.

Enactment of the Fishely Conservation and Management Act of 1976 (FCMA) (Public Law 94-265) has expanded the responsibilities of NMFS under the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA). Section 404 of the FCMA amended the MMPA 

### to extend its territorial jurisdiction to 

### the 200-mile Fishery Conservation Zone 

### (Fm). Themoratorium on taking and importingmarine mammals, therefore, now applies throughout the

### FCZ.

SUMMARY OF MAJOR ACTIVITIES Optimum Sustainable Population

NMFS developed an operational definition of "optimum sustainable popula- tion" (OSP) that is broadly applicable to marine mammal population dynsm- ics. 08P is defined as a range within which maximum net productivity of a population is expected to occur. Maximum net productivity is the gross addition 

### to the population less natural mortality. Incidental Taking of Marine Mammals in the Course of Commercial Ftshinp Operattons

Regulations promulgated on December 5, 1975, to govern theincidental take of marine mammals in the yellowfh tuna purse-seine flshery were voided by Judge Charles Richey, 

### U.S. District Court, onMay 11.1976; however, theef

# - fective date was stayed untfl December 31, 1976.

On October 14. 1976,

### ~ro~oaed 

### regula- tionswere publishedtorephethosetegFEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977ulations voided by thsW,%. IlLsCrictCourt

on ~ey 11,1976;Thoeeproposed regula- tiom were the subject d a public heuing which was heldlin Wkshington. D,C:. and San Dlego. Callf.. from November 15, 1976. through December 22. 1978. Based ontheAdministsatPveLawJhdge'S recommendations and' th~ hearing rec- ord,thedecisionwas puHllshed on mch 1, 1977,and,among other things,llmited the 1977 porpoise mortality level bg 17.5. vessel& to 59,050, comprised of 12 differentindividual quotas.

The 1976 estimated mortality by U.8. *hermen was 103,6DO~thmugh November 11, 1976,when it was prohibited, toen- circle any more parpoises in 19'16,The mol.tslity exceeded the 78;000quota that had been impoaed in 19'16subseqllent to the decision by Judge Rdchey. I6 was estimated that the quota was reached on October 19; however, court actions delayed imposition of a prohibition untfl November 11. 1978.

A workshop to assess We stocks of porpoise involved 

### fn the easienn Pacific YellowAn Tuna Fishery wss campletad. Its report, published In September 1976, established forthefirsttime esthatm

### of the populations of mrtrlne mammals 

### involved and estinratea of their optimum sustainable population levels. Waiver of the Mwatorium

On February 19,1976,themoratonium was waived to allow the importation of Cape fur seshkins from South Atrfcs under certain specific conditions. Be-

cause of foreign policy considerations, theDirector denied.impo~tatdan of skins taken 

### in Namibia (Snukhest Afrdca). Following a review of the South African harvest, it was determined,that the cmditions that warranted granting the waiver continued to exist. Therefore, the waiver was continued for the U76 harvest from which 12,471 skins were imported.

In January 1973,the State of Alaska applied to the Department of Commerce and the Department of theInterior asking that the moratorium be waived and regulations promulgakd~ in order to re- turnmanagement af nine speciesof ma- rine mammals to the State. Having reviewed the State's request over several years, the Directors of NMFS and the
U.S.Fish and Wildlife Service (EWS) jointly proposed such a waiver and regu- lations governingreturn of management. Formal hearings onthematter werecon- vened on June 29, 1976, in Anchorage. Alaska: July 6, in Nome; July 12, In Bethel; and July 14. in Anchorage. On October 20. 1976, the hearing was con- cluded in Washington. D.C. A decision wffl be rendered during 1977. Public Display and Scientific Research Pennits

At the beginning of this report period (April 1. 1976), 16 permit applications

were pending 

### action. During the period of thb report. 60 Permit appllcat3ons weresubmitted. Oi these 76 spplicstions,

# -

48 have been am-, 1 denled. 1 inactivated k- ot &rncm, 2 withdrawn, 1 

### returned to 

### maapplfcmk and 23 remain 'under consideration; Otlier Action3

### in Regulating

## me: Taking and Intporting of Marine- Mammals

The Hawaiian mank seal (~onhohuo schauinslandi) was designated. &a a depleted species throughout its range, on the basis that numbers of this sp80ies may have declined 

### to a signifbsnt degree over recent years, and furthermore. may have declined historically to the point that. if such decline continued, thts specieswould becomesubjecttothepro- visions of the Endangered Species Act of 1973. Law Enforcement

The first crimhal prosecutions under the Act resulted in convictions of 

### two conspirators involved in the illegal cwture, possession, and sale of bottlenosed dolphins.

An investigation into 

### an ill'egal 

### imporhtion operation 

### was concluded 

### with the seizure of 450 sea. lion skins from South knerica.

Contracts were renegotiated with Alaska,Washington, Oregon, CBlifornia, and Florida that provide Federal 

### funds to these S&n for enforcement of the pmvhions of theA&

The &st fdbinishtive hearing for

an alleged vialation of the Act resulted in a that tfie natipe- eeptionof the Act applies only to.natives under the jurld~on of the Unibed States-, rather than to all Arctic ickimm, ae the defendantcontended. International Ptogrnnts

An Ad Hoc Interagency Committee

was fmmed to develop an Intematbnal MarineMammal Pcogram.

### Inaddition 

### to government re~entatives, members of tbpublicpartiaipabed in the Committee meethm

At the International Whaling Commission meeting in June 1976,theUnited States continued efforts to have the Commission adopt conservation meas-

ures that conform with the Marine Mammal ProtectionAct. The U.S.efforts

were successful in having the Cornmission adopt several conservation me=- ures.

The Protocol Amending the Inhim Convention 

### on Conservation of North Pacific Fur Seals was rstifledby thefour parties to the Convention The hotoool extendsthe Conventionfor an additional 4 years, and modifies a number of the Convention's fur seal conservation

measures.

The United States ratiAed the Convention on the Conservation of Antarctic Seals.

Under 

### me U.S.-U.S.9R. M-e Mammal Project Environmental Protectton Agreement, threejoint reswch projects

were conducted, invoivbg tsle moperative exchange of United Stahand 80- vietMarine mammal scienttsts. Tuha/PorpoiseResearch and DevelopmentProgram 'nwmtz US. ves9ds val- & arperfmental 

### msr in a pro(aam moperaYraly dewlimed bp the 

### Em aesoue and XMFS 

### tafatauta& porpaise releasa Ten 

### were equiw with Bold Contnnden Systems, and 10 hed. Modifled, S~!akm& with L%.-mch mash in the safe& panel Each Billed fewer penwises than conventionalgear 

### : these test led. to ih gear re- q5~ments. A chartered msesmh cruise using:different rebtse meth~~ds demrm~ strated that 

### perm kills may, he re- duced to very low.levels. mutlier testing of the gear and procedures used onthis ~rulseis~annedfDr~TI.

Sbck assessment research indicates that populations af spotted doland whitebefly spinner do- are within thelomz

### lindtsof (SSP;. thewt,-
ernspinner du is depleted; and the nmthern, central and sautEwrn stocks of common dd~hins and the mr$hern and equatarialstocgsof striped d6bhji.u
aceator abaveOWlev&.

Analgsis of 

### Ua tuna fleet gerfh-

ances relattfe 

### to pocpafse kill'indicates that, under 

### stan- condftfans of numbers of 

### tunaand porpoise, and 

### mcies of polpabewht, theWRer poxWe set in 1978 dealinad 

### W percent, compmm 1975.
Phsm I;r. IV~TIOIALS M~MI PIBHEZUPS r9eRvIca &none: 'T-. RJRBU~~ m
THE PROVIBIOIW.00 !EEE ACT

OPTIMUX SUSTAINABLEPOPWIXTION The 

### Marine bammal J3Wion Act stab 

### that "manlna memmsls- hswre
pmnthemmhclb be he- 

### mmmes af gre& ihtwwuonsd sigpliftcsoca:&t-&lc and recmatlmswell~eaolrondc; slrd its is tfre sense of Cbngess tfiat they ShDuld be protected amd encmnaged 

### tn develop to the gresht excent mible aornmenaurabwitbsound pollck of ISzrource msnagemwt 8iid 

### fhaC hhe pnimmy objective of their management should be to maintain the health and stsbility of themarine eccwgstem.

### Wh-

evm consistent with this prlmarp objec- tive, it should be the goal 

### to obtain 

### w optimum sustainable population hxplng in mind the optimum carryingcapacity otthehabitat."

The~ntenelated concwts of optimum sustainable poDuatIon (0SP) and ogtl-

mum carrying capacity (OCC), as used in the Act, arebasic elements of a management program to carry out the Act's overall objectiveto protect and consene numine mammals.The Act de-es OCC

as the "ability of a given habitst to sw- portthe optimum sustainable w~ulation of a species or population stock in a healthy state without dimfntshing the ability of the habitat to continue 'that function." 09P is defbed to mean, "the number of 

### animals which will re.]& in the maximum productinty 

### af the popu- lation or thespecies,keeping inmind the 

### optimum carrying capacity ai thehabitstandtheheaUhaitheecoa@mof which they form! a constituent 

### element" The desk& goal of muhemammal 

### manwment in 

### the Act le 

### ta mshbb spaaiea 

### ma~nsbockat 

### en OWlev4andtoreetare

### toan level
aogc DopuMion that hat declined.balm

FEDERAL RFglS7ERi YOL 42, W. IWA-Y, -1. 1, 1977

### 38984 NOTICES

that level. In this regard, a species may be brought within the additional protec- tive measures conferred by designating thatspecies to be depleted,if thenumber of arumals is determined to be below the optimum carrying capacity for the spe- cies within its environment. In addition. the Act requires that the effect of any significant management action upon the OSP of theinvolved speciesbe evaluated prior to implementing the action.

Tofully implement these management concepts, NMFS assembled experts in population analysis to hold a workshop

on Porpoise stock assessment. The workshop was held July 27-31, 1976, at the Southwest F'isheries Center. National MarineFisheries Service,LaJolla, Calif.. with the task of producing estimates of existing population levels, OSP levels, and the impact of incidential taking on those levels for each and every spedes

or population stock of small cetaceans involvedintheU.S.yellowfin tunapurse- seine fishery. On the basis of the resulting "Report of the Workshop on Stock Assessment of Porpoises Involved in the EasternPacfAc Yellowfin TunaFishery" and the Marine Mammal Commission's paper entitled "The Conceptof Optimum Sustainable Population," NMFS developed and adopted the following opera- tional deflnition of optimum sustainable population:

Optimum sustainable populatlon is a population she that falls wlthln s range from the population level of a glven species or stock that ie the larg-t supportable- wlthin the ecosystem tothepopulationlevel that re- sults Ln maximum net productlvlty. Maxi-

mum net productivlty Is the greatestnet an- nual increment in populatlon numbers or biomass resulting from eddltlonsto the populatlon due to reproduction and/or growth less 1- due to natural mortality. (Appendlx B-1. Regulations relating to the deflnltlon of optimum sustalnable population.)

Public comments on theproposed deAnition from which the above deflnition

was adopted clearly indicated the dieBculties involved in defining optimum sustainable population as a single value 

### to be used as a basis for aJl management decisions under theprovision of the Act. The participants in the Workshop on Stock Assessment of Porpoises were 

### unabletoagree on a precise point value for thelower end of therange of OSP (some feel that 0.60 is a prudent estimate). but agreed that the value lies within the range of 0.50 to 0.70 of the initial size of the unexploited population. The definit~on of optimum sustainable population is expected to be modified as knowledge and understanding of theconcept evolve.

DEPLETED SPECIESOFMARIXTE MAMMALS The Marine Mammal Protection Act acknowledges that certain species and population stocks of marine mammals are, or may be, in danger of extinction or depletion as a result of man's activities. The Act states that "such species andpopulation stocks should not be per- mitted to diWh beyond the point at which they cease to be a significant functioning element in the ecosystem of whlch they are a part, and consistent with this major objective, they should not be permitted to diminish below their optimum sustainablepopulation. Further mequres should be immediately taken to replenish any species or population stock that has already diminished below that population. In particular. efforts should be made to protect the rookeries. mating grounds, andareasof similar sig- nificance for each species of marine mammal from the adverse effect of man's actions."

One action provided by the Act to further this purpose is the Qesignation
Of a species to be depleted. The Act defines a depleted species to be a species of marine mammal for which the Secretary. after consultation with the Marine Mammal Commission and the Committee of Scientific Advisors on Marine Mammals, determines that the number of individuals within the species:

a. Has declined to a sfgniflcant degree over a periodofyesrs;

b. Has otharwLse decllned a4d thrut U such decllne continues, or Is Uely to reeume, such species would be subject to the provisions of the Endangered Specles Act of 1973; or

c. Is below the optimum carrying apaclty for thespecle8wl- Itsenvlrmznent.

Designation of a speciesto be depleted places the species within the provisions of Section 101(a)(3)(B) of the Act. which states that "Except for scientific research purposes asprovided forin par- agraph (1)of this subsection, during the moratorium nopermlt may be issued for the takingof any marine mammalwhich is classified as anendangered species or threatened species pursuant to the Endangered SpeciesAct of 1973,orhas been designated by the Secretary as depleted. and no importation may be made of any such mammal." NMFS has determined thattheHawaiian monk seal (Monachtts schauinslandi) and the eastern stock of spinner dolphin (Stenella longirostris)

aredepleted.

INCIDENTAL TAXING OF MARINE DSAHALS

IN THE COURSE OF COMMERCIAL MSRMG
OPERATIONS The Act provided, in Section 101(a) (2), that during the 24-month period initially following the date of enactment,thetakingof marine mammals incidental to the course of commercial fishing operations was permitted. After October 20, 1974, no marine mammals may be taken in the course of commercial fishing operations unless the taking is doneunder a General Permit and Certificate of Inclusion as specified in reg- ulations. Five categories of General Permit, designed to reduce marine mammal mortality and serious injury, were established by regulations promulgated on September 5. 1974. Mve domestic General Permits were issued 

### to allow marine mammals to be taken 

### in the course of commercial flshlng operations through December 31. 1976. and again through December 31.1977: (1)towed ordragged gear; (2) encircling gear, yellodn tuna purse seining; (3) encirchg gear other than yellowfln tuna purse seining; (4) stationary gear; and (5) other gear.

In addition 

### to the flve domestic 

### General Permits, six foreign associations, representing ,fishermen from Japan, Korea, anztiieU&.S.R., have submitted eight applications for general permits to takemarinemammals during 1977inthe

course of fishing operations within the Fishery Conservation Zone established by the Fishery Conservation and ManagementAct of 1976 (PL. 94-265). These foream applications were pending action on March 31. 1977.

Public concern over porpoise deaths occurring incidental to yellowAn tuna purse-seining operation$ grew signill- cantly during 1976 and resulted in a flurry of activlh inthe courts, Congress, government, and industry. Theseactions

were in responseto 1976regulations and proposed regulations for the 1977season.

Inannouncing 1976regulations, NMFS indicated that a quota on the incidental kill of porpoise durbg yellowfin tuna purse seining would be imposed if the U.S. 1976 kill for the January 

### ta April 14period was not lowered to 70 percent of the 1975kill for the same period. Although the U.S. kill actually dropped to 67 percent for the comparable 1975pe- riod, a suit was flled in the U.S. District Court for the MsMct of Columbia, on behalf of organizations of the environmental community. The resulting court order halted tuna purse seining for tuna associated with porpoiseeflectiveMay 31, 1976. The basis for the ruling was that 

### NMFS failed to meet certain legal requirements of the Marine Mammal Protection Act in issuing a General Permit to the tuna industry. 

### In appealing the court decision, NMFS announced its intention toimpose anincidental kill quota of 78,000 porpoises, to expand ib observer program tomore effectivelymonitor tbe quota, and to expedite effortsto determinetheexisting andoptimum por- poise populations for each species involved in the tuna Ashery. A subsequent ruling by the U.S. Circuit Court of APpeals upheld the lower court ban, but ruled that porpoise Ashjng cpuld continuethrough 1976.Thestaywas granted to avofd a disastrous impact on the industry, to allow sufficienttime for NMFS to comply with the Act's requirements, and to enable ongoing cooperative gear development studies to be completed throughouttheentire fishing season.

F'urth~rcourt action was initiated when the NMFS announced that the 78,000-porpoise quota would be reached

on October 19,1976.Dataprovided by scientific observers placed aboard 54 U.S. tuna vessels were used to monitor the incidental kill rate and make projections

on the closure date. Industry challenges on administrativeprocedures used to set the quota were overturned, and the pro- hibition on flshjng of tuna associated with porpoise went intoeffecton November 11, 1976. The preliminary estimated incidental porpoise kill for 1976 was 103.600.

Proposed regulations for 1977 Were published on October 14. 1976. The Proposed regulations placed emphasis on deficienciesidentified in theU.S. Mdrfct Court ruling and included theestablishment of a quotafor each of 17stocks of porpoises involved in the Rshery. proFEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1. 1977NOTICES

hibited encircling pure Or mix& schools of certain species or stocks, and 

### nquiredtheinstallation of a 1% -inch mesh porpoise safety panel 

### in the backdown

area of thenet (theindustry Fine Mesh System). In addition, the regulations proposed to deny entry into the United States all shipments of yellowfin tuna fromnations whosevessels participate in the yellowfln tuna seine lishery in the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean unless the Director makes a Anding that fishery operations are conducted in accordance wiith U.S. regulations and standards.

These proposed regulations were the subject of an extensive review process including public hearngs inWashington, D.C., and San Diego. Callf., before an Administrative Law Judge (AM).These hearings were concludedonDecember 22. 1976, and the ALJ made his recommended decision to the Director on January 17, 1977.

Based upon the ALJ's recommended decisionand the hearing record, the

### Mrector made his final decision which was published on March 1, 1977.

Based on a determination of optimum sustainable population. for all but 5 of 17 species and stocks. a total U.S. take limitation of 59,050 was established for species for which encircling by purse seinenetcouldbe permitted. TheEastern spinner dolphin stock was determined to be depleted. The status of the stocks of coastal spotted dolphin, Costa Rican spinner dolphin, and melon-headed and pygmy killer whales are unknown. Therefore, no take was allowed of these flve stocks. 

### This take would allow the species and stocks to increase or remain within their optimum sustainable range. NMFSwill place an observer aboard each U.S. tunavessel (400-toncarrying capac- ity or greater) flshing on porpoise for at least one trip durfng 1977, contingent upon the availability of manpower and funds. (Appendix B-2. Notice and regu- lations relating to the incidental taking of marine mammals in the course of commercialflshing operations).

WAWER OF THE MORATORIUM SouthAfricanFur Seals

The Fouke Company of Greenville. S.C.. is the 'sole processor of fur sealskins in the United States and the largest fur sealskin processor in the world. The Company has processed fur sealskins almost ~0ntin~0~slg under contract with the U.S. Government for

over a half century, and has imported

raw sealskins from South Africa for 50 years. Its primary sources of raw product have been northern fur sealskins from the Pribilof Islands, Alaska, and Capefursealskinsfrom SouthAfrica.

On February 19. 1976, the NMFs DIrector published a decision in the )?EDERALREGISTER (41

### FR 7537) to waive the moratorium imposed by the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, to allow theimportation of up 

### to 19,180 skins of Cape fur seals harvested from each amual harvest commencing with the 1075 harvest within the Republic of 

### -nth Africa, and promulgated regulations 

### to govern the waiver. (Appendix E3.Notices and regulations relating to the South Africa fur seal waiver of the moratorium).

Thewaiver provides for anannualreview of the South African management program and a number of activitiesconducted thereunder. The annual review permits the Director to review relevant info-tion and to determine whether the conditions upon which the waiver

was granted continuetoexist, andwould warranta continuation of thewaiver.

In connection with the annual review for 1976, the Director received information from the Government of the Republic of South Africa that the South African inspection program pertaining 

### to the humaneness of harvests has been expanded 

### to include all rookeries; additional tagging and aerlal survey programshave been developed; and. in gen- eral, additional means 

### to continue 

### to implement a, sound scientific management program consistent with the Act havebeenprovided.

The 1975 South African harvest level of 74,945 Cape fur seals exceeded the level of 70,000 animals established by the waiver. However, the excess harvest (4,945 animals) was not considered dg- niflcantly adverse from a scientiflc point of view to constitute evfdence of inadequate management practices. There is

noevidencethatthesealpopulations will be adversely affected by this one incident of an excess harvest: nor can the

excess harvest be viewed as evidence of

a disregard for appropriate harvest levels, because the Director's c'ecision

on the harvest level was made after the harvestwas completed.

The Mrector determined that conditions upon which thewaiver was granted continue 

### to exist; thus, amending orrevokingthewaiver was unnecessary.

On May 11, 1976, the Fouke Company petitioned 

### to amend the Regulations 

### to raise themaximum annualharvest limitation from 70,000 Cape fur seals 

### to 76,965, thereby raising the maximum number of skins that could be imported from 19,180 

### to 21,088. The Fouke Company contended that increasing the maximum harvest level was warranted because the pup population had increased.

The petition 

### was denied because 

### the evidence submitted by Fouke was not considered sufficientto supporta conclusionthatthepup population of the Cape furseal had increased.

In September 1976, the Director received a petition for Amendment of Rule from the Fouke Company to adjust the total harvest percentage that could be imported from 27.4 to 33.1 percent. Fouke alleged that 

### NMFS failed to consider fourislands aspart of SouthAfrica, and thereby understated that portion of thetotalyearly harvests inSouthAfrica. After consulting with theDepartment of State, the Director decfded that 

### an amendment of the waiver was appropri- ate, and accordingly increased themaximum number of skins that may 

### be imported 

### to 23,170 annually, beginning with the 1976harvest. On April 2, 1976, NhrlFS gave notice (41 FR li2OD of-receipt of an applica- tion from the Fouke Company for a permit to import 13.883 Cape fur sealskins from the 1975 South African harvest. However, the Company subse- quently withdrew its application for a permit when itlearned that it could not comply with the requirements of the Regulations forpermitissuance.

Following a review of the 1976 South African management program, the Director received an application from the Fouke Company for a permit 

### to import 13,000Cape,fur sealskins from the 1976



### . harvest and process the skins inaccordance with the usual business practice. Theapplication is pursuant to thewaiver of the moratorium and the regulations. 

## * After reviewing the permit application, thesupporting materials from the South African Governmentconcerning the 1976 harvest, and the public comments, the Director granted the permit request on December 10,1976.' AlaskaMarineMammals

TheStateof Alaska applied to the Secretary of Commerce in 1973, 

### as stated 

### in previous reports, to waive the moratorium onnorthernsealions,harbor and spotted seals, ringed seals, and beluga whales, and return management of these species to the State. A simultaneous request was made to the Secretary of the Interior with respect to walruses, sea otters, and polar bears. NMFS and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS)

are jointly considering the request. A draft environmental impact statement (DEIS) and proposed regulations were published in February 1976,as discussed inthe June 1976Report.Ahearing on the State's regulation was convened on June 29, 1976, before Hon. Malcolm P. LittleAeld, Administrative Law Judge, in Anchorage. Alaska. To obtain the broadest possible testimony of all parties concerned, the hearing was continued on July 6 inNome, andJuly 12inBethel.On July 14, the hearing was reconvened in Anchorage. On October 19 and 20, the hearing was concluded in Washington. D.C.Based ontherecommendation of the ALJ and the hearing record, the Directors of NMFS and FWS are expected to make a decision on the matter later in 1977. (Appendix l3-4. Notices and regu- lations relating to Stat.management of marine mammals.) PUBLIC DISPLAY AND SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH PERMITS Section 101 (a)(1) of the Act and Section 216.31 of the Regulations Governing the Taking and Importing of Marlne Mammals (50 CFR Part 216) authorize theNWS Director (bydelegation) to issue permits 

### to take and import marine mammals and marine mammal products for the purposes of scientiflc research andpublicdisplay.

Although the Act declares 

### a moratorium on the taking or importing 

### of marine mammals and mahemammal products, the Act included exceptions thatallow continuing research on

### marine mammals and taking of marine mamFEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### 38986 NOTICES

mals for public display. providing that of this report and for the cumulative appropr@e*St&&s involved in beached the health and well-being of the marine period sinceenactment of theAct. Table and stranded marine mammals, and mammal species and populations in- 1of appendix Aprovides a listing of the through interagency agreements. Durvolved, aswell as the marine ecosystems, common and scientificnames of thema- lng the period of this report, an addiare not adversely affected. Permits may, rine mammal species that may be in- tional 53 applicationshavebeen resolved however, be granted only after the Ma- volved in permit applications. Table 2 in the following manner: 2 applications rine Mammal Commission and its Com- provides a summary of the applications have been withdrawn; 1application has mittee of Scientific Advisors on Marine received, the number of marine mam- been returned 

### to the applicant because Mammals have reviewed the application. malsrequested,thevarious actionstaken of inappropriate submittal; 1application

One of the major considerations inis- on applications, and thenumber of ma- has been inactivated because of insumsuing permits,which involvecaptivema- rine mammals authorized to be taken cient response from the applicant

### to rerine mammals for either scientific re- and/or imported. Tables 3 and 4 provide quests for additional information necessearch orpublic display,is the quality of analysis of the mberof each species sary 

### to certify an application complete;

care provided. Following enactment of of marine mammals requested in pennit 1 application has been denied; and 48 the Act, NMFS developed requirements applications. Tables 5 and 6 provide a applications have been approved. The

I I for marine mammal care and mainte- similar analysis of the marine mammals 23 remaining applications of the 238 re- nance that have since been used as cri- authorized 

### to be taken and/or imported ceived to date are pending. teria for all permits involving captive under scientific research andpublic dis- The Regulations provide that a per- marine mammals. These requirements play permits. mit may be modified,with sufeciwtprior appeared asAppendixC

### to the~uly 1973, Scientilic research permitapplications notification to the permit holder, folReport of the Secretary of Commerce haveinvolved thefollowing: lowed by publication of notice of the on Administration of the Marine Mam- 1. ~~tl~it.1~~ requirhg the removal of ]lo- mdification in the FEDERAL REGISTER. ma1ProtectionActof 1972. lng marinemammals from the ecosystem: During theperiod of this report, 22 per-

SInceenactment oftheAct,NMFS has a. Kllllng wild animals for the collection mit modifications have been pmpo6ed worked closely with theMarineMammal Of blolog'csl materials and measurement and 20 made effective by publication in Commission,the F'ish and WildlifeServ- data; and the FEDERAL REGISTER, in addition 

### to 39 Ice (FWS) of the DepartmentofInterior, 

# b~_~~ed~dd~e~~~n captlvlty lor labor'- modifications previously proposed and andtheAnimalandPlantHealth Inspec- a. actlvltles resub- the removal of dead made effective. tion Service (APHIS) oftheDepartment -he mammels from the ecosystem: 

### AU permit holders 

### are required, under of Agriculture, as well as representatives a.~o~~ectlng bio~ogical materialsand meas- permit-conditions. to provide a number of the marine mammal display industry urement data from dead marine mammals. of reports, which may be any of the and concerned public groups to develop not killed by permit holders (l.e.,materlals following:


### more comprehensive 

## standaids for the obtained from animals kllled lncldental to

care and maintenance of captive commercial fisheries, taken In native har- Reports On the taking Of mamvests, found beached, or floating at sea): mw mammals. In October 1975, these efforts and 2. Reports on the lmportlng of marine resulted in a set of standards and guide- b. Importing biological materials taken lines prepared by the Marine Mammal from previously killed animals. 3 Reports on speclflc aspects of the husCommission. NMFS,FWS, and APHIS, 3. Actlvitles not requiring the removal of bandry captive marine msmmals, such as under the authority of the Animal Wel- marine ~~ammalS from the ecosystem, nor water quallty; fare of 1970, have been developing lnvolvlng any slgnlflcant probablllty of accl- 4. Reports On mammal 6. Monthly. quarterly, semiannual and/or the'meansby which these standards and 

# detmk.Jt"Ux,"L

# dEii~ngg and,or marking, annus1 reports on the health snd condition guidelines wul be imp1emented by the followed by release of the anl-1s; of marine mammals held In captlvlty; LnvolvedFederal agencies. b. Marking and/or tagging by means of a 6. Reports on actlvitles conducted under

The criteria used by the Director to remote teehnlque, not 1nvolPfng capture and 

# "~~~~~G~~~~~h the of determine issuance of a scientific re- release; search pedt include such considera- c. Taklng skin Samples from cetaceans to sclent'nc projects: and tions as whether the proposed taking or determine sex; 8. Final reports concernlug the results of d. Collectlng measurement data and Ilm- sclentinc research projects. consistent with the policies ited blo~oglca~ material hmllvlng, re- During the ~riod 

### of report, 280 and purposes Of the and whether stralned anlmals (1.e.. blood samples, toe- were submitted: 25 on thetaBing grantingthepermit isrequiredto further nails, teeth), fol~oweaby release of the bona flde, necessary. and/or desirable animals; and of marine mammals; 212 on the health scientific purpose.Furtherconsiderations e. Taklng by actions technically consld- and UXldition 

### of Dmrine Xm%~mals held

are the beneflts anticipated to be de- ered as harassment,mchas may occur in the 

### in captivity; 11 on mortslik; 30 on refived from the scientm research con- course Of aerial muveys, population counts, searchactivities; and 2 onfinalresearch. templated and theeffectsof theproposed 

# f~~vfnP~l~\d~~~~~thaC~~~~,"~ f,"~~i~'~llJ's''ialper~e rtshO~~~ps~~~ taking or importing on the population ,m,k. stocks and themarine ecosystem. their activities.

In determining whether to issue a The research activities of greatest The Act and the Regulations provide public display permit, the Director con- scope, in tenl'ls Of the number of anl- for charging a reasonable fee 

### to wver dders, among other criteria, whether mal~ affected. involved a-nimsls that theadministrative 

### mts of issuinga per- theproposed taking or importing WFU be were not removed from the ecosystem. mit. public display permit holders fee is consistent with the Act's policies and During the period from April 1, 1976, $200; scientiftc research pennit holders purposes; and whether (1) a substantial through March 31,1977,60 permit appU- fee is $25. Such fees arewaived forFedpublic beneflt will be gained from the cations have been received. in addition eral and State agencies. During the display contemplated, considering the to 178 permit a~~liCation.5 ~reviously re- period of the report, a 

### total of $4,725
manner of the display and the antici- ceived (table 2). Of these 238 pennit has been collected from permit holders pat,& audience on the onehand,and the applications, 155 had been forwarded to and deposited in miscellaneous receipts effectof the proposed taking or import- the Marine Mammal Commission as of of the U.S. Treasury. ing on the population stocks of the ma- March 31, 1976, and 54 wen? forwarded rine mammals in question and the ma- to the Commission during the period of OF REGISTRAT1ON rine ecosystemon theother; and (2) the this report. As of March 31, 1977, the 

# " TANNERY OR AS WITII applicant's qualifications for the proper Commissionhad reviewed and submitted mRmEMANIMALS T- ALASKA* care and maintenance of the marine recommendations on 203 of the 209 ap- NATmS mammal, and the adequacy of thehold- plications referred to the Commission. Section 216.23 of the ReWtlonsprohg facilities. Asof March 31,1976, 162pennit appll- vides that marine mammals taken.by 

### an Appendix A provides an overview of cations had been resolved by means of Indian. Aleut, or Eskimo resMent d the the scientific research and public dis- permit issuance or denial, withdrawal of coast of the North 

### Pacifk or ABetle play permitprogram, both for theperiod application, referral of applicants

### to the Ocean, for the purpoue-of creating 

### and

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

selling authentic native articles of handicraft and clothing may be transferred to a registered tannery, either directly by the Indian, Aleu, or Dkimo or through a registered agent. Similarly, marine mammals taken by Alaskan Natives for subsistence may be. sent to a registered tannery for processing and subsequent return to anAlaskan Native.

Any tannery or person who wishes to act as an agent within the jurisdiction of the United Statesmay apply for reg- istration as a tannery or an agent, and thus, be allowed to possess and process marine mammal products for Indians, Aleuts, orEskimos.Prior toApril 1,1976,

seven tanneries and nine agents had been granted Certificates of Registration

as tannery or agent in accordance with Section 216.23 of the Regulations. Two of those registered tanneries have surrendered their certificates. During the period of this report, three additional certificates have been granted 

### to tanneries, and seven 

### to agents.

OTHER ACTIONS IN REGULATING THE TAKING AND IMPORTING OF MARINE MAMMALS Killer Whales

In theearly 1960's. oceanarium operatorsbegan to buy live killer whales from the waters of Washington and British Columbia. The killer whale population in the Puget Sound region has provided the people of that area with a unique, esthetic, and recreational pastime, and public sentiment has strongly opposed the capture of killer whales.

Prior to 1971,noStateorFederal reg- ulations concerned the-capture of killer whales. In 1971, the Washington State Legislature passed a marine mammal protection act with responsibility for management vested in the State Game Department. Under provisions of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972. management respongbility was transferred from the State to the Federal Government and delegated 

### to NMFS. Under authority of the Act, NMFS can grantpermits for scientific research and public display. Since the Act became effective, one economic hardship exemp- tion and threepermits have been issued. allowing the taking of killer whales in Washington/British Columbia waters andoff easternVancouver Island.

Public protests over the much-publi- cized March 7, 1976,capture of six killer whales in Puget Sound by Sea World Inc., operating under a public display permit issued in 1974 by NMFS, prompted the introduction of a bill in the Senate, S. 3130, that would amend the Act to prohibit the issuance of per- mits to take killer whales, except for certain scientific research purposes. The bill passed theSenate onMarch 29.1976.

An identicalbill was introduced in the House of Representatives. Hearings on this bill, H.R. 12460, were held before the House Subcommittee on Fisheries and Wildlife Conservation on May 4, 1976.

TheDepartment of Commerce opposed both S. 3130 and H.R. 12460 because available scientific data do not indicate that additional protection is warranted, and su£Ecient statutory authority now exists to provide whatever degree of pro- tection is, or may become, necessary.

In response tq a nomination that Puget Sound be designated a marine sanctuary for killer whales, pursuant'to Title III of the Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act of. 1972. NOAA's Office of Coastal Zone Management, in consultation with NMFS, has prepared a discussion paper thatassesses the potential environmental impacts of theproposed action.Thesanctuarynomination is being considered under five possible single ormultiple use classifications, i.e., habitat area, species area, research area, recreational and esthetic area, and unique area. Hawaiian

### Monk Seab

An NMFS review of the status of the Hawaiian monk seal (Monachw schauinslandi) indicated that numbers of this species mBy have declined significantly

over recent years, and may have, furthermore, declined historically to the point that,if such decline continues,this species would become subject tothepro- visions of theEndangered Sp'ecies Act of 1973. After consultation with the Cornmittee of Scientific Advisors on Marine Mammals, theMarineMammal Commission concurred wlth this assessment, by letter dated December 24. 1975, andrecommended that theHawaiian monk seal be designated as a depleted species.

On June 16, 1976,proposed regulations

were published in the FEDERAL REGISTER (41F'R 24393),settingforththeproposed designation of the Hawaiian monk seal

as a depleted species throyghout its range. The designation was finalized on July 27, 1976 (41

### FR 30120) andbecame effective on September 1, 1976. (Appendix B-5. Regulations relating 

### to the depleted status of Hawaiian monk seals).

PUBLIC HEARINGS The Act and NWSRegulations pro- vide forpublic hearings for severaltypes of actions including: scientific research and public display permit applications, permit modification, regulations, and waiver applications. 

### In addition, meetings areheld periodically with interested national conservation groups, Ashing industryrepresentatives,public display facility operators. Stateand Fderal agen- cies, and individuals to discuss theprob- lems as well as proposed solutions involved 

### in theimplementation of the Act.

Indetermining whether to hold a pub- lic hearing on an application for public display or scientific research, it is the policy of theDirector to consideithefollowing:.(1) whether any interested person has requested a public hearing on such application during the time period set for public comment on the applica- tion; (2) the views of theMarine Mammal Commission on the desirability of holding a public hearing; (3)thenature of the application and the number of animals and species involved; (4) the extent 

### to which a public hearing would facilitate the processing of the application; and (5) whether the application has aspects that require a major policy decision pxkd king a determination

onthepermit aprcation.

Two public hearings were held during thereporting period. Both hearings were f~rmal hearings on the record, presided over by an Administrative Law Judge. One hearing dealt with the request of the State of Alaska for a waiver of the moratorium and return of management of nine species of marine mammals 

### to the State. The other hearing dealt with proposed regulations governing the issuanceof permits fortheincidentaltake of marine mammals in the course of commercial fishing operations.

The five NMFS regional law &force- 

# , ment offices reported 20,591 man-hours expended in responding to requjrements of the Marine Mammal Protection Act during the reporting period. Although the man-hour figure and the number of investigationsarenearly the same asreported fortheprevious 12-month period, thenumber of violations detectedhas increased from 52percent to 89 percent of the total investigations conducted. This increase indicated an improved efficiency in carrying out enforcement activities under theAct.

Tuna-porpoise fesponsibilities Still form thebulk of the enforcement workload in the Southwest Region. Illegal taking of marine mammals and the illegal importation and sale of marine mammal products remain the focus of attention in the Northeast, Northwest, Southeast,andAlaska Regions.

During the reporting period, NMFS specialagents initiated260 investigations into alleged violations of the Act. From theseinvestigations, 232 actualviolations were documented. Seventy-two cases

were closed through the assessment of civil penalties and/or the forfeiture of seized contraband. One case was closed through successful criminal prosecution. Twelve cases involving insufficient docu- mentation accompanying the items at the time of importation were resolved through substantiation of their pre-Act status or subsequent compliance with necessary certification ' requirements. About 164 cases are pending. In 198 of the 232 documented violations, seizures involving 793 illegal items were .made. The remaining 34 violations involved illegal takings, such as harassment, which generally do not concern a tangi- ble, seizable object. NMFS special agents also monitored the capture of seven marinemammals carried out under per- mits issued by NMFS and made 167 inspections of marine mammal holding facilities.

TwoU.S. citizens were thefirstpersons to be convicted of criminal violations of the Act in the U.S. District Court in Miami. ma. One 

### was found guilty on June 17. 1976, of 24 counts of illegal capture, passession, and sale of 21 bottlenosed dolphins during the spring and summer of 1974 and of conspiracy
to violate the Act. This individual was sentenced to 90 days' imprisonment and placed on I-year probation. The violations for which these individuals were

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### 38988 NOTICES
prosecuted and convicted involved the capture of dolphins within the territorial waters of another nation, and the subsequent sale of dolphins in international trade.

Thesuccessful prosecution of these individuals reinforces NMFS's interpreta- tion of the Act, to the effect thatU.S. citizens are subject totheprovisions of theAct, regardless of the geographic lo- cation of their marine mammal activities, and regardless of the legality of such act:vities under a foreign state's law.

In December 1976, NMFS special. agents seized 420 kouth American sea lion hides that were illegally imported

- into the'United Statesby a furrier. The furrier was assessed a civil penalty and forfeited the hides, valued at over $1'1,000. 

### totheGovernment. NMF'S special agents seized 17 hair seal garments illegally imported intothis country during August 1976. The garments were forfeited, and the importer paid a civil penalty in settlement of this

case.

Contracts, which provide funds for enfmcement of the Act, were renego- tiated with the States of Alaska, Wash

### ington. Oregon. 'California, and Florida at a cost of about $443.000. NMFS has worked closelywith thelaw enforcement agencies of these States toward the goal of achieving nationwide compliancewith the Act. State agencies initiated 69 investigations into possible violations of the Act; 7 cases were referred to NMFS for further action, and 43 cases were closed. State ofecials also monitored 21 marine mammal capture operationsper- formed under permits issued by NMFS and made 32 inspections of marine mammal holding facilities.

Theflrst administrativehearing foran alleged violation of theMarine Mammal Protection Act was heard on May 5, 1976,before an Administrative Hearing Olficer, in Terminal Island, Calif. This hearing was requested by a person who 

### had imported a fur seal coat at the Los Angeles, Ca3if.. customs facility. Respondent's principal defense was that thenative exception applies 

### to all Arctic Eskimo people, not to Alaskan Eskimos exclusively: 

### On November 22, 1976, the Hearing Ofacer ruled that the intention of the Act is clear: thenative exception applies only toAlaskan Natives. He rec- ommended a civil penalty of $500 forthe illegal importation and forfeiture of the sealskin coat. Before the action was reoved to the U.S.District Court for orfeiture, the case was settled when 

# T
the respondent voluntarily forfeited the illegally imported sealskin coat.

LEGAL ACTIONS BROUGHT AGAINST THE DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Committee forHumane Legislation,et al.. 

### v. Richardson et al. 414 F. Supp 297 (D.D.C., May 1976) ;aff'd 540 F. 2d 1141 (D.C.C.'s August. 1976)--Civil Action Numbers 744227.

Plaintifb brought action for declaratoryjudgment and injunctive relief concerning certain regulations adopted pursuant 

### to theMarineMammal ProtecFEDERAL tion Act of 1972 and the general permit issued under those regulations 

### to the American Tunaboat Association. The Court found that: (1) the regulations

were not promulgated under the legal requirements of theAct and thus should be voided; and (2) the permit applica- tion failed todemonstrate that the taking under the permit would be consistent with the purpose of the Act. The permit was found to be in contravention of theAct,becauseitfailed tospecify the number and kind of marine mammals authorized to be taken. Therefore, the permit for 1976 was voided. The Court of Appeals affirmed the order,but stayed its effect until January 1. 1977. That Court also remanded 

### to the District Court the question of whether an aggregate quota satisfied the requirement .of specification of "number and kind." .On December21 and 28.1976. in theDistrict of Columbia District Court, NMFS requested an extension of the stay of the District Court order, with the intention of imposinganinterim regime,until new regulations and a new permit could be issued. The District Court denied these motions and found that the issue remanded 

### to it was moot. On December 30, 1976, the District of Columbia Court 6fAppeals denied NMFS's motions to grant emergencyrelief and/or to summarily reversetheDistrictZCourt.

On January 28. 1977, in response to Judge WUllam B. Enright's Order of January 21, 1977, in the Theresa Ann case, aMotion for a PreliminaryProhibitory Injunction to restrain the taking of porpoise incidental 

### to yellowfin tuna purse seiningWas filedbeforetheDistrict of Columbia Circuit Court of Appeals. In response, the Court issued Orders on January 28 and February 3 which essentially required the tuna purse-seine fleet to stop-fishing on porpoise. The February 3Order alsorequired theSecretary of Commerceto subnlit to the Court within 10 days a plan 

### to enforce the Marine Mammal Prbtection Act. The plan that was submitted consisted, in part, of aerial surveillance and restrictions ontheuseof operationalspeedboats in connection with tuna purse seiners.

Soon after this plan was instituted, Attorney General Grfin Bell submitted

a Motion for Emergency Relief andlor Immediate Hearing and Ruling on the Appeal before the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals. On March 8, 1977, the D.C. Court of Appeals issued an Order Stay- ing the Judgment of the District Court invalidating the regulations and general permit as of January 1, 1977, to allow the taking of porpoise incidental to yel- lowfin tuna purse seining from the date of the Order 

### to April 30, 1977, or Until

a new permit is issued, whichever comes first. The takings are 

### to be governed by regulations publkhed on March 1, 1977, except as to the term of the permit and the porpoise quotas, both of which are governed by the 1976 amended permit.

On March 30,1977,the Committee fbr Humane Legislation filed a Complaint andMotionfor a Preliminary Injunction intheDistrictof ColumbiaDistrictCourt seekingtoprevent implementationof the

.REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUSregulatioi% &blkhed on 

### March 1, 1977, alleging that theregulationddo notfully complywith therequirementsof theAct.

The Motor Vessek Theresa Ann. et al.,



### v. Richardson et al.,Civil Actlon Number 78-963-E (USDCSDCal and 9th Cir).

In October 1976, the plaintiffs fled a complaint seeking damages and alleging thatthe Marine Mammal Protection Act

was unconstitutional because it resulted in the taking of property without due process of law. The plaintiff also sought injunctive relief to prevent NMFS from enforcing the ban on setting on por- poise, imposed after the'quota for 1976 had been reached. After some temporary relief,theCourts finallydenied plaintiffs' requests for injunctive relief on November 10, 1976. On December 31, 1976,the courts also denied a later motion by the plaintiff for a temporary restraining order to prevent NMFS from enforcing the ban onsetting on porpoise.

On January 21, 1977. a motion for a preliminary injunction requesting that NMFS be enjoined from enforcing the Act was heard. Plaintiffs argued that their inability to set on porpoise for several critical months of the tuna fishingseason until valid 1977 permits could be issuedconstituted a denial of dueprocess and an inequity demanding redress.

The Court granted the requested pre- liminary injunction subject to several conditions:

1. The injunction shall. remaln In effect only until an aggregate take of 10.000 porpoises has been reached, or until the 1977 permits are either granted or denled;

2. The observer program as Implemented in 1976 shall be reinstated lmmedlately, and 25 percent of the boats shall be required to carry observers; and

3. Marine mammal logs must be maintained. On February 24, 1977,the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals nted the Government's Motion to gy Judge Enright's Order pending appeal of the dase.

Animal Welfare Institute v. Elliot Richardson, Robert W. Schonfng--Civil Action No. 764483 (D.C. D.C. 1976) ; and Committee for Humane Legislation Inc.. et al., 

### v. Elliot L. Richardson--Civil Action No. 76-0484 (D.C. D.C. 1976).

These actions sought: (1) a declaratory judgment that the decision of the NMFS Director to waivethemoratorium to allow the importation of Cape fur seals from the Republic of South Africa contravenes the Marme Mammal Protection Act and is invalvid, void, and of

no effect; and (2) an injunction re- straining defendants from taking any steps that give effect to the aforementioned decision.

In December 1976, both the requests for declaratory judgment and the request for an injunction were denied in the astrict Court by Judge Robinson.

Plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia (Civil Action No. 760484). Although plaintiff's motion for an injunction pending appeal was denied, the appeal

on the merits of the validity of the waiver and 

### on appellant's standing is still pending and has been expedited.NOTICES 

### 38989

INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS theNew Management Procedurethe

## rwc among fur-. 11-g r~~~s. and oornmercial flshlng! and (b) the effects of Incarrying out the International Ma- *bushed: envhonmentsl chsPlges on fur sea~n caused rine Mammal Program, NMFS fs con- 1. A complete moratorlum on the catching by -; tin- 

### to pursue the objectives of the of: fin whales in the North Pacific (at the 2 Removed the u.s.B.R.'~ obligation to through inte-tional cooperstion. 27th Session); fln whales in the Bouthem suspend seallng in the Commander Islands. The following details the principal Hemisphere;and LE-1whales in the North Pa- if tbe number of sealsfallsbelow 60,000; clflc (atthe27th Session). thrusts of theinternationalprogram. 3. hovlded for the to rec- 2. Selectlve morntorfa through the ent&- ommend the sumemion or reduction of the .Id Hoc Interagency Committee on an International Marine Mammal Program Beginning in April 1976, 

### NMFS and the Msh and Wildlife Service 

### (FWS) convened a public meeting 

### tosolicit ideas 

### tobe includedin aninternational marine mammal Program. AnNMFS/FWS task force met for a week 

### to (1) analyze the international -problems associated with all species of marine mammals; (2) evaluate ongoing activities as to compliance with the Act; and (3) evaluate all options to fully implement Section 108(a)of theAct. Therecommendations of the task force were made available to thepyblic for comment in July. A meeting of the Ad Hoc Interagency Comrnittee on anInternational Marine Mammal Program was convened in December to makema1conclusions on a government- wide program. Present were representa- tives from NMFS, PWS, theDepartment of State, the Marine Mammal Commission, the Council on Environmental Quality, the House of Representatives Merchant Marine and Fisheries Committh, and obsemers from the environmental community and the flshing industry. The report of the Ad Hoc Interagency Committee, with some modifications, was formally adopted by all concerned governfnent agencies in late January 1977. International Whaling Commission (IWC)

The U.S. Delegation to the 28th Session of theInternational Whaling Commission contributed 

### to discussions on several consewatlon measures. TheIWC agreed toconvenea conference of Plenipotentiaries to renegotiate the International Whaling Convention. It was also agreed 

### to circulate the revised text among a large number of nonmember countries, after IWC Contracting Governments have reviewed it. Revisions 

### to the Convention will be discussed at the 29th Anna1 meeting.

At the 28th Session, resolutions were adoptect that:

a. recommended that all member governments prohibitthesale or transfer of vessels. equlpment or suppllee likely to be used for whallng operations by natlons not members of Iwc;

b. encouraged whallng nations not mem- bers of IWC to abide by IWC quotas and to become members of the Commission:

c. recommended that the Unlted States as early as possible take all feasible steps to limit the expansion of the effort to take bowhead whales and to reduce the loss rate of struck whales; and

d. recommended that contracting governments (U.S. and Mexlw) establish regulations to reduce harrassment of gray whales ln breedlng areas as soon as possible.

Following the recommendatioas of 

### its ScientiAcCommittee inaccordance with lishment. of closed areas and closed seam118

on the catching of: sel whales in the South-

ern Hemlsphere;sperm whales In theSouth-

em Hemisphere; fln whales In the North Atlantlc; and Bryde'a whales in the Southern Hemlsphere. The complete protection from commercial fishing is continued for the blue. humpback. grag: right and bowhead whales.

Additionally, quotas were amroved by theIWC forthose whale stocksthatwere found to be sufaciently abundanttopermite their harvest under the New ManagementProcedure. Whilethe 1976quota for rninke whales was increased 

### to 8900 from the 1975 quota of 6810, most other quotas were reduced, resu1ting.h a substantial decIine in the allotted catch for 1976 when compared 

### to 1975. Three stocks of whales, previously fished without regulatory restrictions were placed under quotas, thus bringing all commerciallyharvested whales, except onestock, under IWC management for the first time since the creation .&.the CommLssion. Considering these new additions 

### to the quota scheme, the actual net reduction in the permitted harvest of whales between 1975and 1976is about 6000 animals, comprised mostly of the large whales such asfin,sei,and sperm whales.
North Pacific Fur Seal Convention (NPFSC)

In accordance with the terms of the Interim Convention on Conservation of North PacWcPur Seals, theUnited States shared the harvest of the fur sealskfns from the Pribilof Islands with Canada and Japan. Also, the United States continued land research and the arialysis of pelagic research data collected In previous years. The moratorium on commercialharvest of furseals on St. GteorgeIsland, for the purpose of facilitating intensive study of the factors that govern the survival of fur seals, remained in effect.

The 1976Protocol AmendingtheInterim Convention onConservation of North Paciflc Fur Sealawas ratifledby the four parties 

### to the Convention, (Canada, Japan, the Union of Soviet Socialfst Republics. and theUnited States) on October 12, 1976. The Protocol extends the 1957Conventionas amended for an additional 4 years, and the Convention will

now continue 

### in force for 22 years (until 1979).andthereafter, untiltheentryinto force of a new or revised fur seal convention between theparties, oruntil the expiration of 1year after suchperiod of 22 years (1980). whichever may occur earlier.

The Protocol modiiled the,Convention

as follows:

1. Reviscd the de£Initions of pelagic re- search responslbllltlesof thePsrtfesand provlslons for research on (a) the relatlonshlp fur seal harvest-when the population falls below levelsof maximumsustainable produetlvlty;

4. Provided for upplylag suhslstence needs for native populations llvlng on rookery Islands; and

5. Included a pledge by all partles to seek to ensure humane methods of cgpturtng, klllhg,or marking seals. The United States was unable 

### to obthin unanimous agreement on the inclusion of 

### an optimum sustainable population management concept in a revtsed Convention. Because of the lack of agreement on this issue, the Wted States: supported 

### an extension of the ~greement for only 4 years.

In consideration of the need-for flexibility

### inviewof possiblechangesin Asheriesjurisdiction in thefuture,theUnited States supported the lnchlsion of lan- .guageallowing a party tocallforameeting of representatives of the wrtiee within 90daysof such request

### toconsider modificationsof theConvention.Following a meeting of the standing scientific committee on March 14-18, 1977, at whichresearch plans and comercis1harvest forecastsfor 1977weredhussed,the Twentieth Annualmeeting of NPRBC

### was held inTokyo,Japan,March22425,1977. Intei-American Tropical Tuna Commission (ZATTC)

At the 1976AnnualMeeting of IAm, theUnited Statesaontinued itsefforts 

### to achieve international action 

### to reduce the incidental take of 

### marinemammals. The United States reviewed the general direction of its national polfcy on the tuna/porpoise problem noting the prob- ability that,beginning in 1977,theAmericantunafleetwouldbesubject toquotas
on the various porpoise stocks. In addition,theUnited Statesnoted thatstsndardssimilar to those appliedtoU.S. 

### tuna Ashermen would be applied 

### to foreign fleet operations involved in the 

### purse- seine tuna flshery. In this nspect, 

### the United States Wdicated that countries desiring to continue importing 

### tuna products intotheUnited Statea would be requlred to provide certain information regarding their efforts

### toreduce theincidentaltakeofporpoise. Copiesof thepro- posed U.S. regulations were distributed. andgovernments were invitedto participate in the, hearing on the proposals scheduled for November 15, 1976. Copies of two detailed reports titled "Frogressof Research onPorpoise Mortality Incidental

### toTunaPurseSeineMshingforFiscal Year 1976" and "Repodof theWorkshop

on Stock Assessment of Porpoises Involved in the Eastern 

### Pacific Yellowfin TunaFishery" were also distributed.

As instrqcted by the Commissionatits December 1975meeting, the Direator of Investigations presented a paper on the tuna/porpoise problem and the opttom regarding Commission involvement.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### 38990 NOTICES 

### *-- ," From amongthethree discussed alterna- working groups were made available at Canadian ~rctic,'they were able to draw tive objectives'concerning the problem the conclusion of the Consultation, and definite ~nclusiOn!j about 

### the t&xonomy of porpoise mortality. the Commission a summary report is expected by April of ringed seals on a worldwide 

### basis. agreed on a policy to maintain tuns'pro- 1977. Major assistance was provided by In September, a U.S. scientist visited ductionatnear currentlevels. and,atthe the United Nations Environmental Pro- museums and laboratories in Moscow
sametime. maintain stocksof orw wise at uram (UNEP)



### . and Leningrad to examine osteol~cal

--

~ ~-

~ or above ievels that would ensuie their survival in perpetuity. Such a wurse would require, ata minimum la) anestimation of the size of each porpoise stock in the easternPacific aswell astheleveI of kill; (b) assessment of the impact of the kill on each stock; and (c) gear re- search.

The Commission directed that a wmprehensive technical review be undertakenof allexisting information pertain- ing to thetuna/porpoise problem (known

as Phase I) and that a detailed proposal for Commission porpoise research be: prepared.

In connection with the tuna/porpoise program supported by the Commission, the United States offered the following proposals:

1. That the governments agree on a target date to reconvene to consider the proposal prepared by the Dlrector of Investlgatlons:

2. That conslderatlon be given to preparing a resolutlonconcernlngthe need tobegln gatherlng lniormatlcm lmmedlately on porpols6 mortallty; and

3. That an lnternatlonal guest sclentlst program for the purpose ,of collecting porpoise mortality data be considered for whlch the Unlted States would contrlbute $88,000. The member governments supported the first two proposals.Support,in principle.

was voiced for the third proposal, although governments preferred to post- pone action pending presentation of the Director of Investigation's report in order to determine how 

### su@ a program might relate to future Commission efforts. Requesting only minor modiflcations, governments also supported a U.S. draft resolution incorporating the draft resolution incorporating the pro- posals.

The Commission agreed 

### to reconvene no later than June 1977. Conv.mtion on the Conservation of Antartic Seals

The Senateratified theConvention on September 15, 1976, and President Ford signed and declared it ratifled on December 28, 1976. The other Antarctic Treaty parties were informed of this action by the Department of State. ThoseAntarctic Treaty parties whohave not ratified the Conventionwere encouraged to do so. In ratifying the Convention, theUnited Statesagain pointed out that an inspection or enforcement component is still required tomake the Convention provisions effective. - Endangered Species Convention

As a signatory of the Convention on International Trade inEndangered Spe- ciesofWild Fauna andFlora, theUnited States proposed listing all stocks of fln and sei whales on either Appendix I or Appendix I1 of that Convention. The proposal was unanimously supported by all nations present at the First Conference of the Farties to the Convention, Berne, Switzerland, November 2-6, 1976. All stocks of An and sei whales that'receivetotalprotection under conservation

measures of International Whaling Commission (IWC) were listed on Ap- qendix I. All other stocks of these spe- cies are now on Appendix 

### II. This new action is an aid to the efforts of IWC 

### to encourage nonmember whaling nations 

### tojoin IWC. As a result, export and import of parts and products from these whales will require Convention permits. US.-U.S.S.R. Marine Mammal Project, Environmental ProtectionAgreement

Theobjectiveof theU.S.-U.S.S.R. Marine Mammal Project is to develop col- laborative research on the biology, ecology,and population dynamics of marine mammals of mutual interest 

### toboth nations that will contribute toward sound management and conservation of these animals.

In spring 1976, a cooperative ice sealwalrus expedition visited theBering Sea, March 15 to May 4th. Three U.S. scientists participated inthecruise, whichwas primarily a U.S.S.R. commercial sealing expedition. The scientificparty recorded biological data on age, sex, physical, and reproductive condition of 158 walruses and 84 ice seals (23 ribbon, 59 largha. and 2 bearded). One of themost signiticsnt Andings during the cruise 

### was the discovery of several hundred breeding walrus females in a more southerly area of the Bering Sea than was previously known. The discovery of this breeding assemblagebetween Bristol Bay and the Pribilof Islands indicates an isolated breeding unit separate from the main northcentral group (St. Lawrence-St. Matthew Islands area).The ice seal data will be used by scientists in assessing re- productive capacity and other aspects of thepopulation dynamics of these species. information necessary to determine the status of these species under the Act.

During July and August 1976, two Soviet scientists spent 5 weeks working Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and the U 'ted Nations Environmental P~ogram 

## Xivm
Thetask of theAdvisory Committee on Marine Resources Research (ACMRR Working Party on Marine Mammals, to examine the status of all marine mammals, was completed with the convening of the Scientific Consultation on Marine Mammals 

### in Bergen, Norway, August to September 1976. The reports of the 23 specimens of dolphins. He 

### was able to examine over 120 specimens of species involvedintheworldwidetaxonomic

### revision being done on the genus Stenella. Thls work contributed directly 

### to a better understanding of the taxonomy of the Stenella species and their worldwide distribution. He was also able 

### to discuss methods of aging dolphins through sectioning of teeth and received information that may enable development of a technique for marking specimens

### in the fleld to create known agemarks on hard parts such

### asteeth.

In January 1977, 

### the fourth meeting of the Marine MammalProject was held in La Jolla, Calif. Among the meeting's highlights-wasthe general agreement of the scientists on the need for a convention or agreement on theprotection and management of marine mammal resources (principally walrus andiceseals) 

### in the Chukchi and Bering Seas and adjacent regions of the North Pacific Ocean. The assembled scientists developed a set of principles that could .form the bask of a bilateral agreement. These principles embodied the maintenance of optimum abundance of all speciestoensure continuing,existence of populations, determining acceptable limits of harvest for each population. developing necessary regulatory measures, e$ablishing a system of marine sanctuaries, and providing 

### a scientific basis for the protection and management of marine mammals through w- ordinated scientiftc research on popula- tions, distributions, and the role of the species in the ecosystem.

Another highlight of the meeting was the agreement and preliminary plan for publication of a compendium of papers on the results of the cooperative research under the program since 

### its inception. The first volume will cover pinnipeds and sea otters, and is targeted for draft form by the end of this year. The initial publication is to be printed 

### in the United States, followedshortly by

a Russian translation.

TUNA-PORPOISE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM The marine mammal program at the NMFS Southwest F'isheries Center (SWFC) is concerned with oceanic por- poise populations and their relation to the tuna fishery. The major objective of the promam 

### is to carry out NMFS res~onsibllities under the Marine Mamon ice seals in -northern villas-es of Alaska. They sampled over 50 specimens of bearded and ringed seals in the fleld. The data collected in Alaska will lead 

### to a better understanding of the biology and systematics of these species of seals. They examinedabout 300skullsof ringed seals at the Piget Sound Museum of Natural History and the U.S. National Museum on their return trip. Upon examining osteologicalmaterialfromthe mai Protection Act of 1972,especially in respect to Sections 101(a)(2), 103 (b) and (d),and 111.

The SW Porpoise/Turie Interaction Program has three basic objectives:

1. Develop methods and technology to re- duce porpolse mortality lncldental to gellowftntunapurseselne mlng:

2. Determine the statu.9 of the wrpo* stocks: and

3. Monltor the Incidental mortality by the U.S. fleet throughout the year.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

Present program priorities were developed in consultation with the Marine Mammal Commission, the tuna industry-sponsored Porpoise Rescue Foundation, Naval Undersea Center, environmental groups, Council on Environmental Quality. and other interested parties in a series of meetings in late 1975andearly 1976. Mortality Reduction Technology

At the start of the reporting period,

a major experiment was initiated in cooperation with the Porpoise Rescue Foundation. Twenty vessels were outfltted with experimental gear, and despite Interruptions of the study by 

### court actions, suftlcfent data were acquired to indicate that further reductions in por- poise mortality are esible.

Each of 20 vessels carried a small rubber raft and face mask and snorkel 

### to aid 

### in porpoise hand-release and to sig- nal the captain of the presence of tuna in the release area, a porpoise grabber to reach entangled porpoise, and a 180- by 12-fathom. 14/4inch stretchedmesh porpoise safety panel to prevent entangle- ment duringrelease operations. In addition, 10 vessels placed a two-step trape- zoidal-shaped apron and chute assembly atop the safety panel to reduce canopy formation and form a shallow area to facilitate porpoise release and reduce Ash loss. As a direct result of the study, 1%-inch mesh safety panels will be required on all purse seiners that flsh for yellowfin tuna associated with porpoise. Problems in using the apron/chute system, despite its apparent increased capability for porpoise release, have made additional studies necessary.

During a fall 1976 charter, followup gear research has shown that it is technically possible to reduce thekill to very low levels--at least under the conditions found on the charter. During this charter, in 45 net sets on porpoise, over 900 

### tons of tuna were captured and only 16 porpoises were killed (most were killed accidentally during sclentiflc research). Under average conditions found in the fleet and using conventional gear. about 800 porpoises would have been expected to be killed. During 1977 there will be further testing of this gear, which uses extensive areas of small-mesh webbing (to prevent entanglement) and a large single-step trapezoidal-shaped apron (to shoal up the release area and to reduce canopy formation) 

### in' the porpoise re- lease area.

A new study was begun in 1976 toreduce or eliminate the incidence of "rollups" (the purse cable turns and winds up webbing). The study involves development of a purse-block suspension system capable of minimizing the induction of turnsintothepurse linecausedby the weight of the block not allowing the cable to run in the center of the block's pulley. A field 

### test of a prototype unit is planned forspring 1977.

Work on the large-volume net, designed 

### to provide less crovding of the animals in the net, was suspended becausemajor repairsWereneeded 

### tomake the net useable. Although the results 

### to date have been inconclusive, a vessel

owner has agreed 

### to make necessary repairs and modifications, and testing of thenetwillresume in 1977.

SWFC is involved in a large research project to document thebehavior of por- poise and tuna before, during, and after the set is made. The study has involved photography from ahellcopter, fromunderwater, and from thedeck.Theunderwater acoustic environment was also recorded during the field portion of the study aboard a chartered seirier in the fallof 1976.Major sponsors of this study are the Marine Mammal Commission. National Science Foundation. Porpoise Rescue Foundation, and NMPS.

Additionally, SWFC has contracted a study atthe University of Hawaii 

### to determine the odor-detecting capabilities of yellowfin tuna and

### to developartiflcial scents for use in breaking the porpoise/ tuna bond and attracting the tuna.

During 1977,most of the gear research budget will be used to fleld SWM: gear technicians aboard seiners testing sohtions %oseveral identified problems.

Ako, the use of rafts as porpoiserescue platforms, conditions thatlead to "disaster sets" (sets in which more than 50 porpoise are killed), the effectiveness of porpoise grabbers,and theroleof malfunctions in causing porpoise mortality will be investigated more completely. Rollup-prevention research willalso continue through evaluation of alternative purse-block designs and further analysis of antitorque purse-line cable. Biological Stock Assessment Research

During the period, biological research concentrated on estimation of importantlifehistory parameters of themajor porpoise species involved in the tuna fishery. Using specimens and data collected aboard commercial tuna seiners and standard techniques and analyses, thebiologicalstudiesstaff atSWFCcompleted estimatesof growth andreproduc- tion parameters of the eastern spinner dolphin, Stenella longirostris subsp., the second most important species in the tuna fishery. andproduced a manuscript for publication. Also completed were preliminary analysis of growth and reproduction of thewhitebellyspinnerdolphin, S. longirostris subsp., an analysis of data for the offshore spotted dolphin, S. attenuata graflmani, for the period 1973-75: and a preliminary survey of data for the striped dolphin, S.coeruleoalba.

A contract was made 

### to proccss and analyze the life history data and specimens of the common dolphin.Delphinw delphis,by scientistsattheNaval Undersea Center, SanDiego. Another contract
was granted to a private firm for sectioning andreading of a backlog of some 8,000 teeth from spotted and spinncr dolphins sampled during the period 1973-76.

A third contract was made with Scripps Institution of Oceanography to develop a technique for aging porpoise teeth that relies on chemical analysis rather than counting of growth rings. This is particularly important because it is stillzocceitiiin how many growth rings are formed each year.

In stock assessment, the limits of the ranges of the stocks of Stenella spp. 

### in tfie eastern PaciAc were investigated in January and February, 1976 using the two NOAA research vessels. R/V Toumsend Cromwell, based in Hawaii, and R/V David Starr Jordan, based in San Diego. These vessels skirted and transected the known limits of the historical ranges of the species to collect data on (1)l~rnits of occurrence, for 

### use in new population estimates: and (2) physical

. oceanographic and faunistic correlations of the occurzence of dolphins and the simultaneous occurrence of tuna. Results from these cruises may extend 

# - thekno~ range of Stenella and alsoindicate the existence of possible new stocks of spotted and spinner dolphins in the area from 0" to 10"sand west 

### to South America.

The assessment of the idpact of incidental mortality on theporpoise stocks

was undertaken in July 1976,by a workshop composed of a panel of experts 

### in the areas of population dynamics and the biology of marine mammals. 

### In the report of the workshop (SWFC, 1976). the concept of optimum sustainable population (OSP) as it relates to the tuna-porpoise problem in the -tern tropical Pacific was defined. Combined information collected by (1) a 1974 aerial survey, (2) WS observers in 1971-76, and (3) *analysis of historical records of the Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission was used to estimate present stock sizes, incidental morWities, and to project backward 

### in time to predict the stock sizes atthe commencement 'of exploitation. Results of this work indicated that the spotted and whitebelly spinner dolphins were withln the lower limits of OSP whereas the eastern spinner dolphin was close to the lower limit of OSP. Additionally, the northern, central, and southern stocks of the striped dolphin (Stenella coeruIeqalba) were felt tobe ator above OSP.

To obtain more reliable and precise estimates -of population sizes, a major aerial survey was initiated in January 1977. 7'hls survey will involve 300 hours of flying time,30,000trackmiles,and will encompass the eastern tropical Paciflc. The aerial survey will be coordinated with ship surveys aboard the Townsend Cromwell and the David Starr Jordan. Theshipswill cover areas that cannotbe reached by air. The results of this effort should provide a significant improvement in the reliability of the population estimates, and consequently, in the estimates of the impact of incidental mortality on the porpoise stocks. Fleet Performance

With the institution of a quota on the number of pox-poises that could be killed in 1976during tunapurse-seining opera- tionsby theU.S. fleet,ithasbecome very important to monitor the cumulative mortality during the Year and 

### to continue analysis of the kill rate performanceoftheU.S. fleet.

During 1976,a procedure was designed, published, and followed to monitor the

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977kill on a monthly basis and predict the on the length and regularity 

### of female dakions 

### t% tie Xbkemational Wbhg date for reaching the 78.000 quota. As a feeding cycles and onthefemale estm Commission. Estimates of stock sizes resultof thesllirlysesthrough September cycle. The program Fs also designed 

### to df large whale species are developed 30, 1976, it was calculatedthatthe quota reveal the optimum rhtio ol males to ihrough censuses, whale obse~ation and would be reached on October 19, 1976. females. Radio teleme- is used to de- marking cruises, and analysis of catch Subsequent court actionsdelayedthe ef- fIne the movement patterns of subadult andeffort statistics.Under thispragrarn fetive closure date until November 11, malesonhauling grounds, andthediving a* the annual gray whale census off Pt. 1976. and feeding effort of female fur se& on Loma,Calif., the cooperativekiller whale

During the flwt half of the year (the normal feeding excursions is measured survey in Puget Sound. Wash., and only part of the year lor which a time usingdepth-time recorders. humpback whale surveysinsoutheastern seriesof dabis available).theU.S.fleet Papubtlon assessment and behavioral Alaska andHawaii. continued 

### to improve itsperformance in resea~ch arecorrelated to determinehow releasing porpoisealive.Under standard- survivalrelates 

### tochanges inabundsnce FUNDING bed conditions of numbers of tuna and of the fursealpopulatih

### in order to de- The 

### FY 1977 Marine-1 COW Porpoise and species of porpoise caught, termheanoptimum population level. servation tcttslbudget 

### Is 97positions and thekill perporpoisesetfell 21percent in Pelagic data collected from 1058 $5.934.000. The FY 1977 totals include: 1976 from 1975. The overall decline in through 1974arebeing 

# e. specmc in MMPA apprapriations. 77 pasitions kill per set from 1973 %a 1976 is 55 per- subjects include distributk and abun- and $4,445,000 for research,administracent Wder standardized conditions. A dance,feedinghabits,

## w, growth,inter- tion, enforcement, and an expanded statistical analysis conftnned theneed to 

### wm of furs-k af m-t 

### mgins, Tuna-Porpoise (%server fmgram. in aouse standardized conditions in campar- and age-mc pregnsncy mb.The cordance with the,provlsions of the Act ing indices of performance from year 

### to results am essen-1 far alcu~athg the andrecent Court Orders; in 

### PwSeal191% year. productivity of the fursealresource and aPPropriati-, 14mons and$595,000

RESEAR- OD SEm, as input into an analysis oi ecosystem forresearchandmanagemat associated

PMWJPPDS. AND Dsrrr.EanS dynamics. with theNorthPaciflc 

### FurSealherds;

### in A programaf physiolo~y andmedicine Endangered Species Act appmpriatians, The Marhe mammal M*n af invahrs a deta?nfnsaan of camof 6positians and $294,00Dforr-ch and mS, Northwest ad Masks Fbheries death among pups, &wlOpmmt of new enforcement assodated with large Center, conhobed 'three p-pal re- methods oi -king 

### fm -ps, and re- whales protected under theEnctsd search pmsms. The northern fur seal -r& the infectious of Species Act; and SaXonstall-Kennedy program cod& of monituring studies seals- funds in & amount ~f '$600,00U for on 

### the $tabsof the fm sealherds,basic tuna-porpokse surveillance. Because the population dm-fcs acnes, as as Pinnipeds of the US. Pacific Caast MMPA appropriation exceeds the Aubehavioral md ecologicd research in ac- Biological and population studies 

### are thorization Limit as stipulated in the cordance with the provfsions of the In- being carried out m the six species of Act,NOAA ki requestingrelief legisl~~tion terim Canvention on ConserVati~nof pinnfpeds that haul out an 

### an Miguel to Increase the MMPA Authorization No*h PacLfic

# -

a- GeaeIs- Island, one of the Channel Islands off 'Limit. land has nut been establfahed for an in- Southern California. spe~fal attention is The 

### FY 1978base funding forMarine deRnite period as a no-harvest research focusedon determining thecauseof pre- Mammal Conservation as antticipted control area fm ~omp&1.stiVe sh~dles with mature births in California sea lions. will be 97positions and $5,334300. 

## mithe harvested furseal mulation on St. me number of fursealpups counted 

### in tional positions and funding are befng PaulIsland. Adam?, Cove, San Miguel Island, in- requested for FY 1078 

### to expand tunaThe plnnipeti and e&ansn programs creased te 417, an increase of 88 over porpoise research, in the amount df 1
are aimed primarily at assessing the 1975. On CasUe Rock, 321 pups were wci+ion and $206,000. The antidprtbed status of the stQeks and obtaining life counted, anincreaseof 125 OW #e 1975 FA- 978 total will include MarineMarnhistory fntormation abottt such species count. ma1 Protection Act approprla#ams, 78

as the bowhead, killer, gray, and hump- 

### A long-term af the Hawaiian p~~ition~ and $4,651,000: Endangered back whales; commerci£llly harvested monk sealwas be- fn 1978. Included Bpecies Act appropriaU0nSof 6 poeitions species of 1- whafes; and California were studies~f behavim andbiology. and and $294,000: and Fur Seal Act amrosea lions. Mthough the primary .gee- munb 

### to determine trends. priations of 14 pwiUans and S95,OW. graphic area of concern is the North surveys 

### were carried out 1976 The FY 1978 total will be 98 poettions Pacific Ocean including the Bering and which 695 adah were and $5.&10,000forMarineMammal ConChukchi Seas and the Arctic Ocean,the pwutions at mch

### ate shoals, 6ervation providing that the Increa~ Marine Mammal Division maintains an bysan Glans, and 

## -u =sfand ap- Request receivesfavorableCongressional interest in marine mammal research p, ,table; however, t- atpea* and action (appendixC)


# . throughout theworld. Hermes Ibeef. Midway, and Kure have 

### PART 

## m. CuaRsm STATUS OF STOCKS OF NorthernFurSeal Fv-twra?~t decllned since thelate 1950%. MARINE &?~¶MAL.S Ijong-term objectives of the northern Marine .Mw oj tJre Arctic Ocean INTRODUCTION 

### fur seal program are tx, determine what and 3e77ng sea Of the approximately 108 species of 

### measures may be 

### necesm tomake pas- Arctic Ocean and 3erlng Sea studfes pinnipeds and cetaceans throughout the sible maximum susanabk productivity emphasize assessment of the bowhead world, statusreports have been prepared and to determine the be- whale populatiolls and the efPect of the for 69 specieswhich areoi primm con- tween fur and 6merliving Eskimo harvest on tfiepopulations. In- cern to the United Statesand which are resources. formation an thedbtzibution andabun- €he responsibflity of the Secretary of

Population asWsmeIIt $tudies beiw dance of marine mammals in the Gulf Commerce under the terms ef the Macarried out are deskned tQ build a data of Alaska, Bering Sea,Chukchi Sea, and rine Mammal Protection Act. The Act base on population essential to Beaufort Sea is colleCteU under the requires a report not only on the status management of the resource. Included Outer CDntinental Shelf Environmental of each marine mammal species, but

are counts af uving adult males and of Assessment Program sponsored by the also on thepopulation stocks. The wpu- dead Pups 0x1 land-d-tion of the Bureau of Land Management. l&n stocks of only a few marine mamnumber of pups born, and the age dom- Cetanans mals have been delineated, and theeffort positionof harvestedseals. needed to obtah information on most

Behavioral research onSt. George and Population studies of protected and population stocks is beyond the scope of .St. Paul Lslands involves the-idenmca- exploitedwhales suchas

### xi, minke, and research being carried out atthepresent tion and quantification of behvioral sperm whales, especially in the Worth time. components thatmay act

### to control pop- Pacific Ocean, 

### are msx4e 

### to develop the Information about esch species is ulation 

### size. Studies includeexperiments data base for manawment recornmen- summarized under six major headings.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES
They are distribution and migration, abundance and trends, general biology, ecological problems, allocationproblems. and current research. Selected references arelisted atthe end of each spe- cies discussion. Summary information

on existing protective regulations for marine mammals is also included.

References are not cited in the report except for the paragraph on abundance andtrends. Because of theimportance of data on abundance and trends, informationin this section is cited and citations are given in the list of references. Data ontheabundance of marinemammals are dmcult and costIy to obtain. Exceptfor a few specieswhich havebeen harvested commercially, such as large whales and furseals in theNorth Pacific Ocean, abundance data are usually inadequate for management.purposes.

A list of scientists who have assisted either by providing information or reviewing the status reports is included inthisreport.
SPECIES LIST Thefollowing species list indicates the scientific and common names of the 69 species of marine mammals for which status reports have been prepared. The

common names used by Rice and Scheffer (1968) for pinipeds, mysticete cetaceaps and the sperm whale have been adopted for this list. Odontocete cetacean common names (other than the sperm whale) have been adopted from Mitchell (1975).

The scientific names of several species have been changed since publication of the 1976 edition of this report. Three species of seals, formerly placed in separate genera,havebeen merged with the genus Phoca (BurnsandFay. 1970).The spelling of the specific names of four speciesis corrected

### toconform with their original spelling, as required under the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. Accordingly the following changes have been adopted in this report:
Pusa hispida becomes Phoca hispida Histriophoca jasciata becomes Phoca jasci-

ata Pagophilus groenlandicus becomes Phoca

groenlandica Arctocephalus philippi becomes A. philippii Ommatophoca rossi becomes 0. rossii Phocoenoides dallf becomes P. dallii Berardius bairdi becomes B. bairdii Two scientific names are currently used for the sperm whale (Physetercatdon andP. macroephalus)

. While Husson and Holthuis (1974) indicate that P. macrocephalus is the valid name, considerable controversy remains. Therefore, for the purposes of this report, P. catodon will continue tobe used.

ORDER CARNIVORA (INCL. "PINNLPEDIA")

FAMILY OTARIIDAE Zalophus calijornianus californianus (Californiasea lion) Eumetopias fubatus (northern sea lion) Callorhinu ursinw (northern fur seal) Arctocephalus pusillus pusillus (South ~frican (Cape) fur seal) Arctocephalus australis (South American fur

seal) Arctocephalus philiwi.(JuanFernandez fur seal) Arctocephalus townsendi (Guadalupe fut

seal) FAMILY PHOCIDAE
Phoca hispida (ringed seal) Phoca vitulfna (harbor seal) Phoca groenlandica (harpseal) Phoca fasciata (ribbon seal) Halichoerus grypus (gray seal) Erignathus barbatus (bearded seal) Cystophora cristata (hooded seal) Monachvs tropicalis (Caribbean monk seal) Monachus schauinshndi (Hawaiian monk

seal) Lobodon carcinophagus (crabeater seal) Ommatophoca rossii (Ross seal) Hydurga leptonyx (leopard seal) Leptonychotes weddelli (Weddell seal) Mirmnga leonina (southern elephant seal) Mirounga angustirostrts (northern elephant

seal)

FAMILY ESCHRICHTIWAE
Eschrichtius robustus (gray whale)

FAMILY BALAENOPTERIDAE BalaenQptera acutorostrata (minke whale) Balaenoptera edeni (Brydeb whale) Balaenoptera borealis (seiwhale) Balaenoptera physalul (finwhale) Balaenoptera musculus (blue whale) Megaptera novaeangliae (humpback whale)
FAMILY BALAENIDAE Balaena glacialis (black right whale) Balaena mysticetus (bowhead whale)

FAMILY PLATANISTIDAE Platanista gangetica (Ganges susu, Ganges

river dolphin) Platanista minor (Indus susu, Indus river

dolphin)
FAMILY DELPHINWAE
Steno bredanensis (rough-toothed dolphin) Tursfopstruncatus (bottlenosed dolphin) Stenella longirostris (spinner dolphin) Stenella attenuata [/rontalis, graffmani,and

dubia (spotted dolphin)] Stenella plagiodon (Atlanticspotted dophin) Stenella coeruleoalba (striped dolphln) Delphinu delphis (common dolphln) Lagenodelphishosei (Fraser's (Sarawak) dolphin) Lagenorhynchus albirostris (white-beaked

dolphin) Lagenorhynchus acutus (AtlanticWhite-sided

dolphin) Lagenorhynchus obliguidens (Pacific whitesided dolphin) LissodelphCp borealis' (northern right whale

dolphin) Grampus prfseus (Risso'sdolphin) Pepoponocephala electra (melon-headedwhale) Feresa attmuata (pygmy killer whale) Pseudorca crassidens (falsekiller whale) Glotiicephala

. melaena (long-finned pilot

whale.pothead, blackfish) Globicephala macrorhynchus (short-finned

pilot whale) Orcinus orca (killer whale) Phocoena phocoena (harbor porpoise) Phocoenoides dallii (Dall's porpoise)

Delphinapterus leucas (white whale, beluga,

belukha) Monodon monoceros (narwhal)

FAMILY PHYSETERIDAE Physeter catodon (sperm whale) Kogia breviceps (pygmy sperm whale) Kogia sfmus (dwarf sperm whale) 4 %AMI,IS PPHIIDAE Berardius bairdii (Baird's beaked whale) Ziphius cavirostris (Cuvier's beaked whale) Hyperoodon ampullatus (Northern bottlenose whale) Mesoplodon miru (True's beaked whale) Mesoplodon europaeus (Gervals' beaked

whale) Mesoplodon ginkgodens (ginkgo-toothed

whale) Mesoplodon carlhubbsi (Hubb's beaked

whale) Mesoplodon stejnegeri (Stejneger's beaked

whale) Mesoplodonbidens (Sowerby'sbeaked whale)

, Mesoplodon densfrostris (Blainville's beaked

whale) Rejerences
Burns. J. J. and F. H. Fay 1970. Comparative

morphology of the skull of the ribbon seal, HLstriophoca fasciata, with remarks on systematics of Phocidae. J. Zool. 161:363-394. Husson, A. M., and L. B. Holthuis 1074. Phy-

seter mamocephalus JAnnaeus, 1758, the valid name ior the sperm whale. Zool. Meded. 48:206-217. Mitchell. E. D. 1976. (special ed.) Review of

biology and fisheries forsmaller cetaceans: Report on the meeting on smaller cetaceans. Montreal. April 1-11. 1974,Subcommittee on Small Cetaceans, Scientific Commlttee, International Whaling Commission. J. Flsh. Res. Board Can. 32(7):889-983. Rice, D. W. and V. B. Scheffer 1968. A list

of the marine mammals of the world. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 579. 16p. STATUS REPORTS

(Zalophuscalijornianus calijmnianus) Distribution andMigration: This subspecies of the California sea lion ranges along the west coast of Mexico from about lat. 19"N. to south n British Columbia, Canada. The CalTornia sea lion breedson someGulf of California islands northward to San Miguel Island, California, in lat. 34" N. Many adult and subadult males move northward along the California, Oregon,Washington, and British Columbia coasts after the breeding season.Feral animalswhich have escaped from captivity are being reported in the southeastern U.S. (including the Gulf of Mexico) but there is yet no evidenceforbreeding (Caldwell, D. 

### K..pers. cornm.. 1974).

Another subspecies occurs on the Galapagos Islands, and still another, formerly found in Japanese waters, from 34"to 37"N. isnow extinct.

Abundance and Trends: The California Department of Fish and Game censuses indicate that the California sea lion population reached a low levelin the early 1930's in California waters, then made a steady recovery and apparently leveled off about 1961 with little variation in the counts since then (Ripley, Cox, and Baxter, 1962; Carlisle and Ap- lin, 1971). Rice, Kenyon, and Lluch (1965) counted 16,150 California sea lions on Guadalupe, San Benito, and Cedros Islands, Mexico, 

### in January and February 1965. Orr, Schoenwald. and Kenyon (1970) counted this species in the Gulf of California between 1960and 1968, and made counts on six islands of about 5,400 animals in April 1966. Brownell, et al. (1974) state they made

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### 38m4 NOTICES

counts in 1968 of 15,467 

### on four islands ofl Baja' California. Odell (1971) obtained minimum 

### counts of 34,382 CaliforniasealionsonallChannel Islandsfn June 1964. Peterson andLeEaeuf (1969) estimated that 40,000 animab were ashore on SanNicholas and San Miguel Islands during the 1967 and 1968 breeding seasons. Carlisle and Aplin (1966) obtained a total count 

### in California of 22,000 animals in 1965, using aerial pho- tography. Thepreceding flgures indicate

a total population of about 60,000 with

near 20.000 animalsinMexico and 40,000 intheUnited States.

During the nonbreeding season, 2.500 2.californianus may be Iound inOregon, 500 

### in Washington, and 1,000 in British Columbia (Mate, 1975).

On 25 F'ebruary 1972, 430 California

sea lions were counted 

### in Barkley Sound off Vancouver Island, 35 on Race Rocks off Victoria, B.C., and 10 in Dodds Nar-

rows (lat. 4g007' N.) near Nanaimo, B.C. (Bigg, 1973).

Before passageof theMsrineMammal ProtectionA-tby theU.S. Congress. California sealionswere takenby Stateper- mit each year for sale to

### zoos, oceanaria, and circuses. Daugherty (1972) states that 400 of these animals were taken in 1969and 580 in 1970.

General Biology: Species Statistics.- The adult male grows to 2.1 m and 273 kg; the adult female to 1.8 m and 91kg. Newborn pups are about 0.8 

### m long and weigh 5.4 to6.4 kg.

Reproductive Data.--On San Nicolas Islands,thepupping setison begins about 15May and lasts about 5 weeks, with the peak during the first 

### week in June. The femalesusually breed 15 to 30 days after parturition, hdthe mother and pup may remain together thefirst year. The males establish and defend breeding territories on land; thefemales move about freely.

Age-Growth Data.-California sea lions have lived 18to 20 yesrs incaptivity.

Feeding Habits.-The California sea lion's food is squid, octopus, and a variety of flsh such as herring, sardines, rocldish,hake,andratfish.

Parasites and Diseases.-During the past 2 or 3years anapparent increase in premature births and in the mortality rate of subadults and youw adults has occurred. Three potential causes have been isolated: t 1) chemical residues (polychlorinated biphenyls, DDT, and metabolites) ; (2) a bacterium (Lepto- spiral ; and (3) a virus. The greatest single cause of death in wild and captive animals is lungworm. Animals in cap- tivity have also died from pleuropneu- monia. pneumonia, and enteric infections, diseases which may also occur in wild populations.

EcologicalProblems: Killerwhalesand large sharks areknown toprey upon sea lions. Possibly there is some competition with other otariids for food and hauling grounds. California sea lions associated with certain hauling grounds and rookeries have practicaliy abandoned these

areasbecause of harassment by man. Although 

### most major populations of sea lions rtre now onsitesaat.ecLstIy reazhed by the public, a few areas. such as the Monterey Bay breakwater in Monterey. California, areused extensively as hauling grounds by California sea lions and

arevisited frequently by tour boats. -The latter sometimes pass within 10m of the hauling grounds.

Allocation Problems: A history of con- flict exists between people for and against complete protection .of this spe- cies. Some conservation .groups would -like complete protection for the California sea lion while some fishermen want the number of California sea lions tobe controlled. California sea'lions are probably the most widely sought-after species of eared seals in the world for public display.

Current Research: The National Marine F'isheries Service condtlcts research

on this spe:ies on San Miguel Island off California. The following organizations

are conducting research on the California sea lion: University of California. Santa Cruz. California; University of California, Berkeley, California; Cali-. fornia Academy of Science, 6an Francisco, California; ~umboldt .State College, Arcata. California; and Fisheries R,esearch Board of Canada, Nanaimo, B.C.; Naval Undersea Center, SanDiego. California;

,Navy Biomedical Research Laboratory. Oakland. California.

References Banfield, A. W. F. 1974. The mammals of

Canada. Unlv. Toronto Press, 438 p. Blgg, M. A. 1973. Census of California sea

lions on southern Vancouver Island, British Columbia. J. Mammal. 54:285-287. Bonnot, P. 1951. The sea lions, seals, and

Sea otters of the California coast. Calif. Fish Game37:371-389. Brownell, R. L.. Jr.. R. L. DeLong. and R. W.

Schrelber. 1974. Pinnlped pop~llatlonsat Islas de Guadalupe, San Benlto. Cedros. and Natlvidad. Baja Califomla, in 1968. J. Mammal. 66 :469-472. Frey, H. W. (editor). 1971.Wlfornla's llvlng

marine resources and their utilization. Sacramento. Callf. Dept. Fish Game, 148 p. Carllsle, J. G., and J. A. Aplin. 1966.Sea lions

census for 1965 including counts of other Californla plnnlpeds. Callf. Fish Game 52:119-120.



### - 1971. Sea lion census for 1970. fncludlng counts of other Californla plnnlpeds. Calif. Fish Game 57:124-126. Daughterty, A. E. 1972. Marlne mammals of

Callfornia, 2d rev. Calif. Dept. Fish Game, Sacramento, 90 p. DeLong, R. L.. W. G. ~ilmartln; and J. 0. Slmpson. 1973. Environmental pollutant residues lri parturient California sea lions: premature vs normal. Sclence 181: 1168- 1170. Gllmartln, W. G., R. L. DeLong, A. W. Smith.

J. C. Sweeney. B. W. delsppa. R. W. Rlsebrough, L. A. Grlner, M. D. Dalley, and D. E. Peakall 1976. Premature parturltlon In the California sea lion. J. Wlldl. Dis. 12: 114-115. LeBoeuf, B. J.. and M. L. Bonnell. 1971.DDT

ln California sea lions. Nature 234: 108-110. Mate, B. R. 1976. Annual mlgrations of the

sea 11011s Eumetopim jubatus and Zalophus califmfanus along the Oregon coast. In K. Ronald and A. W. MamfIeld (eds.). Blology of the seal. Cons. Int. Expl. Mer.. Proc. Verb.. 169 p. Rapp. P.-v. Reun. CIFM 169: 455-61. Odell, D. 

### a. 3971.- Censuses of phnlpeds breedlng omthedaliiornia Channel Islands. J. Mammal. 52 : 187-190. -1972. Studies on the blology of the

Callfornla sea lion and the northern elephant, seal on San Nlcolas Island. Californla, PhD. thesis, Univ. 'Callf., Los Angeles, 168 p. Orr. R. T., J.Schoenwald. and K. W. Kenyon.

1970. The California sea lion: skull arowth and a comparison of twopopulatlon~. Proc. Calif. Acad. Scl.. 4th Ser., 37:380-394. Peterson, R. S.. and G. A. Bartholomew. 1967.

The natural history and behavlor of the California sea Ilon. Am. Soc. Mammal., Spec. pub^. NO. 1.79 p. Peterson, R. S.. and B. J. LeBoeuf. 1969.'~opuhtlon studiesof sealsand seallons. Trans. 34th N. Am. Wlldl. Nat. Res. Conf., pp. 74- 79. Rlce, D. W., K. W. Kenyon, and D. Lluch-B. 1S65.Plnnlped populations atUlas Guadalupe, San Benito, and Cedros, Baja Callfornia in 1965. Tram. San Diego Soc. Nat. Bls. 14(7):73-84. Rlpley. W. E.. K. W. Cox, and J. L. Baxter.

1962. Californla sea lion census for 1958. 1960, and 1961. Callf. Flsh Game 48:228- 231. NORTHERN (STELLER) SEA LION (Eumetopias jubatus) Distribution and Migration: The northern sea lion is found in continental shelf water from the Sea of Japan andnorthern Honshu. Japan,northward around the North Pacific Ocean rim to the Okhotsk andBering Seasandsouthward to the California Channel Islands. Some seasonal movements occur in parts of its range. Examples of such move- ments are differences in the winter and summer distribution of these animals in the Bering Sea, and the postbreeding movements in central California.

Abundance and Trends: Mate (1976) estimated a world population of 250.000 to 325,000. Alaska has 202 known rookeries and hauling grounds. The Alaska population has increased considerably since the early 1900's and now exceeds 200,000 and may be near maximum levels in many areas (Alaska Department of Fish and Game, 1973). Since 1964, several thousand pups. have been harvested annually in Alaska until 1973 when the Marine Mammal Protection Act became effective; 6,546 were taLm in 1972.

The population of sea lions 

### in British Columbia waters was estimated at 11,000 to 12,000 from an aerial census in 1956- 57. The authorities undertook a heavy reduction program in 1959 and 1960, and the population was reduced 

### ,to about

' 4,000 animals in 1969 (Banfield, 1974).

The breeding popdation is estimated to be 5,000 by Fisher andBrenton (cited in Mate, 1976).

Kenyon and Scheffer (1962) made six aerial and one surface survey along the Washington coast between 1949 and 1959 and stated that the population did not exceed 500. Mate (1975) revised this estimate to be 600. Pearson and Verts (1970) estimated the Oregon population at 1,078. Mate (pers. comm., 1975) estimated the Oregon breeding population at about 2.000 animals. The California Department of Msh and Game makes periodic aerial censuses of sea lions in

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### 38996 NOTICES

Themalesweigh 25-35kg. by age4years, then experience major growth adding approximately 200 kg. of weight by age 10. Males are sexually mature as young
as age 4-5 years but do not become members of the organized breeding structure until age 10. Females have been observed to reach 22 years. whereas few males live longer than 15 years.

ReproductiveData.-Most of thepregnant females arrive on the rookeries in late June and early July, when they form harems of 1 to 100 female5 to 1 adultmale. Within 3days of her arrival, the female bears a single pup (twir .m rare), breeds 2 to 5 days later, then begins nursing-feeding cycles of 2 days on land and about 8 days at sea within a 200-mile radius. Implantation of the blastocyst is delayed until November. Most of the males first breed a age 10. and few live longer than 15 years.

General Behavior.-Immature fur seals arrive on the breeding grounds in descending order &of age, the males beginning in mid-Jtqe and the females in late July. Some 1-year-ords haul out in September and October, but most fur seals return Arst at age 2. Most of the animals have left the rookeries by December.The adultmaleswinter innorthernwaters,pregnant females usually migrateas farsouth as southern California, and young animals of both sexes are foundthroughout thatrange.

Diseases and Parasites.-The main

causes of death among pups on therookeries are, in-order of importance: ema- ciation-malnutrition syndrome, hookworm disease,bacterial infections.le~tbspirosis (perlnatal hemorrhagic syndrome), and injuries. Pathogenic bacteria thus farisolated include: Clostrfdium perfringens, Proteu? mifabizis, Salmonella enteriditis, and Leptospira sp. A psittacosis group chlamydia has been reported, but the clinical syndrome caused by the agent has not been described. A calcivirus, indistinguishable from vesicula exanthema of swine virus, has been found associated with vesicles

on the flippers and may be related to emaciationsyndrome.

The fur seal has filariid worms, stommach ascarids,intestinalflukes.cestodes. hookworms, and acanthocephalans., and nasal mites, but no heart or lungworrns. Hookworms and sucking lice parasitize thenewborn.

FeedfngHabi,ts: Thefur seal is anop- portunistic feeder.taking squid and a variety of fishes including herring, anchovy, salmon, capelin, saury, walleye pollock,andmackerel.

Ecological Problems: Northern fur seals concentrate within their body tissuescontaminants such aspesticides and heavy metals. For example, mercury compounds have been found in fur seal liver. The effect of contaminants on the health of furseals is unknown.Predators include sea lions, sharks. and killer whales. Some competition may exist between fur seals, other pinnipeds and sea birds (LanderandKajimura. 1976).

Allocation Problems: In theNorth 

### Pacif3c Ocean and Bering Sea, fur seals 

### and commercial fisheries may compete for the same species of Ash. Harvesting of fur seals on the'frlbilof Islands has been criticized in recent years by animal

. protection organfiationsthatpould refer estheticand educational rather $an economic useof theresource.

Current Research: Long-term research is financed arrd carried outby the Governments of Japan. Canada, the U.S.S.R., and the United States. Shorttelpl projects are frequently carried out
onthePribilof Islands by university pro- fessorsor graduate students.

In 1973 St. George Island was desig- nated by the North Pacific 

### Fb Seal Commission 

### as an area of intensive research wliere no commercial harvest would take place for some years. An expanded research program on St. George Island beganin 1973



### . Reference3 Anas, R. 1970. Mercury found in fur seale.

comm.~leh. Rev. =(la) :3. Anas, 61. E.. and A. J. Wflwn. Jr. 1970. Organoohlorine pesticides 111 nursing fur aeal pups. Pest.Monit. J. 4:114-115. Chapman. D. Ct. 1964. A critical study of

Pribilof fu? seal popnlatlon estimates. U.8. Fish Wildl. 8erv.. Flab. Bull. 63:667-869. Johnson. A. M. 1976. The status of northern

fur seal populations. In K. Fbnald and A. W. Mansfleld (eds.) Biology of the seal. Cons. Int. Expl. Mer, Proc. Verb.. 169 p.RAPP p.-v. Reun.CIEM 169:26S-56. Kenyan. K. W., V. B. Sahefler. and D. 

### a.

Chapman. 1954. A population study of the Alaska fur seal herd. U.S.Ffsh Wlldl. Serv.. Spec.Scl. Rep. Wildl. 12.77 p. Key-, M. C. 1966. Pathology of the northern

fur seal. J. Am. Vet. Med. A-. 147:1,090-



# . I,WO. Lander. R. H., and H. Kajimura. 1976. Status

of nofihern fur Beals. Food Agrlc. Organ. U.N.. Adv. Comm. Mar. Resour. Res. FA0 ACMRR/MM/SC/34.60 p. North P-c Fur &a1 Cam3nls?gon. 1966.

North Paclflc Fur Seal Commisslon report

on lnvestlgartiona from 1968 to 1961. Ken- kyusha CO.. Tokyo. 183p. 

## - 1969. North Psoiflc Fur Seal Commission report on hvestlgations from 1964 to 1966. Kenkyusha Co.. Tokyo, 161 p. Rappel, A. Y.. A. M. Johnson, R. D. Bauer.

D. 

### a.Ch@pman.and F. Wilke. 1863. Fur seal investigations, Fribilof Islande. Alaska. U.S.Fish Wfldl. Serv. Spec. Bci. Rep. Fish. 454,101 p. 

### SOUTHAFRICAN (CAPE)

### FURSEAL (Arctocep&aZus pusilluspusillus) Distribution and Migration: The South African fur seal breeds on the mainland andcoastal islandsof southern Africa from Cape Cross (South West Africa) to Algoa Bay (South Africa). This species shows no definite seasonal migration, but disperses widely while feeding. A marked adult was seen in deep-sea trawling grounds 450 miles from its birthplace. Young seals in their Arst year (November to October) frequent protected bays and areas near their places of birth. (Another race, A. pusillus doriferus,occursin southeastern Australia andTasmania.)

Abundance and Trends: Rand (1972b) estimates about 19.500mature territorial males and about 273,000mature females

on mainland and island rookeries of the Republic 

### I% hut& Mrica. 

### Best (1973) estimates that from 250.000 

### to 300.000 South African fur seal pups 

### are born each year in theRepublicof SouthAfrica and SouthWest Africa. Shaughnessy (1975) has reviewed the estimates of Best (1973) and revised them downward to between 211,000 and 213.000 pups. Assuming the number of pups to be y4 the population, Shaughnessy estimates the total population 

### to be 850,000 animals. First-year pups (about 9 months) and a small (unknown) number of second-year animals of eitper sex areharvested in the winter (June-September), although all cow seals are protected (Rand. 1972b). 

### In 1950 the winter harvest totaled 27,289 pups and has increased to 76,694 in 1971 (Laws, 1973). The summer kill of surplus adult males (October-December) has declined from 3.000 

### in the early 1950's 

### to 812 in 1969 (md, 1972b). General Biolagy: Species Statfstics.- The adult males weigh 204.2 

### to 363 kg and grow 

### to 2.3 m long; females weigh 90.7 to 122.0 kg and are 1.5 to 1.8 m long. At birth the PUP is about 0.76 m long and averages 6.4 kg.

Reptoductive Data.-In 

### late October. when most of theolder pups areweaned, the Arst adult males come ashore 

### to establish territories and harems; pregnant females arriye about a week later. In November and early December, the female bears a single pup (twins are rare), mates,5 to 6 days later, then leavesitspup forthefIrsttime andfeeds for 1

### to 2 days atsea. Subsequent nursing-feeding cycles extend to 4 to 5 days

on land and 7 

### to 10 days at sea. bm plantation of theblastocyst intheuterus is delayed until April or May. Thus. gestation is 7 to 8 months, but may be longer for some females that mate for thefirsttimein theirsecond year.

Age-Growth Data.-Adults of both

. sexes molt on land (14 days duration)

a few weeks after the breeding season, usually during March. The pups 

### also shed their natal hair and milk teeth at this time and acquire the olive-gray coat of the yearling. The copper-colored underfur alsobecomes obvious.

Weaning is well advanced by Septem- ber and October, although undisturbed mother-pup relationships may prolong weaning.

Feeding Habits.-Food consistsof Ash. cephalopods, and various small crustaceans.

Ecological Problems: Sharksand killer whales are natural predators. On the desert coast, the black-backed Jackal is a predator on pups.

Allocation Problems: Local Ashermen engage in scattered and illegal killing of seals, contending that the animals interfere with their expanding purse-seine Ashery. Seals 

### occasion all^ feed Dn Rsh protruding through the meshes of otte~ trawlnets or takenby linefisheries.

Current Research: A recently ex- panded research program is carried out by the South African government to measure herd size, production, annual recruitment, natural and harvest mortality, andmovements.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### NOTICES

References Best, P. B. 1973. Sebls and seallng in South

Africa a& South WestAM-. 14proeegsed pp. 'plus appendix. Statement at the alppllcetlon ef the Bouke Company for exemptlon from the Marine Mammal hotection ~ct. Franca, P. da. 1967. Sur la presence d'Arctooewhalus nrsil-lus (Schreber) (Otaridae) et'de ~ir&a leonina (~lnne) (~hocldaej

au sud de 1'Angola. Mammalis 31:fjO-M. Klng, J.E. 1964. Seals of the world. Brit. Mus.

(Nat.Hist.).London, 164p. Laws, R. M. 1973. The current status of seals

14 the Southern Hemisphere. IUCN, New Pub. Ser., Suppl. Pap. No. 39:144161. Rand, R. W. 1965.Reproduction In thefemale

cape fur seal. Arctocephalw pwillus (Schreber). Proc. Zool. Soc. London 124: 717-740. 

## - 1966. The Cape fur seal (A~et~Cephalw pusillus). Its general characteristics and moult. Invest. Rep.. Dlv. Fish. S. Afr. a1: 1-62.



### - 1959. The Cape fur-seal (Arctocephalw pruillus)



### . Distribution, abundance and feedhg habits off the southwestern
coast of the Cape Provtnce. Dl-. 9eaIlsh., Invest. Rep. 34:76p. 

# - 1987. The Cape fur-seal tArctocephalw pusillus). 3. Oeneral behaviour on land and at sea. Dls. Sea Flsh., Invest. Rep. 60.39 p.


### - 1972a. Conservation of Cage fur-seals. Text of a lecture del$verecP to- WiIdMfe Society, 'l'ransvad Branch, 7 Nov. 1972.et Johannesburg.



### - 1972b. The Cape furacal (Antocephalw pusilZus). 4. ~stlmab d popubtisn size. Dlv. &a Fish.. Invest., Rep. 89. 28 p. Rand. R. W. 1973. Management of the South

African fur seals J. S. Mr. Wfldl. Manage. Basoc. 3(2) :8E-87. Shaughneasy, P. D. 1976. The statue ef seals

in South Africa awl South Weat AMca Food Agric. Organ. OX, Adv. Gonun. Mw. Resour. Res.FA0 ~~l&Ft/MnK/Ss!/62. 38p. Visser. J. 1967. Catching South African fur seals.Zoonooz40(2):15-19.

SOUTHAMERICANFUR SEAL (Arctoeephalusaustralis) Distributh and Migration: Two ma- jor populations of the South American fur seal, identifiable only by size!, are found, oneon theFalklsnd Islands [Ish Malvinas) and tbeother on cvastalUNguyan ~~imds. Minor po~~ of this species 

### oecm in Argentha, Chile, and Peru The adults are on the Vmguay9n breeding grounds in Nwember and December. and ofTshore UD to 260 mileseast
on the edge of the continembal pfatiom during the auskral winter. An extrem narthernreeord for the Southharican fur seal was of one identified at Rio de Janeiro, Braail.

Abundance and Trends: In 1972, the Uruguayan PoPUlatlOn was estimated at 252,000. This population grew from 

### an estimated 129.000 in 1960toanestimated 174,000 in 1965. Aeeording to Strange (1973) the 1965-66 population on the Falkland bhndswas 15-216.000. 

### From 8 cwus taken in 1976, Chile report a populatian af 40,000. The data on 

### the Argentine populatian we edleeted 

### in 1954 and are given 

### as 2,780. (Advisory Committee on 

### Marine Resource Research, 1976) General Biotogy: Species Statistics.- AddtmalesontheFWandIslands$raw 

### to 159 kg, wheress those in Uruguay reeth only 136 kg; thefenxidm weigh 33 to 48 kg. The males are biackkh-gray; the females and immature %nimals vary butusually have a silvery-gray neck and back anda yellow tint to the belly.

Reproduction Data.-Males are polygynous and establish territories in early November.Most of thepregnantfemaks arrive on the rookeries in mid-November, and form small harems of about six animals. Withb 6 

### to 7 days, each female bears a single pup and breeds 2 to 3 days later. Most males breed at age 7 years and the fegales at age 3 years. Uterine implantation of theblastocyst probably occurs in March. Gestation, includingtheperiod of delayed impIantation, lasts nearly 1year.

Age-Growth Data.-Most of the admals leave therookeries during the austral winter. On the rookeries, the fur seals are in close contact with South American sea lions. Otaria jiavescens. Main causes of death 

### In order of importance are from sporadic storms, which wasfi large numbers of pups out to sea; the seven-gilled shark ;andprobably the killer whale, which is common around the larger rookeries.

Feeding Hub+ts.-Brownell cited in Vas-Ferreira (1976) examined 13 sbachs and found remains of anchovies, mackerel, apdseabass.

~arasztks and Diseases-The South American fur seal has nasal mites and 10species of endoparasites,but noheart

or lung worms.

EooltwiealRobh??ns: Offshoreoil wells

areglmed

### in thenear future and may result in an ecological hazard.

AUocation Problems: The species has esthetic, educational, and economic vslues. The Government of Uruguay an- .nually harvests about 15900 male fur seals on the islands.

CurrentResearch: Long-term research

onthis species is earriedoutby the Gwefimnmts of Uruguay and Argentina. In addition, short-term projects are carried out by 

### the Natural History Mwumof Montevidca and the SmithsonianInstitution.

References Advisory Committee on Marine Resource Research 1978. Mammals in the sea: ad hoc group 111 on sea& and marine otters, actdendum. Food Agric. Bgan. U.N., Adv. Comm. Mar. Resour. Res. FA0 ACMRR/ MM/SC/4 add. I,9 p. Perez-Fontana. H. 1943. Informe sobre la ind=mtrslia lobera (Clentodiez anos de explotaclon de la industria lobera en nuestro pals). Informe sobre la fndnstria peaquera n~~ionaP PubUcado por el Servfcio. Oceanografico y de .Pesca. Montevideo, Uruguay. 70 p. 

# +1 cuadro. Monteverde. Peso Blanco. J. del. 1911. FoCm de la Republica o del Uruguay. Oranada, Spain, 27 p. Smith, H. M. 1927. The Uruguayan fur seal

brands. Zoologlca 9(5): 2'7l-294. Strange, I. 1973.The silent urdeal of a South

~tlantfc Archipelaga. Natur. ~1st. 82(a)

### :m.. 39. VaaFerreQ, R. 1950. Oservaclones sobre la Isla' de Lobos. &v. Fat. Human. Clen.. Montevideo, Uruguay, 5: 146-176. 

# - 1956.Etologlaterrestre de Arctocephalw australis (Zimmerman) ("lobo fino")

enlas Islas Umguayas. ServicloOceanograilco de Pesca, Trabajos gobre de Lobos y Lobos Marinos. 2 :1-22. Vaz-Ferrelrs, R.. and B. $!en% d8 Sorlano.

1961. Division funcionsl del habitat terrestre y estructura de la5 sgregaciones sociales de Amtocephalus crzwhalis (Zimmerman),estudlo gram.Rev. Fac. Hum. Clen. Montevideo, Uruguay. 19:263-260. Vaz-Ferrelra. R. 1976.Arctocephalus australis

(Zlmmerman) South American fur seal. Food Agric. Organ. U.N., Adv. Comm. Mar. Resour. Ree. FA0 ACMRR/MM/SC/49, 13 p. Ximenez, I. 1963. Frecuencla y fluctuimiones

estaclonales en la poblacion de Arctocephdus a.ustra1i.s en algunas mnas de Ia Isla de tobos. Rev. Inst. Invest. Pesq. l(2): 141-168.



### - 1973. Nota prellmlnar sdbre la repoblacio de Aretocephdw awtrolis en la Isla Rasa. Trab. V Conge. Latinoam. Zool., Montevldeo. Umguay. 1:281-288.

JUAN FERNANDJZZ FUR SEAL (Arctocephatus phitippii) Distribution and Migratbn: -is seal is known tooceur 

### only onthe Is& Juan Fernandez (366 and 448 miles west of Valparaiso, Chile!) and Is& Sm Felix (500 miles west of Caldera,me).The two groups are 500 miles apart,Itis not known elsewhere, and migratory movements areunknown.

Abtmdwe a?& Trends: h the late 18thandearly 19thcenturies thepopula- tion on the Isk 

### Juan Fernandez may have numbered 3

### to 3

## M millian, but 

### was reduced to the point of mmnercial extinetion. Although there were occasional rewrts of its existence, the species had been regarded 9 probIrrbly extinct since the early 20th century. In 1965its sur- vival was eonRrmed (Aguayo, 1971). Aguayo (1973) estimates700 

### to 800 seals

now occur in the 

### Llw JanPernandez. Thetrendinnumbers 

### isincreasing. Seals

were formerly common on the klas San Felix; despite several searches, only two sealshavebeen setnthereinrecentyears (Hubba andNorris, 1971).

General Biologg: The biolegy of this species is little known. Few specimens have been taken, andnostudiesmade. It is now known 

### to breed only on the Islas Juan Fernandez. Pupping occurs in December. Thehabitat of theJuanFernandez seal is similar to thatutilized by the Guadalupe seal.

Species Statistics: Inthegenus Arcto.- cephalus, this species is second in size to A. mfaiUus.One male taken inNovember 1968was 201 cm long &weighed an esfimated 159kg.

Reproductive Data: No study has been made.

Age-Growth Data: No study 

### has been made.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: Although the s~ecies has been given complek protectionby Chilean lawsinceM5,local fishFEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### 38998 NOTICES

ermen may still 

### kill some seals for lob- isolated cams or recesses that have ac- cies. Theatal,Xorms (P. v. richardii sterbait. cess to the sea or among large boulders and

### P. v.kurilensisin theNorth Pacific;

CurrentResearch: Noneknown. close tothe splash zone. Single or sd P. v. vitulilta and P. v. 

### concolw in the Referancea moups of breeding 

### territories 

### are dfs- North Atlaintic) aremore sedentary. The Wbuted along 20 

### @ of the eastern harbor seal is the predominant nearAguayO1 A.lQ7'* The present Of the shoreline. of Guadalupe Island. The shore seal

### in ice-freewaters north of 1st.

Juan Fernandez fur seal. K. Norske Vi- hsrems 

### contain 

### to females. densk Belsk. 514. 1 : 1--4. 35"N.

- 197s. ~aa Juan mr-dea fur Beal. 1% Age-emth Data-The adult males Abundance and Trends: Overall, the Seals, Proceedings of a working meeting of apparently spend considerable time at world population ofharbor seals appears seal specialists on threatened and depleted m; InWt sight- of Imbles On other k be high and stable. About 750,000 are seals of the world held under the ausplces islands have occurred during the non- pmntin theNorth Pscificarea (Alaska of the Survival Service Comrnlssion of breeding season, but since 1973 males Department of Msh and Game, 1973; IUNCH,pp. 1-143. havebeen observed atSariMiguelIsland Bigg, 1969; Chapskii. 1966) and about 

## Hu&~i&L;b";P,\~~; ~~.~?~X~f~~ during the breeding season. The females 150,000 in the Euro- ~orth Atlantic
and eurvival of the Juan Fer-dez fur migrate long distances from region (Chapskii, 1966). Popov (1976)
seal. Antarctic Rea. 8er. 18:3Sb2. Guadalupe Island. estimates the Bering Sea supports 135,- Repenning, Cd., R. 8. Peterson, and C. L. Ecological Problem: Increasingnum- 000 largha seals.

Hums. 1971. Contflbution the syste- bersofhuman vistors

### toGuadlupebland General Biology: Species Stntistics.-
Of southemfur seals*with Par- 

### are subjecting the animals to more dis- Harbor seals of all subspecies are of mereference t~.the Juan Fernandez turbance. Because they breed only on dium size; large adults of both sexes are and GuMalupe species. Guadalupe Island, the seals need com- from 160to 180cm long and weigh about dia. AntarcticRes.Ser. 18: 1-34. plete protection from Undue disturbance 130 

### to 150 kg. Pups weigh from 9 

### to 12 GUADALUPE FUR SEAL andhabitat modification. kg, and are about 80 

### to 90 cm long at (Arctocephulustournsendf) Allocation Problems: Noneknow'n. birth. Pupsof ice-inhabiting harbor seals Current Research: The University of areborn with white coats, whereas those Distribution ad Migration: The dfs- Califbrnfa makes periodic -uses of of the Coiistd form possess dark coats. tribution of A. tmmendfin the 18thand this specie. 

### ~n1976, the University of Coloration in the adults varies consid19th centmdes is unknown. The Guada- 

## wmgb and N-, Marine 

## am- erably; the background varies from lupe furse* was believed extinct during ma1 vision, begin a study of the CreimYwhfk

### todarkbrown with irregu- two periods (1895-1926; 1928-49). One Iardark brown blotches. adult male 

### was observed on San Nicolas References Rgrtoductfm Data.-Adults of theice- Island in 1949, and breeding animals Brownell, L, Jr., R. L. DeLong, and W. inhabiting form pair in March for the were nmsmvered at Guadalupe Island &hrefber, 1974. Plmiped populstions duration of the breeding season, and a in 1954.Subsequently,individual animals ~1, de Guadalupe, ssn Benit,,, and single pup isborn 

### to each pair on theice. have been reported at Cedros Island, ~atividad,B8ja California, in 1868. J. usually 

### in March or April. Adults of the Baja California,andadultand immature Mammal. 66:~~-472. coastal form congregate on islets and males have been sighted on San Miguel Hubba. C.L. lQ66.Back from oblivion: mad- also bear a single pup, usually in April Island eachyear since 1968. alupe fur seal: still a living speclea. ~ac.

### to JU~Y.

## me of 

### form 

### a

AbundQnceandTrendsrThelastGua- D'sc.9(6):14a1. dalupe ffu sal 

### was co-ercially bar- petemn,R.

### a.c.L. nubix.R.L. sentry, and WeeBsp 

### in which the weight is
R, L. DeLong. 1968. The Guadalupe fur more than doubled. Males of both forms vested fromtheislandsofsouthern Cali- ,,I; habitat, behavtor, population slza. become sexually m ture at 4 to 5 years f0mia and Baja California in 1894. The field identlficstlon,J Mammal. 48:61+ of age; females at or 4 years. Breeding populations of Guadalupe fur seals on 676. 

# f

is annual, and the period of pregnancy the Guadalupe and San Benito Islands Peterson, R.S., and D. R. R-ey. 1969. Re- (including delayed implantation) is apparently once numbered in the thou- ' productive behavior of the GualuPe fur about 10.5months. sands. Rice, etal. (1965) counted 285 of Proceedings Of B1O1'@aal sonar Age-Groroth Data,Adults of both these mammals on Guadalupe Island and 

# $i:;rE1 C0niere21ct* Stanford

# -
forms are gregarious outside the breedsuggested thatthepopulationwas grow- 

# *, R. 

### s. & C.

# = ing season The annual molt occurs be- ing rapidly and may contain as many as 1071. mntributiom t,, the sys- tween August and early November; it 600animals, including thoseinthewater. te-ti- or the southern fur 8-1, with Proceeds from the posterior to the anPekrSon, et al. (1968) counted 372 mi- particular reference tothe Juan Femandez terior parts. Predators include the polar mals in Aprfl 1966. In June 1968, 314 in- and auadaIupe species. Antarctic Pinnl- bears. 

### walrus. killer vrhale, and sharks. dividuals including puq were observed Pea%. Antarctic

# --

ser- 18:1-34. Golden eagles have been 

### known to prey on Isla de Guadalupe (Brownell, et al., Mce. D. W..IZ. W: IZenyonpand D. Lluch-B. upon newborn pupis resting on sandbars. 1966. Pinnlped populations at Islas Quada- 1974). 355 individuals were counted 

### in lupe, Sari Benit,,, and Cedros, Baja Cali- Feeding Habits.-The diet of the harJune and,Julg 1976 by Fleischer tpers. fornia, in 1866. Tram.Sari Diego Nat; bor seal,which varies according 

### to seacomm.)

# . Hlat. 14(7):73-84. son and location of specific wpdations.

General Biology: Biological informa- &hefler, V. B. 1968. -s, sea lions, and wal- includes primarily pelagic, demersal,and tion on this species is scarce. Specimens ruses: a review of the Flnnipedla. Stanford anadromous Ashes, cephalopods, and have notbeen collectedsincetheir recent Univ.press, 179 p. crustaceans. In captivity a single anirediscovery. HARBOR SEAL ma1eats about 4 kg of flsh per day.

Species Statistics.-The males are al- This species has been known 

### to dive most 1.8 m long and weigh about 136kg. (Phoca uitulina) as deep as 91.5 m for dhort periods and Males appear somewhat smaller and fe- Distrihtion and Migration: The bar- Can remain under water for as long as malesconsiderably larger than Callorhi- Mr seal is found in the North Atlantic 23minutes.

nus ursfnw. A. toumendf can be sepa- Oceanfrom theice pack south toFrance Parasites and Diseases.-Almost all rated from C. ursinus by its narrow, and Georgia and in North Pacific Ocean adult seals have anisakid roundworms pointed muzzle and the extension of pe- waters from the ~rctic Ocean south 

### to and corynosomid acanthocephalans, and lagebeyond thewrist Ontothedorsumof Baja Californiaand southern Japan and occasionally, high infestations of anotheforeflipper.Itisseparated fromZalo- ~orm Populations that breed an the ice pluran lice. The latter seem associated phus californiunusby its distinctive un- in the Bering and okhotsk seas are dis- with filarial heart worms and may be derfur. tinct from thw that breed on land. ~@Aors. Toxoplasma has been ~;eported Reproductive Data.-The pups are Phoca vitulinu largha, the ice inhabiting in captive animals, but its presence in bm 

### in June and July. Although breed- form, lives in the seasonal pack ice 

### in wadSealsWnotverified. ing has notbeen observed, a postpialum winter and spring. bearing and nurtur- EcologicalProblems: 

### Tn some

### parts of estrus probably occurs, which would ex- ing its pup there, and moves toward the 

### its range,theharbor seal contributes to tend the breeding period 

### into August. coasts when the ice retreats. P. v.largha high worm infections in fish, notably The adult males establish territories 

### in is oftenregarded as an independent spe- codfish. This animal is extremely sensiFEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

tive to disturbance, and may leave an Naito, Y., andM. Nishfwakf.1972. The growth kg in wei*. -A few individuals, usually

area temporarily or even permanently Of two species of the harbor in the females, become much larger. The aniafter continual harassment by people, ~~~,"tRe","t~~t.0~4~7_"~~~~. 

### se'. Rep. mals undergo marked seasonal changes equipment, or aircraft. Contamination Popov, L. A. 1976. The status of main ,cs weight, being heaviest inmid- to late of the environment with pesticides, I,, of ,ls inhabiting waters of the wmter. Newborn PUPS are 55 

### to 65 cm heavy metals, and other contaminants U.S.SR. and adjacent to the country ma- long, weigh about 4.0 kg, and bear white may be a problem for the land-breeding rlne areas. ~ood Agric. Organ. U.N., Adv. cmts.Colorationof theadultsisvariable. harbor seal. because it freauentlv in- Comm. Mar. Resour. Res. FA0 ACMRR/ Dorsally they may be brown 

### to blueishhabits the relatively cl&edA watek of
M"/SC/611 l7p. black -in background with irregular bays andestuarieswhere these contami- w~~~;es;~~;nM~~~~~~~i~~~~~~$~ 

# Wt3.Z. &~~e~~~y 

# Eiil;:;k;Gitr;

nants arelikely to concentrate. lina. Behavior 48:23-26.

AllocationProblems: These sealsdam- creamy yellowwith scatteredblack spots. age commercial fishing gear and com- RINGED SEAL Reproductive Data.-Males become pete with man for such fish as herring, smelt, whitefish, and salmon.

According to the Alaska Department of Fash and Game,hunting and the harvest of the harbor seal have declined markedly during the past year because of a reduced market for salableproducts from these species, mainly skins. In southeastern Alaska, the decreased harvest has resulted in additional conflicts between the harbor seal and the fishermen.

Current Research: Ongoing research in California, Washington. British Columbia. Alaska, the U.S.S.R.. and Japan is aimed toward the identification of North Pacificpopulationsanddescribing theirdistribution andmovements, repro- ductive biology, feeding habits, growth, physiology, and ecology. References

Alaska Department of Fish and Game. 1972.

Testlmony presented to Senate Sub-corn-. mlttee on Oceans and Atmosphere. Nome, Alaska, May 11, 12, and 13, 1972. Serial No. 92-56, U.S. Oov. Prlnt. Off., Wash., D.C. pt. 2:83Q-1,192. 1973. Marine mammal status reports. Unpubllshed. Juneau, Alaska. Banfleld, A. W. F. 1974. The mammals of

Canada. Unlv. Toronto Press, 438 p. Bigg, M. A. 1969. The harbor seal in Brltish

Columbia. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.. Bull. 172,

33 p. Bishop, R. H. 1967. Reproduction, age determination, and behavlor of the harbor seal. Phoca vituNna L., in the Gulf of Alaska. MS thesis. Univ. Alaska. 121 p. Bonne;; W. N. 1972. The grey seal and common seal in European waters. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Ann, Rev.. 10:461-507. Burns. J. J. 1970. Remarks on the dlstribution and natural history of pagophllic plnnipeds in the Berlng and Chukchi Seas. J. Mammal. 51:445-454. Burns, J. J., and F. H. Fay. 1972. Cornparative blology of Bering Sea harbor seal populations Paper presented at 23d Alaska Scl. Conf., Fairbanks, Alaska. Aug. 1972. Bychkov, V. A. 1971. Pinnipeds of the

U.S.S.R.. pp. 59-74. In L. K. Shaposhnlkov (ed.). Review of the status of U.S.S.R. pinnipedla conservation. Min. Sel. Rhoz. S.S.S.R., Tsent. Lab. Okhr. Prir. Moscow. (Trans]. IPST 650946. 129 p.) Chapskii. K. K. 1966. Sonemennoe sostoyanie i zadachi vos stanoveleniya resursov morskogo zveroboinogo promysia (Present state and tasks of the restoration of resources of marlne trapplng). Tezlsy 3-go Vses. Soveshch. po Izuch. Morsk. Mlek., Moskva-Leningrad, "Nauka." (Not seen, cited by Bychkov, 1971.) Galster, W., and J. Burns. 1972. Accumulation of pesticides in Alaskan marlne mammals. Paper presented at 23d Alaska Sci. Conf., Fairbanks, Alaska. August, 1972. Mansfield, A. W. 1967. Dlstributlon of the

harbor seal, Phoca vitulina Linnaeus, in Canadlan arctic waters. J. Mammal. 48:- 249-257. (Phoca hispida) Distribution an& Migration: The ringed seal is circumarctic is distribution in the ice pack. In the North Pacific Ocean itis found intheBering,Chukchi, and Okhotsk Seas and in thepermanent ice pack of the Polar Basin. In winter, most ringed seals occupy areas of landfast ice, but nonbreeding adults and juveniles may be found wherever ice occurs. Apparently, animals wintering in the Bering and Chukchi Seas move northward in spring as the ice recedes and southward in autumn asit advances again, whereas those in the Canadian Arctic mayreside year-round in thesame locality. In western Alaska., the ringed seal is thedominantnear-shore sealduring months when sea ice is present and is replaced by theharbor sealduring icefree months. A small proportion of the population, mainly juveniles, remains in ice-free areas of the Bering Sea during

summer.

Abunrlance a-nd Trends: Counts of ringed seals on land-fast ice along the northern coast of Alaska made in 1970 (Burns and Harbo, 1972) indicated that the density of resident animals varies from 5.36 per squaremile in the Chukchi Seabetween Point Lay and Wainwright, to 1.06 per square mile in the Beaufort Sea between Oliktok and Flaxman Island. Overall, thepopulation in theBering and Chukchi Seas amearshiah and isprobably stable. ~stimates of popula- tion sizemade by the Sovietsaredifficult to evaluate because they recognize three subspecies with overlapping ranges. The Soviets estimate the total population of P. hispida at 5 to 6 million (Chapskii, 1966);p. h. hispida (North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans) at 2,500,000; P. h. krascheninikovi (western Bering Sea) at 12,000; and P. h. ochotensis (Okhotsk Sea) at 800,000 to 1,000,000 animals (Fedoseev, 1969, from Bychkov, 1971). .The Alaska Department of Fish .and Game (1973) estimatestheBering-Chuk- chi Seas population at about 250,000 ringed seals. The U.S. hawest is now limited to an aboriginal hamest of 9,000 to 13,000 animals. Soviet pelagic sealing is now prohibited in theBering Sea and limited to a quota of 18,000pelagic and 7,000 shore animals in the Okhotsk Sea; harvest in theBering and Chukchi areas is 2,000 to 3,000 animalsannually.

General Biology: Species Statistics.- The mged seal is the smallest of the northern seals. The adults of both sexes grow to about 125 cm in length and 66 sexually mature at 6 to 8 years of age, femaIes at5 to 7 years. The ringed seal breeds anmally,has a 10.5-month period of pregnancy (including delayed im- plantation)andisprobablymonogamous. The males are sexually active between mid-March and mid-May, but they do notcollect harems. Thefemales aremonestrous. and the oestrous weriod is uostpart- while thefemalesirestilllactating. The pups are born from March to about mid-May in a birth lair within an ice pressure ridge or under drifted snow. The females nurse their pups for a full 4 to 6 weeks. A longer nursing period in sheltered northernbays, where snow and ice remain longer, produces larger pups.

Age-Growth Data.-The weight of the pup triples ddng the nursing period. The annual molt occurs between midMay and mid-July, but a few molting individuals have been noted as late as 1 September. Maximum longevity exceeds 35 years,but one individual (amale) was 43 years old according to annuli on the dentinelayers of its teeth.

Predators of adults include sharks, killerwhales, andpolarbears. Polarbears and arctic foxes prey upbn newborn "whitecoats" in their natural dens, and

even the larger and more powerful gulls attack exposed young pups.

Feeding Habits.-Ringed seals tknd to be solitary. but congregate inareas favorable for feeding. along extensive tide cracks in land-fast ice, and during sea- sonal migrations. The diet of these seals varies -considerably, depending on their location and water depth. Their diving potential appears tobe a depth of 91.5 m and for as long as 20 minutes. In western Alaska, this seal feeds mainly

on mysids, amphipods, euphasiids, shrimps,saffron cod,polar cod, and sculpin. These seals fast from April to late June or July during their reproductive and molting seasons.

Parasites and Diseases.-The mammals commonly have internal parasites, including roundworms, acanthocepha- lans,and anopluranlice.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation ProbZems: According to the Alaska Department of Fish and Game. hunting and the harvest of the ringed seal have declined markedly during the pastyearbecause of a reduced marketfor salable products from these species, mainly skins.

CurrentResearch: TheStateof Alaska monitors the Eskimo harvest and conducts some biological research and conjunction with other programs. Canada conducts research on the ringed seal.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

References well in excess of the sustainable yield
Alnska Department of and ;asme. 1973. (International Cornmission for the

Marine mammal dtatus -repmW. .Onpub- Nortllwest Atlantic Fisheries. 1971. Redlished report. Juneau, Aln8ka. book. Part I. Standing Committee on Burns, J. J. 1970. Remarks on the distrlbu- 

## aA Proceedings, an

tion and natural history of pagophilic plnnipeds in the Bering and Chukchi Seas. 

# f~~\,~~~~~~iiC~~~k~~e~~~~t~~~ci

J.Msmmal.51:44S454. Burns. J. J.. and S. J. Harbo, Jr. 1972. An to be 630-790.000 animals (Lavigne et

aerinl r~ns~~s nf rlne~d seala northern c-st al. 1975). Ronald et al. 1976, give the 

### ---

. ... . . . - - --

. -

.. . --

. - --, - - - . -- - - -- . . . . . or ~~aska. Arctic 25:279490. foilowing estimates : white Sea,600,000; Bychkov. V. A. 1971. PfnnlPedBof the USSR. Greenland Sea. 100.000; N.W. Atlantic.

on. 69-74. In L. K. 5haDOShnlkOV (ed.). 

### ,* nnn nnn &view of the status of -the USSR 'Pln- ';~~~~~V~he International nipedlaconse~ation. Min. 601. Khw.SS3R. Tsent. Lab. Prir. Mosoow. (Transl. for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries

IPST 660946. 129 p.) banned seal hunting in the Gulf of St.
Chanskli. K. K. 1968. (Present state and tasks Lawrence from large vessels and from ----r----.

-~ ... 

## .--~-~-

of the restoration of rwources of marine aircraft and set a auota, of 150.000 har~ trapping.) Tezlsp 8-00 Veseso~znogo seak for thehunt iff~ewfo&dland anb. Soveshchanlya Po mcheniyu morsklkh Labrador by Canadian and Norwegian mlekop tayushchikh. Moscow. "Nauka." (Not seen. clted by Bychkov, 1971 ) nationals.
Fay. F. H. 1974.The role of ice in the ecology Genera2 Biology: S~ecics Statistics.-
of marine mammals of the Berlne Sea. In The adults grow to about 1.8 m and 135

. - D. W. Hood and E. J. Kelly (eds.< Ocean- kg: newborn pups are about 1.0 m long oeraDhv of the Berlne: Sea. ch. 19. PD. 383- and wei~h 11.8 ka. 369..~nktitute of ~rctlc 'Biology, ~nhers~ty of Alaska. Falrbanks. lohnaon. M. L.. C. H. Wlucus, B. T. 'Ostenson.

and M. L. Barbour. 1988.'Marlne mammals. InN. J.Wllimovsky and J:N. Wolfe (eds.), ~nvironmbnt of the Cam ThOm~Son Re- ~eproductizre D~ta.-T'he femalesrna- ture atage 4 

### to 6 year sandbear a single pup annually after a gestation period of about 7.5 months. The pups are born from late January to early April, and are

- gfon,Alaska, pp 877-924. U.S. ~tomlc En- nursed for 10 to 12 days, by which time
ergy comm , Oak Rldge. 'Tenn. they have attained a weigh of 88 to 40kg.
McLaren. I. A. 1958 The bfolw of the ringed Apparently the female can delay birth aeal (Phoca hlspfda Schreber) in the East- until there is suitable ice.
ern Canadian Arctic. Fiuh. Res. Bd. Can.. Age-Growth Data.-Molting by the Bull. 118. 97 p. popov. L. A. 1976 Statue of main ice forms P"PS is completed at 4 weeks-The maxof sealsinhabiting waters of the USSR and imum lifespan is about 30Years. adjecent bo thecountry marine steas Food Feeding Habits.-Pups feed in surface
Aarlc Ormn UN Adv. Comm.Mar Resour waters on small ~elaaic crustacean6 and R&.. FAO ACMRR/MlA 'SC/51. 17 p. Smlth, T. 0. 1973. Pondlatlon dvnamlcs of

the rlnged seal In the Canadl~n *eastern Arctic. Flsh. Re6. Bd. Can.. R~lll. 181. 56 p. Tlkhornlrov, E. A. 1986. On the rearoductlon

of the seals be1onplnet.o the familyFhocldae In the North Paclf~c. 2001. Zhur. 45: small fish. The foodof adults includes capelin, herring, cod, polar cod, flatfish, redfish, skate, barracudina, and various crustaceans.

EcoZogicaI Problems: One species of hehinth affecting the harp seal is aLso n&a8i. (Ransl. by Oeoree Tschulkow- found in themuscles of groundflsh, par-
ROUX. Auke ~ay Boll. Lab.. Juneau. ticularly cod, necessitrqting expensive Alaska.) removal by hand. HARP 

### SEdZ Allocation Problems: The harp seal (PhocaoroenlcMldica) may eventually conffict with man over Dist~ibution an&Migration: The harp seal occurs in pacX ice in 'the North Atlantic andArctic OceansfromEurope 

### to eastern Canada. 

### In the spring, it migrates south for breeding 

### to the White Sea,totheGreenland Seanorthof"73"N. and to southern Labrador. northeatern Newfoundland, and the Gulf nf St. Lawrence.

Abundance and Trends: Three breeding stocks of harp seals are known, the eastern (WhiteSea),central (Norwegian Sea around Jan Mayen Island), and western (Newfoundland9



## . The last is divided into two suMocks, one east of Belle I6le on winter wok ice drifting southward-the "Front," and the other inthe southern Gulf of St.Lawrence on winter ice formed in sltu-the "Gulf." Beraeant (19'73 estimatesrthe total eastern-~anadian population-at 9.3 mililon. Thenumber of pupsbmdemeased from about 400.000 in 1980'to 300;000 in 1970. Thepopulabionsize ,h 1970was less than that gfvlng marximum .gro(Puction, and estimates indicated 

### the 1970 catch was capelin stocks as bhis Ashery expands. Several animal protection societies object to the harvest of harp seals.

Current Research: Canadian, Danish, Norweigian, and Soviet Governmerit scientists are studying the population of harp seals. At theUniversity 

### of Guelph, scientists are studying the biology of thismammal.

References Bychkov, V. A. 1971.Pinnepeds of the USSR,.

pp. 59-74. In L. K. Shaposhnikov, (ed), Revlew of the status of USSR Pinnipedia conservation. Min. Sel. Khoz. SSR, Tsent. Lab. OM. Prlr.. Moscow. (Trans]. IPST 650946, 129p.) Fisher. H. D. 1952. Harp Reals of the Northwest Atlantic. Fish. Res. Bd. Can., Gen. Ser. No. 20.4 p.

- 1954. Studies on reproductlon in the harp seal Phoca groenhndica ErXleben in the northwest Atlantic. McOill University. Ph.D. thesis. 133p. Lavlgne, D. M., S. Innes, K. Ralpakis. and K.

Ronald. 1976. An aerlal census of wedtern Atlantlc harp seals (Pagophilw, groenlandims) uslng ultra violet phbtogrr(phy. Food A~lc. Organ. U.N.. Ado. Comm. Mar. Rcsour. Res. FA0 ACWRRRWI,'EC.133. 9 p. Ronald. J4PrJ. H-=ley, and H. D. Fisher. 1976. The harp sdal (Pagophilus grotnlandicus). Mod Agric. Organ. UN.. Ado. Comm. Mar. Resour. Res. FA0 ACRR/MM/ SC/36, 29 p. Sergeant, D. E. 1973. Feeding, growth, and

prodnctivity of Northwest Atlantlc harp seal (Pagophilus gsoenlandfcrts)



### . J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 30:17-29. Sivertsen E. 1941. On the biology of the harp

seal. Hvfllrad. Skr. 26: 10 and 166 p. RIBBON SEAL (Phoca fasciata) Distribution

# - and Migration: Geographically, the ribbon seal is separable into the Okhotsk and Bering-Chukchi Seas populations, and interdhanges between these two groups are notknown to
occur. In the latter group, the center of abundance is in the central Bering Sea. The ribbon seal bears and nurtures Its pup on the sea ice. During winter and spring, the entire population is concen- trated along the southern eclge of the seasonal ice pack. Only a few ribbon seals remain with the ice edge as it re- treats northward through Bering Strait. In summer and autumn,ribbon sealsare believed tobe pelagic, mainly intheicefree Bering Sea.

Abundance and Trends: The popula- tion of ribbon seals is relatively low, having been markedly reduced by com- mercial sealers of theSovietUnion during the 1960s.Inrecent years thespecies has been afforded increased protection by Soviet sealing regulations and its numbers may be increasing again. U.S. citizens harvest very few ribbon seals. The Alaska Department of Fish and Game (1973) estimates that the popula- tion probably does not exceed 100,000 animals. Sovietestimates indicatea pop- ulation of 133,000 in the Okhotsk in 1969 (Popov, 1976). Soviet sealers took less 

### than 3,000 ribbon seals In 1973from Bering.and Okhotsk Seas. InAlaska, the native harvest is usually less than 250 per year.

General Bioiogy: Species Statistics.- Adults of both sexes average 155 cm in length and 80kg in weight. A very large female was 179.7 cm long with a girth of 114.3 cm, had a blubber thickness of 6.1
cm. and weighed 148.2 kgs. Thepups are born with white coats.

Reproductive Data.-Pum. are born from late March to mid-April and aver- ageabout 10kg and 80 cm. Males become sexually maturebetween 3 and 5 years of age; females between 2 and 4 years of age. The species breeds annually and pregnancy (includingdelayed implanta- tion) probably lasts 10.5 months. A very large 23-year-old female (see measurements given above) obtained in.March

was carryinga near-term fetus.

Age-Growth



### . Data.-The pup nurses for about 4 weeks,during which tie its weight triples. Maximum longevity is estimated at26years.

Feeding Habits.-The diet of these seals during latewinter and early spring (in the ice edge zone) includes mainly pelagic and demersalAshes, cephalopods, andsmall crustaceans.

Parasites and Diseases.-Ribbon eeals host anisakid roundworms in the stomFEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY. AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES 

### 39001

ach and corynosomid acanthocephahns intheintestine.

~cological Problems: None knowrl. AllocationProblems: None known. References

Alaska Department of Fish and Game. 1973.

Marine mammals status report. Unpublished report. Juneau. Alaska. Burns, J. J. 1969. Marine mammal report.

Fed. Aid Segment Report, vol. X. Unpublished. Alaska Dept. Flsh Gsme, Juneau. Alaska, 25 p.

- 1970.Remarkson the distribution and natural history of pagophlllc pinnipeds in the Bering and Chukchi Seas. J. Mammal. 51 : 445-454. Bychkov. V. A. 1971. Pinnipeds of the USSR,

pp. 69-74. In L. K. Shaposhnikov (ed.),Review of the status of USSR Pinni~edia con- servation, Mln. Sel. Khm. 

### SGR, Tsent. Lab. Okhr. Prir, Moscow. (Transl. IPST 650946, 129 p.) Fay, P.H. 1974. The role of ice in the ecology

of marlne mammals of the Bering Sea. In D. W. Hood and E. J. Kellv (eds.).Oceanoaraphy of the ~erlng Sea, i&tlt"tk of

### A~CUC Blology. University of Alas+, Fairbanks. Ch. 19. pp. 383-399. Popov. L. A. 1976. Statusof main Ice formsof

seals inhabiting waters of the USSR and adjacent to the country marlne areas.Food A~ri. Organ.U.N.FA0 ACMRR/MM/SC/61.

. . 

### lfp. - Tlkhomirov, E. A. 1966. On the reproduction

of the seals belonging to the family Phocidae In the North Paclflc. 2001. Zhur. 45: 2'76-281. (Transl. by George TschuikowRoux,Auke Bay Biol. Lab.,Juneau, Alaska.) GRAY SEAL (Halichoerusgrypzls) Distribution and Migration: -The gray seal inhabits the North Atlantic Ocean. with majorpopulations in eastern Canada. Iceland, and northwestern Eu~oD~. Msperson, particularly by pups,fromthe Canadianbreedingcolonies in latespring and summer presumably accounts for most of the gray seals seen scattered along the coast of Maine. The tendency for adults

### to disperseis farless, although they at times make pronounced local movements. One animal tagged in eastern Canada was recently taken 

### off westemNorway.

Abundance and Trends: The world population is estimated at 50,000 

### to 60,- 000 animals, with about two-thirds of these animals in the British Isles (Banner, 1972). Because the population estimates for 195671 At a straight-line projectionreasonably well, itcanbepre- sumed that thepopulation will continue to expand in this manner (Bonner and Hickling, 1974). Platt, hime, and Witthames (1974) state that the annual increase in the number of births indicates a similartrend in the total popula- tion in the Farne Islands. An estimated 5,000graysealsinhabitCanadian waters. A small colony of 10 to 15 animals was noted in the 1960's on Muskeget Island, Massachusetts.

General Biology: Species Statistics.- Adult males may reach a total length of 300 cm and weigh 290 kg; females are smaller, up 

### to 230 cm and have a weight of 249kg. Theaverage weight andlength of thenewborn pups are 13.6 and 0.9 m, respectively. The adult coat is gray with obscureblack blohhes onthe flanks and back, with.lighter underparts. The pups -are born in a long white coat which they molt when 3 

### to 4 weeks old 

### to assume a darkgray, spottedjuvenile coat.

Reproductive Data.Sexua1 maturity is reported 

### to be reached between 6 and 

### ? years of age for members of Canadian populations. In the Parne Islands, bulls do not breed until their 8th year, and most do 

### 60 between 12 and 18 years of age. Cows do not enter the breeding population until their 10thyear. The apparent gestation period 

### Is 11.5 months, and singlebirths aretherule. Pups of the Canadian and Baltic populations are born mostly in February, whereas most of thoseinBritain areborn in September and October. The pups are weaned in about 3 weeks, at which time mating

occurs.

Age-Growth Data.-Following birth. the pup gains about 1.4 kg per day and weighs about41 

### to 45 kg when weaned at about 3weeks. Itbegins

### tomolt after the third week. When themolt is completed. itmakes itsway to the sea anddisperses. When they are yearlings they have changed little in weight (40kg),but are 115 to 127 cm long. The cows molt annually between late January and April, and males between late February and May. Estimated by dental rings, captive gray seals have reached an age of 41 to 42 years, and wild sealshave reached an ageofup to 35years.

Feeding Habits.-The adult seals feed chiefly on skates, mackerel, flounders. cod, hake, and herring; and occasionally salmon, haddock, seabass, dogfish, squid. andcrustaceans.

Parasites and Diseases-In the Baltic Sea,thesealsharbor ananisakinenamatode. Terranova (Porracaecum) decipines.

Ecological Problems: People occasion- allyharass theanimals and use them for targetpractice. An oil spill in the Georges Banks area could do irrevocableharm to the only U.S. colony located on Muskeget Island,Massachusetts.

Allocation Problems: A significant indirect cause of damage by gray seals 

### to fisheriesinthewaters around theBritish Isles and off Canada is the harboring by the seals of an anisakine nematode, Terranova (Porracaecum) decipines, the larvae of which infest cod and other gadids,reducing their commercial value.

Current Research: Research on biology, ecology, and populations continues by Canadian and British Governments and private groups. Some work is also being carried out by the University of Massachusetts on Muskeget Island and by the Stateof Maine. References

Andrews. J. C., and P. R. Mott. 1867. Gray

seals at Nantucket. Massachusette. J. Mammal. 48:667-668. Backhouse, K. M.. and H. R. Hewer. 1957. A

note on spring pupping in the gray seal (Halichoerusgrypus Pab.) Proc. Zool. hc. London 128:593-594. Banfield. A. W. F. 1974. The mammals of

Canada. Univ. Toronto Press. 438 p. Bonner. W. N. 1972. The gray seal and wm-

mon seal In European waters. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Ann. Rev. 10:461-507. Bonner, W. N.1073. arey seals In the Baltlc. IUCN. 

### s*. SerV~Comm..Suppl. Pap. NO. 39:164-174. Bonner. W. N., ad O. Hlcklln. 1974. Seals of

the Farne Islands. 1971-73. Trans. Nat. ~1st. SOC.North Umbrla 42(2)366-84. Cameron. A. W. 1967. Breeding behavfor in

a colony of western Atlantic gray seals. Can.J. Zool. 46:161-,173. Dubrovskil A. N. 1937. On the biology of the

grep seal (Halfchoents grypus F'abr.)

.hlroda. Lenlngrad,bo. 2, p. 107. Mansfleld, A.,W. 1963. Seals of arctic and

eastern Canada. Msh. Res. Bd. Can.. Bull. No. 137. 30 p. -1966. The grey seal in eastern Canada



### .

waters. Can. 'Audubon28:161-166. Platt, N. E.,J. El. Prime, and 5.R. Witthames.

1974. The age of the grey seal at the Farne Islands. Int. Counc. Expl. Sea. C. M. 1974/ N:3. Prel.Rep.. 7p. smith. E. A. 1966. A revlew of the world's

grey seal population. J. 2001. 160:463489. BEARDED SEAL (Etignathulr barbatus) Distribution and Migratfon: The bearded seal k found in theNorth Pacific region in the Bering. Okhotsk, and northern Japan Sess and is circumpolar in the Arctic Ocean. In winter and spring it is found frbm the southern edge of the seasonal ice pack, north 

### to permanent ice, whereverareasof broken. moving ice exist. During summer and autumn, it occurs along the edge of the permanent polar ice of theArcticOcean. Marked seasonal migrations are associated with the advance and retreat of the seasonal ice. The bearded seal is us- ualIy solitary, though very loose sggre- gations are sometimes observed during thebreeding season.Itdoesnot normally

come ashore.

Abundance and Trends: All popula- ulations seem 

### to be at high levels and relatively stable. A Soviet estimate places thepopulation of 450,000animals in the East-Siberian, Chukchi. Bering, Okhotsk, and Japan Seas (Bychkov, 1971). The Alaska Department of Fish and Game (1973) estimatesa population of 300,000 animals in the Bering. Chukchi, East-Siberian, and Beaufort &as. The combined U.S. native and Soviet harvest in the Bering, Okhotsk, and Chukschi Seas is 8,000 to 10,000 seals per year, well within the biological pro- ductivity of this species. Hunting 

### loss, however, is high Cop. cit.)



## . Soviet pelagic sealing has been prohibited since 1970. Land quotas are 5,000 for Okhotsk Sea and 3,000 for Bering Sea. U.S. subsistence catch has been less than 3,000 animals.

General Biology: Species Statistics.- The bearded seal is the largestphocid of the western arctic and subarctic.. Large adults attain a winter weight in excess of 340 kg. momJunethrough September the adultsweight from 215 to 240 kg and average 236 cm 

### in length. Someadult females are slightly larger than adult males. Thepelage is a smokysgraywith a darkerbrown cap and-dorsum. Newborn pups weigh about 31kg, are 132cm long, and have a gray-brown natal coat.

Reproductive Data.-The males become sexually mature at 6 or 7 years. Some females ovulate atage3years,but

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUSreproductive ma;turIty ,is not attained untB age 5 or 6 years. Female beart?ed seals are unique among northern seals in that they possess 'four mammary teats instead of the 

### usual .ho, .andgro- duce one.pupevery other yearinstead of annually. A single ,pup.is born, usuaJly during late April.or early May. The female does not ovulate m'til early June when themales are.out,of'breeding con- dition; therefore, they must wait a year to be mated again. The period of pregnancy is 10.5 months, including 2.5 months of delayed implantation.

Age-Growth Data.-The weight of the pups triples .by'the .end-of.the 12- 

### .:to 18- daynursingperiod. They.ttren..molttheir natal coat for one sim'ilar 'to'The adult's, although it is sornettmes spotted. The adults probably molt shu&ly after mating. Yearlings are about 160 cm 'long. Bearded sealsattainfruR.growthatabout 10 Years of age and average 235 cm long in the eastern Canadian arctic and 225

cm atSvaJbard. At Svslbard,age.groups are fully recruitd at ,age 9 years and live toabout31years.

Polar bears -are:a !natural enemy of thebearded seal.

Feeding ~abifs.-me .bea-rded seal consumes several :species of invertebrates,plincipslly .crabs,.shrimps,clams, and mphipods, and some .demersal fishes, all from less t.han ,200.meters.

Parasites andDiseases.-anost .bearded seals, .other than !nursing .pups, .are heavily parasitized .by anisakid round-

worms in the .stomach, acanthocephalms and diphyllobothriid cestodes in the intestine, and *liceon the .skin.

Ecological Problems: The bearded seal is the final host for anisakid-wormsthat infect fishes, but .thissroblem is unimportant in Alaska .at.present. About 1% of these animals harbor TrichineZla spiralis, the cause of trich.lnosis .in.man.

Allocation Problems: ,None known. Bearded seals consume commerciany important pandalid .and :changonid shrimps and lithode (crabs;

.however, they do not -compete:direotJy for .corn- mercial fishes,nor do ,theydamage fishing .gear.

Current Research: None ,known.

Alaska Department of Fish and Game. 1973.

Marlne mammals sta'tus .repofts. Unpubllshed report,Juneau,Alaska. Benjamlnsen, T. 1979.'Age determination and

the growth and age dlatrlbutlon from cementum growth 'lagers of bearded seals
at Svalbard. Fhk. Dir..Ser. Havunders. 16: 159-170. Burns, J. J. 1967. The Pacific bearded seal.

Alaska Dept. Fish Game. Juneau. 66 p.

- 1970.Remarks owthe-distribution and natural history of pakophilic pinnipeds in the Bering and Chukchi Seas. 3. Mammal. 51 : 445454. Bgchkov, V. A. 1971. Pinnipeds-of the USSR,

pp. 59-74. InL. K.Sheposhnikov ..(ed.l,-ne- view of the statusof USSR PinnIpedia.conservatfon. Min. Sel. Khoz. SSSR. Tsent. Lab. Okhr: Prir, .Moscow. (Transl. IPST 650946,129p.) Fay, F. H. 1974.The role.of ice In.theecdlogy

of marine mammsls oY the ,Bering Bea. In D. W. Hood -and.E.. J.~Keliy !(eecls:), .Oceanography .of !the Be~lng .Sea. Inetitute of Arctlc Biology, Unlversitg. <ofAlaska, Fairbanks. Ch. 19,pp. 383-399. McLaren, I. A. 1058.dome aspects o'f .growW .and mprodactionof Che bearded seal.:Erignathvs .barbatus (Erxlebent)

. J. Fish. .FLes. Bd.Can. 15rW9-227. Popov, L. A. 1976. Status of main 'ice 'forms

of seals inhabfting waters of .meUSSR and adjacent to the country martne areas.Food Agrlc. Organ, U.N.,Adv. Cmnm. Mar. .Re-

sour. Res. FA0ACMRR/MM/SC/51, 17 p. HOODED SEAL (Cystophoracn-stda) DisiriLutionandMigration: Thehooded seal occurs mainly .in the east-Greenland pack ice from Bear Island and Spitzbergen 

### to Jan Mayen, Iceland, and Denmark Strait. It also oc'curs off southern Greenland, southeastern Labrador, and the Gulf .of St.Lawrence. Stragglers appear on the American coast as far south

as Cape Kennedy, Florida, along the Canadian Arctic coast as far west as Herschel Island, and 

### an .the European coast as far south as the Bay -of-33iscay. France. Hooded seals prefer deep water andthick,driftingice floes.

In March 1974,anaerial survey by the Fisheries and Marine Service of Canada rediscovered a whelping population that had been reported by two different
sources, one in 1840 and the ,second .in 1873.The seals were located between 63" 30' and 64"20'N, 56'00' and 5'6930'W. There were adults, pups, and .blood patches,, indicating that births had takenplace recently. Totalnumbers were estimated to.kbe-50,000 animals. Thispop- ulation is believed to be 'the source of recruitment that maintains the ,herd of hooded seals at icefields .east of .Newfoundland where the species is heavily hunted.

Abundance and Trends: .Hooded seals of all ages are harvested commercially when the animals are congregaited for molt,jng. According to Scheffer .C1.958), the herds in the middle of the 20th cen- tury were estimated 300,000 to '500,000. Sergeant .(1965) .states that 'the catch rate of hooded seals has been high. The avera.gc.armualkill from the Jan Mayen Island heard declined from about 53,000 (1949-53) to a;bout 40,000 (1959-63) (PODW. 1967).Since 1972.suotas of 15.- 000-30,000 animals have been imposed. Popov, 1976, estimates the population to bebetween 500,000and 600,000.

.General Biology: Species StatisticsAdult males grow to 2.7 to 3.0 

### fn and 408 kg; females are slightly smaller. The adult coat is gray, covered with black patches of irregular siae. The pups shed their light gray .embryonal hair before birth andwhen born have anexception- ally beautiful silver gray coat dorsally with a creamy white ventral surIace.

Reproductive Data.-The pups are born from lateMarch toearly April, are 1.1 m long and weigh 23 kg. Seals of both sexes mature atage 4 to 6 years. The adults mate when the .lactation period ends (about 2 weeks).

Age-G~owth Data.-The pups are nursed about 2 weeks.The adults return to sea dtw mating, leaving thepups on the ice where they remain an additional 2 weeks before following the adults. Hooded &&l&i-uTl ages.aregreyedupon by polar bears.

Feed&w ,Habits.dmdeB Ifeed-on octopus, squid,.rossAsh,,hem&, :cap&-,, cod, shrimp, mussels, and starfish. ca- pable of deep diving.

Ecolog'ical Problems.: Oil exploration shows signs ofincrease on theLabrador shelf .and with it the 

### stress on marine mammals my inc~ase. Theremay.also be t competition forfood withthehuman fishing industry.

Allocation Problems: .Noneknown. Current Research: Research on the hooded seal is carried out by the Meries Research Board of .Canada, 

### Denmark (GronffLnds .Rkkeriundersog&r). Norway .(Pisk,e.ridfmMatets Havfmsknings Instibutt), .and the Soviet Onion (VWIRO)



### . References King. J. E. 1964. Seals of the world. Brit.

Mus. .(Nat.Hist.), London, 164p. Mansfield. A. W. 1967. .Seals .of arctic and

eastern Canada. 26-ed.(revised).F%h. Res. Bd. Can., Bull. 137, 30 p. Popov, .L.A. ,1967.Modern marine a:nimal

bunting industry of the North Atlantic Seas. Prob. Severs 11:160-166. Popov.p. A. 1976. Status cd main Ice Corms

of seals inhabiting waters of the US.S.R. and adjacent tothe country marine areas. Food Agric. Organ. U.N., Adv. Camm. Mar. Resour. Res. FA0 ACMRR/naM/SC/tiI, 17 p. R.fsmussen, B. 1960 Om klappmyssbebtanden

f det nordlige Atlanterhav (On the stock of hood seals .In the North Atlantic). Fislien og havet (Bergen). No. 1. 23 p. (Fish.Res. Bd. Can., Transl. Ser. No. 387.)



### - 1962. 'glrrppmyssen aldersfordellng 1 Danmarkstredet. FLkehs Oang 48:60-62. Scheffer, V. B. 1958. Seals, sea lions, and

walruses; a revkw of the Plnnlpedla. Stanford Unlv. Press. 179 p. Sergeant. D. E. 1965. Exploitation and conservation of harp and hood seals. Polar Roc. 12 (80)3543-551.



### - 1974. A rediscovered whelping popu- 'Utlon of hooded seals, %ystophora misXata Er.xJeben and its .possible relationship to other DoDulatlom. Polanforachung 44 :1-7.

-- 1676. Hlstory and present status of

populations of harp and hooded seals. Food Agrlc. Organ. U.N., Adv. Comm. Mar. Resour Res. FA0 ACMRR/MM/SC/35. 31 p. CARIBBEAN MONK SEAL (Mmachustropicalis) The Caribbean monk seal is classifled
as endangered 

### in the Red Book of the International Unian for the Conservation of Nature. Frdm 17 to 29 March 1973,the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. Department of the Interior, conducted an aerial survey of this species' former habitat in the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea. The conclusion is that fie Caribbean monk seal 1s

now extlnct (Kenyon, in press).

From the 1973 survey and from other field observations, it formerly inhabited shores and islands of the Greater Ant& les, Bahamas, Yucatan Peninsula, and Florida Keys. Itwas reported atSerannilla Bank as late as 1952.A single pup was born, probably in alternate years. The adults grew to 2.4 m in length. The color was a uniform brownish gray above; the underparts were pale yellow

or yellowish white. Monk seals were

FEDERAL REGISTER, .VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977vulnerable tohuntem because %hey were sluggish,unmary,~endns;te&lyala~med.

Allen, 0. M. 1942. JZ4&nct and vanlsfiing

mammals of the western hemisphere with the marine species of all the oceans. New York, Amer. Comm. Int. Wild Life hot, Spec. Publ. 11, 620 p. ~lliot. H. W. 1884. The monk seal of the West Indies (Alowhus tmpioalis, Gray). Science 3 :752. Gilmore, R.M. 1959. &3 me West Indian Seal

extinct? Sea Frontiers 63226-836. Gunter, 0. 1947. Slght records of the West

Indian seal, Monaohus tropicalis (Gray), from the Tw coast. J. Mammal. 28289- 290. Kenyon,K. W. Inpress.The Caribbean monk

seal: extinct. J. Mpmmal. King. J. 1956. The monk reals (genus

Monachus)



### . Bull. Brit. Mus. (Mat. Hist.), Zool. 3:201-256. Rice, D. W. 1873. Cartbbean monk seal (Monachus tropicalis). IUCN. Survxval Service Oommission, IUCN Pnbl. New Ser.. Suppl. Pap. No. 39:QQ-112. Ward, L. 1887. (hfO7ta~hus tropicalis). Notes of its life history. Am. Nat. 213264-264. HAWAIIANJYIONK SEAL (Monachw schauimlandi) Distribution anol Mipration: The Hawaiian monk seal breeds only on F'rench Frigate Shoals. taysan Island, Lisianski Island, PearlandHermes Reef, and Midway and Kure Atolls of theLeeward Hawaiian Islands. Thefirst four of these islands are within the Hawaiian Islands National WildliseRefuge (HINWR). Rarely do individmls wander southeastward to the main Hawaiian Islands.Thespecies isnotknm tohave

a migratory pattern.

Abundance and Tren&s: The total population was estimated at1.350 in 1958 (Rice, 1960). It was classified as en- dangered under the Endangered Specles Act of 1973, on November 13, 1976. All monk seals are considered endangered by the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora, signed 3 March 1973. Counts in the 1960's and 1970's wgest that the population is declining (Kenyon, 1973), owing tohuman disturbance

on pupping and nursing weas. During the 1976 pupping season on two surveys had counts of 695 individuals (R.L. DeLong, pers, cornm.)

.

General Biology: Species Statistics, A~I adult female measures 2.3 m, and her estimated weight is 273 kg. On the average, females outweight adult males. fi typical male is about 21 m long and weighs about 173 kg.Thenew born pups weight 16to 17kg and are about 100 cm long.

Reproductive Data.-4bse1-vations of 47 tagged individuals on Knre Atoll indicate an annual reproductive rate of 15Living pups per 100 adults. ,About 19% oi the adult females breed in sucoessive years, and only 56% af theadult females had pups 

### in either of 

### two seasons.

Theage atwhichHE* mank seals of either sex first breed As mot known, but they my do a, at age 3years. Pups

are born from 

### late December to July, with the peak in April and May. They

nurse about 6 weeks. Age-Growth Data.-The pup grows from 100

### toabout 130cm during its first year. The weights of 6 yearlings aver- aged 4§kg. P'wo seals tsgged asyearlings doubled their weight in 

### thmr second year, and one increased inlengthby 36% and thedther by 15%. They probably do not attain full growth until at least 4 years of age. A technique developed for determining the ages of these se& by examination of the upper canine teeth indicabed an ageforane female of about 11 years andabout 20 years for a male.

Sharks areserious predators. Feeding Habits.3pewings found on Eaul-out areas included the remains of reef andbottom fishes,eels, and cephalo- pods.

Ecological Problems: Harassment of themonk seal by humans and dogs on Midway and Kure AtoIls may be causing a problem by preventing these animals from using sheltered dry pupping areas.

Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: A joint study has been undertaken by NMFSandU.S. Fish and Wildlife Service scientists. During 1976, the first year of the study, all breeding islands were surveyed in March andApril. Recommendations were made 

### to conserveandprotectthemonk seal.In 1977, research teams will intensively study the species on these islands.

References Kenyon, K. W. 1972. Man versus the monk

seal. J.Mammal. 533387-696.

- 1973. Hawailan monk seal (Monachus schautnslandi)



### . IUCN. Survival Service Commission. IUCN Publ. New Ser., Suppl. Pap. No. 39:88-97. Kenyon, K. W., and C. H. Flscus. 1963. Age

determination In the Hawaiian monk seal. J. Mammal. 44:28&282. Kenyon, K.W., and D. W. Rice. 1959.Life history of the Hawallan monk seal. Pac. Sci. 13:215-252. King. J. E. 1956. The monk seals (genus

Monochus). Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) 3:210-256. Rice, D. W.1960. Popuiation dynamlcs of the

Hawaiian monk seal. J. Mammal. 41:376- 385. -1964. The Rawailan monk seal. rare

mammal surveys in Leeward Islands. Nat. WBt. 73:48-65. Sclreffer, V. B. 1958. Seals, sea lions, and wrd-

ruses; a review of the Pinnlpedia. Stanfcrd Univ. hess. 179p. and 32 pls. ToMlch, P. Q. 1969. Mammals in Hawaii. Bernice P. Blshop Museum Spec. Publ. 57, Blshop Museum Press, Honolulu, Hawaii, ,236p. Wirtz, W. O., 

### n. 1968. Reproduction, growth

and development, and juvenile mortality in the Hawaiian monk seal. J. Mammal. 49:229-238. CRABEATER SEAL (Lobodon carcinophagus) Distribution and migration: The spe- ciesiscircumpolarandabundantinpack ice of the southern oceans. It is found as a straggIer in Uruguay. New Zealand, Australia,Tasmania, andSouthAmerica. Part of the population moves toward the coasts in summer and away from land in the winter.

Abundance and Trends: Thecrabeater 

### seal Is ,themost abundant species of seal in the Antarctic, with population estimates ranging from 2 to 5 million (~cheffer7958). 66 30minion (Erickson, et al., 1971). Laws 21973) believes that the later estimate is unreliable. but that earlier estimabes were too conservative. G-ilbert (1974) is in general agreement with Laws and provides an estimate of 15,000,000.

Laws (1972) reports that a total of 1,251 crabeater seals were killed or cap- tured in theAntarctic Treaty areaduring the period 1964-69, which does not pose
a directthresttotheseseals.

General Biology: Species StatisCics.- Adult males 

### mow to a maximumlength of about 2.6 m and 270 kg in weight. At Mrth the pups are about 1.4 

### m long and 'the natal color is gray-brown. Color ranges from black to silvern white, depending on the individual, its age, time of yearinrdation tothemolt, and damp-

ness of pelage.

Reproductive Data.-Little information available on the breeding habits: mating hasnot been observed, but sperm
arepresent in the testes of males in October and November.Singlepups areborn during the Antarctic spring (midSeptembertoearlyNovember). Available data jndicate that the adults attain sexual maturity between the 3d and 6th years.

Age-Growth Data.-By Janum or RWuary the pups have grown so lam thatthey aredifficultto distinguish from adults. The adults molt in January and February while partly fasting. The life span as determined from tooth sections is29 years ormore.

Killer whales and leopard seal6 are known to prey upon crabeater seals, and may be responsible for the numerous scars on a high proportion of these animals.

Feeding Habits.-The principd food of the crabeater sealiskrill.

Parasites and'Diseases.-The species haslice on the skin, roundworms in the stomach, and, rarely, tapeworms in the intestine.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: None known. Czsrrent Research: The University of Minnesota is studying population dynamics of Antarctic seals.

Bertram, G. C.L. 1940. The blology .of the

Weddell an6 crabeater aeal.'Sci. Rep.Brlt. Graham Land bped. 1934-37, 1:1-89. Elclnnd. C., and E. A. Atwood. 1961. Apopulation study of Antarctic seals. J. Mammal. 43:229-238. Erlckson, A. W.. and R. J.' Hofman. 1974.

Antarctic seals. In Antarctic Mammals. Antarctic map folio series, Follo 18, Am. Oeogr. SOC., pp. +IS. Erlckson. A. W., D.B. Slnif!. D. R. Cline, and

R. J. Hofman:l971. Distributional ecology of Antarctlc seals. pp. 65-75. In Sir George Deacon (ed.)
,Symposium on Antarctic Ice and Water Masses. Tokyo. Japan. 19 Sept. 1970. Gilbert, J. R. 1974. Abundance and dlstribution of seals in Antarctlc pack ice. PhD. Dissertation. University of Idaho. 126p. Laws, R. M. 1972. Seals and birds killed and

captured in the Antarctic Treaty area, 1964-1969. Polar &c. .16(101):303-364.



### - 1973. The current status of Sealti In the Southern Hemisphere. 'NNC, Survival Service Commission, IUNC Publ. New Ser., Suppl. Pap. No. 39:14I-161.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### 39004 NOTICES

Laws. R. M.. and R. J. F. Taylor. 1957. A

mass dying of crabeater seals, Lobodon carcinophagus (Gray) Roc. Zool. Soc.London 129 :315-324. Oritsland; T. 1970. Biology and population

dynamics of Antarctlc seals. pp. 361-366. In M. W. Holdgate (ed.), Antarctic Ec- ology 1.

- 1970.Sealing and seal research in the southwest Atlantic, September-October 1964,pp. 367-367.In M. W. Holdgate (ed.), Antarctlc Ecology 1. Scheffer.V. B. 1968.Seals, sea lions, and Walruses; a revlew of the Plnniped1a:Stanford Univ. Pfess. 179 p. Seals, U. S., A. W. Erickson, D. B. Siniff, and

R. J. Hofman. 1971. Blochemlcal, population genetlc, phylogenetic and cytological studies of Antarctic seal species,pp. 77-96. In Sir George Deacon (ed.), Symposium on Antarctlc Ice and Water Masses. Tokyo, Japan. 19 Sept. 1970. Siniff,D. B.. D. R. Cline, and A. W. Erickson.

1970. Population densitles of seals in the Weddell Sea. Antarctic, fn 1968, pp. 377- 394. In M. W. Holdgate. (ed.). Antarctic Ecol. 1. ROSS SEAL

' (Ommatophocarossii) Distribution and Migration: The spe- cies is circumpolar 

### in heavy pack ice of the Antarctic Ocean.

Abundance and Trends: TheRoss seal 

### Is usually solitary. Scheffer (1958) lists the population at 20,000 to 50,000, but more recent estimates of population size

aregreater than 100,000 (Hofman et al., 1973) and 220,000 (Gilbert, 1974).

Laws (1972) states that only 23 Ross seals have been killed or captured in the AntarcticTreaty areafrom 1964to 1969, and that clearly there is at present no serious direct threat to these animals.

TheRoss seals account for 1.0 to 2.0% of the total Antarctic pinniped popula- tion (Hofman, et al., 1973).

General Biology: Species Statistics.- The adults reach a length of about 2.4

m. The animal is plump, with a short. wide head. a small mouth. and small teeth. Thevocalizations of this mammal

arestrikingandaccount forthecommon
name "singing seal."

Reproductive Data.-Little is known of its reproduction, and newborn pups have never been seen. The males matures at3 to 4 years, and thefeniale at 2 to 7 years. Breeding probably takes place in November, and available evidence indicates that the pups are born about 11 months after implantation.

Age-Growth Data.-Molting probably

occurs in January and February. These animals may live up to 12 years.

Feeding Habits.-Food consists pri- marily of fish, cephalopods, and krill.

Parasites and Diseases.-Roundworms

are found in the stomach, tapeworms in-the intestine, and lice on the skin.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: The University of Minnesotaisstudying thepopulation dynamicsofAntarcticseals.

References

Eklund. D.. and E. A. Atwood. 1962. A population 8tud.y of Antarctlc seals. J. Mammal. 43:229-288 Erickson, A. W., and R. J. Hofman, 1974. Antarctlc seals. In Antarctic mammals, Antarctic map folio series, Folio 18, Am. Geogr.Soc.. pp. 4-13. EricBson, A. W..D. B. Siniff. D. K Cline, and

R. J. Hofman. 1971. Distributional ecology of Antarctic seals. pp. 66-76. In Sir George Deacon (ed.) ,Symposlum on Ant- arctic Ice and Water Masses, Tokyo, Japan, 19 Sept. 1970. Gilbert, J. R. 1974. The biology and distributlon of seals In Antarctic pack ice. Ph.D. Dissertatlon, Universdty of Idaho. Hofman, R., A. Erickson, and D. Sinlff. 1973.

The Ross seal (Ommatophoca rossii). IUCN. Survival Service dornmiasion, mCN Publ. New. Sen., Suppl. Pap. No. 39:129- 139. Kdng, J. E. 1964. Seals of the world. Brit.

Mus. (Nat.Hist.),London, 164 p. Laws. R. M. 1964. Comparative biology of

Antarctlc seals. pp. 446457.In R. Carrick, M. Holdgate, and J. 'Prevost (eds.), Biologle Antarctique-Antarctic Biology. Her- -. mkn.Paris. Laws. R. M. 1972. Seals and blrds kllled and

captured in the Antarctlc Treaty area, 1964-69. Polar Rx.. 16(101) :343-364. Oritsland. T. 1970. Bioiogy'md populatdon

dynamics of Antarctic seals. pp. 361-366. In M. W. Holdgate (ed.), Antarotic Ecology. 1. Scheffer. V. B. 1958. Seals, sea lions, and

walruses; a review of the Pinnlpedia. Stanford Univ. Press, 179 p. LEOPARD SEAL

Distribution and Migration: Leopard seals are circumpolar in Antarctic pack ice and in southern temperature regions andsubarcticislandsin thewinter. They

are occasionally seen off the southern tips of New Zealand, Australia, South America, andSouthAfrica.

Abundance and Trends: The leopard seal is a solitary animal. Scheffer (1958) estimated the population at 100,000 to 300,000. More recently, in 1972, Laws (1973) estimated thepopulation at250,- 000 to 500,000.

Laws (1972) reports that 140 leopard sealswere killed orcaptured 

### in theAntarctic Treaty area, which does not indicateany threat tothepopulation.

General Biology: Species Statistics.- The adult males grow to 3.0 

### m inlength and450kg inweight; adultfemalesreach 3.3 m in length and 500 kg in weight. Leopard seals have a long slim. body, largehead,andwide gape. Newborn pups are 1.6 m long and weight 29.5 kg. The color of adults is dark gray dorsally and light gray ventrally, and a variable amount of spotting is present.

Reproductive Data.-Males are sexually mature at3to7 years, and females at2 to 6years. Analysis of random specimens indicates that parturition occurs between October andDecember, but, unlike crabeater and Weddell seals, breed-' ing.may not occur until January or March. The gestation period is 240 days. Lactation lasts about 2 months.

Age-Growth Data.-The life span for both sexes is judged to be more than 25 years,based on studies of tooth sections.

Feeding Habits.-The leopard seal, largest of theAntarctic seals, 

### is theonly seal that regularly feeds on warmblooded animals. Their food consists of 4s 

### * otherseals, eu&ksiids, penguins, whale carcasses,fish,andsquid.

ParasitesandDiseases.-Leopard seals suffer from diseased teeth, tumors, bony nodules innasal passages, and stomach carcinomas.

Ecological Problems: Krill harvest could have deleterious effect upon popu- lationsize.

Allocation Problems: Noneknown. Current Research: The University of Minnesota is studying population dy- namics of Antarctic seals.

References
Bonner, W. N., and R. M. Laws. 1964. Seals

and sealing. In Antarctlc Research: a review of British scientlflc achievement In Antarctica; pp. 163-190. R. Priestly, R. 8. Adie, and G. de Q. Robin (eds.), Butterworths, London. Brown, K. G. 1967.The leopard seal atHeard

Island, 1951-54. A.N.A.R.E. Interim Rep. No. 16:l-34. Erickson. A. W., and R. J; Hofman. 1974.

Antarctic seals. In Antarctic Mammals, Antarctlc map folio series. Folio 18, Am. Geogr. Soc.. pp. 4-13. Erickson. A. W..D. B. Siniff. D, R. Cllne, and

R. J. Hofman. 1971. Distributional ecology of Antarctic seals, pp. 66-76. In Sir George Deacon (ed;)

# . Symposium on Antarctlc Ice and Water Mkes. Tokyo. Japan. 19 Sept. 1970. Laws. R. M. 1964. Comparative biology of

Antarctic seals. pp. 446-457. In Carrick, R., M. Holdgate, and J. Prevost (eds.). Blologio Antarctlque-Antarctic Blology, Herman, Paris.

- 1972. Seals and blrds killed and captured in the Antarctlc Treaty Area, 1964- 1969.Polar Rec. 16 (101) :343-364.

- 1973. The current status of seals In the Southern Hemisphere. IUCN, Survlval Servlce Commlsslon. IUCN Publ. New Ser., Suppl. Pap. No. 39: 144-161. Orfstland, T. 1970. Blology and population

dynamlcs of Antarctlc seals, pp. 361-366. In M. W. Holdgate (ed.), Antarctic Ecology. 1. Scheffer, V. B. 1968. Seals, sea Ilons, and

walruses; a review of the Pinnipedia. Stanford Univ. Press, 179 p. Seal. U. S.. A. W. Erlckson, D. B. Sinlff, and

R. J. Hofman. 1971. Blochemlcal, population genetic, phylogenetlc and cytologlcal studies of Antarctic seal species, pp. 77-95. In Sir George Deacon (ed.). Symposlum on Antarctlc Ice and Water Masses, Tokyo. Japan, 19 Sept. 1970. WEDDELL SEAL (Leptonychotesweddelli) ~istribution and Migration: This spe- cies is circunipolar in fast ice around Antarctica, occasionally reaching 

### as far north as Uruguay (lat. 35"s). It is littoral in distribution and nonmigratory. Because of its occurrence near scientific stations it is the best known of theAntarctic seals.

Abundance and Trends: The popula- tion was estimated to be 200,000 to 500,000 by Scheffer (1958) and 250,000 to 500,000 by Laws (1973).Recent investigations (Erickson and Hofman, 1974) suggest a total population in excess of 756,000. Gilbert (1974) estimated 730,000 in pack ice alone (excluding animals in shore-fast ice).

Laws (1972) reportsthat a totalof 893 Weddell seals were killed or captured in

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977the Antarctic Treaty area - during the period 1964-69, which poses no threat to thepopulation.

General Biology: Species Statistics.- Adult males grow to 3.2 m in length and may reach 450 kg 

### in weight. Females are slightly largerthanmales.Newbornpups are 1.5 m long, weigh 29 kg, and have permanent dentition. Coloration of adults is dark brown to black, conspicu- ouslymottled with white spots.

Reproductive Data.-Males reach sexual maturrty at 6 to 8 years; females at 3years of age.The average age of breeding females is 9 years. Pregnancy rasts 9 to 10months. The pups are born from September to early November on fast ice, usually close to the Antarctic continent. The mating period has not been defined, but males with sperm and females that had ovulated -have been collected betweemlate November and midDecember. Lactation lasts 6 to 7 weeks, and pups are weaned at 6 weeks. The females protect their pups and are ag- gressive toward intruders.

Age-Growth Data.-The pups molt their natal fur and replace it with the adult pelage by the 44th day. Innid weight gains aredramatic: thepups gain

an average of 12 kg or more per week for the first 6 weeks and weigh asmuch

as 135 kg by the time the molt is completed. The life span, as determined by the teeth. is not ovar 20years.

Tooth wear asasiated with maintaining breathing holes may be a mortality factor.

Feeding habits.-Weddell-seals feed on mysids,decapodcrustaceans,amphipods, cephalopods, euphausiids, and various species of Ash.

Parasites and Diseases.-Wounds inflicted on this mammal heal slowly, and festering sores are common. Kidney stones and uterine fibroids have been found.Weddell seals areheavily infested with tapeworms,trematodes, and roundworms.

EcoZogica2Problems: Localpopulations

are discrete breeding units which could be eliminateclbyoil slicks.

AllocatfonProblems: None known. Current Research: The University of Minnesota is studylng population dy- namics of Antarctic seals.

References
Bertram. G. C. L. 1940. The biology of the

Weddell and crabeater seals. Scl. Rep. Brlt. Graham Land Exped. 193457. 1:l-319. Dearborn, J. H. 1965.Food and Weddell seab

atMcMurdo Sound,Antarctlca.J. Mammal. 46 : 37-48. Eblund. C., and E. A. Atwood. 1962. A population study of Antarctic seals. J. Mammnl. 43 : 229-238. Erickson. A. W., D. B. SlnlR, D. R. Cline, and

R. J. Hofman. 1971. Diatrlbutional ecology of Antarctic seals, pp. 66-75. In Sir Oeorge Deacon (ed.)
,Sympoelum on Antarctlc Ice and Wakr Masses, Tokyo, Japan. 19 Sept. 1970. Erickson. A. W., and El. J. Hofman. 1974.Antarctic seals. In Antarctic Manunals. Antarctic map folio series. Follo 18. Am. Geogr. Soc., pp. 4-13. Gilbert. I. R 19%. The biology and distribution of Scab in Antarctic psck ice, Ph.D Mssertation, University of Idaho. 621 p. NOTICES

Kaufmann, 0. D., d.B. Siniff,andR. Reichle. 1972. Colony behavior of Weddell seals, Leptonychotes weddellf, at Hutton Cliffs. Antarctlc. In Symposium on the blology of the seal. Guelph, Onbarlo, August 14-17. 1972. pp. 228-246. Laws, R M. 1972. Seals and birds killed and

captured in the Antarctlc Treaty area, 1964-60. Polar Rec. 16(101) :343364.



### - 1973. The current stlitus of seds in the Southern Hemisphere. IUCN.'SSC Working Group on Threatened and Depleted Seals of the World. Guelph, Ontarlo, August 1972.pp. 144-161. Mansfleld. A. W. 1958.The breeding behavior

and reproductlve cycle of the Weddell seal (Leptonychotesweddelli Lesson). Falkland Islands Dep. Surv., Sci. Rep. 18:l-41. Scheffer,V. B. 1958. Seals, sea lions and wal-

ruses; a review of the Pinnlpedia Stanford Univ. Press, 179p. Slqiff. D. B., D. R. Cline, and A. W. Erickson.

1970. Population densltles of seals in the Weddell Sea. Antamtlca. In 1968. pp. 377- 394. In M. W. Holdgate (ed.), Antarctlc Ecol., 1. SinlE, D. B., J. R. Tester, and V. B. Kuechle.

1971. Some observations on the activl1;y patterns of Weddell seals as recorded by telemetry, pp. 173-180. In W. H. Burt (ed.), Antarctic Plnnipedia. Antarctic Res. Ser. 18. Stlrllng, I. 1971. Populstlon dynamics of the

Weddell seal (Leptonwholes weddellt) In McMurdo Sound. Antarctica, 1966-68, pp. 141-167. In W. H. Burt (ed.). Antarctic ~lnnlpedla, Antarctfc Res. Ser. 18. SOUTHERN ELEPHANT SEAL (Mirounga Zeonina) Distribution and Migration: The southern elephant seal is circumpolar on subantarctic islands, south 

### to the Ice edge of ]at. 78" S.Itbreeds on thecontinental coast of Argentina and on subantarcticIslands.

Abundance and Trends: The popula- tion of the southern elephant seral has beenestimatedat600,000~100,000 (Laws, 1960). This species was once sought for its oil. Itwas nearly extinct by 1900, but since that time regulations have allowed the herds to increase. At South Georgia the average annualkill between 1952and 1964 was 6,000 animals. There has been



### no commercial sealing there since 1964, although licenses to harvest these animals have been offered (Laws, 1973).

Laws (1972) reported a total of 25 southern elephant seals killed or cap- tured in the Antarctic Treaty area during the period 1964-69, and states that clearly there is atpresent no serious direct threat to these seals, although one cannot rule out the possibility of restricted overexploitation of some local populations.

General Biology: Species Statistics, The southern elephant seal isthelargest pinniped. Males grow 

### to 5.5 

### to 6.1 

### m in length and 3,628 kg in weight; females mh 3.1 to 3.7 

### m and 907 kg. The newborn pups are 1.2m long andweigh from 37.6 to 49kg.

Reproductive Data.-Males are sexually mature at 4 years, and hold 

### harems at 5 

### to 7 years in commercially utilized populations. The females mature at age 2 years and bear single pups atage 3. 

### In unutilized populations, the females ma- .C t ture atage 3 

### to 6

### fears, but the

### males do not reach harem status 

### until 12 years old. The breeding season varies with localeandoccurs from Augustthrough November. Most harems contain 20 to 40 females, but up to 100 have been counted. The pups are born in October, about 1week after the females haul-out, and nurse about 23 days. The females mate about 18days after their pups areborn

Age-Growth Data.-The pups weigh 113 

### to 181kg atweaning. Themolt usually starts in early November, when the pups, then 2 to 3 weeks old, shed their natal fur and older immaturesealsbegin to haul-out 

### t@ molt. Mature females begin their nplt in late December 

### or January and mature males 

### in late January

or Fkbmary. Themolt requires about 18 days to complete. After the molt, they return 

### to the sea andprobably spend the winter feedingnearpack ice.

The females live about 12 years and themales up to 20years.

The leopard seal and killer whale are natural enemies of the southern elephant seal.

Feeding Habits.-Shortly after weaning the pups feed on amphipods for a the,after whichthey feed primarily on cephalopodsandAsh.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Probl&: According to Laws (19731, the southern elephant seal may become threatened because they compete with bvietfishermen for commercial species of Ash in the vicinity of Kerguelen Islands.

-Current Research: The University of Minnesota makes incidental obervations of this mammal whilestudying the Antarctic seal species.

References

Carrlck. R, Bnd 8. E. Ingham. 1962. Studies

on the southern elephant aeal. Pt. 6. Populatlon dynamlcs and utilization. Cornmonw-lth Scl. Ind. Res. Org. (CSIROI Wildl.

..--A -. Res. 7: 161-197. Cline. D. R., A W. Erlckaon, and R. J. Hof-

man. 1970. Elephant seal In the Weddell Sea. J.Mammal.61:204. Erickson. A. W., and R. J. Hofman. 1974.

An+-rctlc seals. In Antarctlc Mammals. 

## -- 

# - Antarctic Map Follo Series. Follo 18. A& Geogr. Soc., pp. 4-13. Klng, J. E. 1964. Seals of the world. Brit.

Mus. (Nat. Hlst.), London. 164 p. Laws, R. M. 1863.The elephant seal (Miranga leonina, Llnn.). I. Age and growth. Falkland Islands Dep. Surv. Scl. Rep. 8. 62 p.


### - 1956. The elephant seal (Mirmnga leonina, Linn.). 11. Oeneral soclal, reproductlve behavlor. Falkland Islands Dep. Surv. Scl.Rep. 13.88p. 

## - 1956. The elephant seal (Mirmngo bonina, Llnn.). 111. The physiology of reproductlon. Falklsnd Bland6 Dep. Surv. Scl.Rep. 15.66 p. 

### - 1980. The southern elephant sea1 (Mirounga leonia, Linn.) at 8011th &orgia Norsk Hv~lfang~t-Tid. 49(10; 11):48& 476. 620-542.



### - 1973. Seals and birds killed and cap tured ln the Antarctic Treaty area. lQ64- 69. Polar Rec. 16(101) 3342-364.



### - 1973. The current status of eePltl iD the Southern Remlsphere. lVCN. Survlval Bervice Commission. XWCFT. New PubL Serv.. Suppl. Pap. No. 39:144-161.

FEDERAL REGISTER, -VOL. 42, NO. 147--MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

CC? -.. NORTHERN ELEPHANT SEAL males about 1Apf1, followed by imrna- 

### - 1972.-studids on the biology of the tures of both sexes, and the males are CaUforn'B sea lion and the northern ele- (Mirounga angustirosh-is) thelast

### toreturn. phant seal on San Nicolas Island. Calif. Ph.D. thesls, Unlv. Calif.. Los Angeles, 168 Distribution andMigration: This sPe- Feedino Habits-Little information 

# - cies originally occupied rookeries and on the feeding habits of Mirounga is P~&rsOn. R. s., and B. J. LeBoeuf, 1069. pop- hauling grounds on the mainland and available. The stomach of one elephant ulation study of seals and sea lions. Trans. islandsfromCaboSariLazaro. BajaCali- seal contained seven ratfish, one 66.0 cm 34th N. Am. Wi1 :l. Nat. Res. Conf.. pp. 74- fornia, northward 

### to Pt. Reyes, just California dogfish shark, one swell or 79. north of San Francisco. Nonbreeding puffer shark, three skates, and four Radford, K. W.1 R. T. Orrl and C. L. animals range at least 

### as far north as squids. The species apparently can feed Reestablbhment Of the southeastern Alaska. at considerable depths, 

### as indicated by phant centralseal California. (Mirounga Proc. angmtirostris)

Calif. Acad. Sci. off This species is now known tpbreed on prey species and the fact that three 4th ser., 31:601-612. Isla SanBenito,biashxCoronadck, Isla young Mirounga were taken on hooks Rice, D. 

### w., K. 

### w. Kenyon, and D. ~luch-B. Cedros, San Miguel Island, Santa Bar- set at about 100 fathoms. The stomach 1065.F'inniped po.,ulatiom atIslas Guadabara Island, SanNicolasIsland, andAno of a subadult male found dead in Cali- lupe. SanBenito, and Cedros. Baja CaliforNuevo Island. Also, a northern elephant fornia contained the remains of cusk nia, in 1965. mans. Sari Diego Sot. Nat. seal was born on southeast Farallon eels, toadfishes, scorpionfishes, flounder, 14t7):73-34. Island January 20, 1972, indicating that cat sharks, and segments of undeter- Sc~~~~A~e ~~~~~~l~r~~~,","~~ this species is continuing to expand its mined teleosts and elasmobranchs. ica. John H. Carmany and Co.. San F'ran- breedingrange northward sinceitsnear- Ecological Problems: Oil from the cisca, calif.. 319 a. extermination during the last century Santa Barbara spill of 28 January 1969 Scheffer, V. B. 1964. Deep dlvlng of elephant (LeBoeuf, et al., 1974). mated about 100 elephant seal pups seals. Mumelet 25 3.

Abundance and Trends: BY 1890 the ashoreon one areaof mn Miguelbland. Towmend. C. H. 1912. The northern elephant population had been reduced to 100 or The pups had been weaned and appar- Sea'. ZOO1Ogical 1:169-173. fewer animals found only on Guadalupe ently sufferednoill effects. GRAY WHALE Island, but this number increased to an ~ll~~ti~~ fioblems: N~~~ know. estimated 15,000 animals by 1960 (Bar- Curre,Lt Research: Scientists from the (Esc:lricl~tiusrobustus) tholomew and Hubbs, 1960). A total of Distribution and Migration: The gray 10,581Were counted inApril 1968on the University Of at Santa whale is now restricted to theNorth 

### pa- six Mexican islands off Baja California California, are st2dying th& species. cific Ocean, although it once occurred in (Brownell,etal., 1974).Peterson andLe- References theNorth Atlantic Ocean. Boeuf (1969) estimated a population of about 30,000 in 1,~~~. This species has Anthony. A. W. 1925. Expedition to Guada- Two geographically isolated populalupe Island. Mexico in 1922. P~OC. calif. tions are recognized: (1) the eastern reoccupied must or all of its historic ad. sci., 4th ~er., 4:277-320. PaciAc ("CaliPornia") stock, which rookeries and hauling grounds. Bartholomew, G. A. 1962. Reproductive and spendsthesummerin theChukchi,westThe California Department of Fish social behavior ~f the northern elephant ern ~~~f~~t, and northern Bering Seas and Game has counted elephant seals seal. Unlv. Calif. Publ. Zool. 47:369-471, 2 (and rarely alongthe 

### coast as farsouth during sea lion censuses in early June figS--1967. Seal and sea lion populatlons of as and migrates 

### to since 1965 and *plin> lg71)- 

## theCaliiornla Islands, pp. 22B-244, In R. thewest coastof Baja California andthe Carlisle (1973) hascounted Mirounga on N. Philbrick (ed.) Proceedings of the Sym- southern Gulf of California for thewinSari Miguel Island each year 1965 posium on the Biology of the Callfornla ter; and (2) the western Pacific Ocean through 1973 except 1968. Carlisle Islands, Santa Barbara Botanic Garden. (L'K~rean'') stock, which spends the counted 3,600 Mirounga On Sari Miguel Bartholomew, G. A,. and C. L. Hubbs. 1960. summer in the northern 

## sea of okhotsk in 1973. Population growth and seasonal move- and migrates to the southern coast of ments of the northern elephant seal. Mfr- Ode11 (1974) believes that the Sari ounga angustirostris. 24:313- Korea for thewinter. Nicolas Island population is increasing. 324. Abundance andTrends: Eastern North The largest California ~opulationof Brownell, R. I,., J~., R. L. DeLong, and R. W. Pacific Ocean---contrary to earlier pub- Mimunga is found on Sari Miguel 1s- Schreiber. 1974. Plnniped populations at lished estimates, the original population land where DeLong and Johnson (in Islas de Guadalupe,Ban Benito, Cedros, and 

### was almost certainly less than 15,000 press) estimate the total island p0Pula- Natividad, Baja California. in 1968.J. Mam- (Henderson, 1972).During the late 18th tiontobe 16,000. mal. 56 : 469-472. General Biology: Species Statistics.- Carlhle, J. G., Jr. 1973. The census of north- andearlier 19thcenturies thepopulation
ern elephant seals on San Miguel Island, Was reduced. Since pro- Maximum body lengths 

### are about m 1965-73. Calif. Flsh Game 60:311-313. tection was given the stock in 1947, the for adult males and 3.3 m for adult fe- Carlisle. J. G., and J. A. Aplfn. 1971. Sea lion ~opulation hasincreased to about 11.000 males. Newborn Pups are about 1.2 

### m census for 1970. lncludlng counts of other andhasremained stablesince 1967 (Rice long and have black natal pelage. Calliornla pinnipeds. Calif. Flsh Game 64: andWolrnan. 1971).An average of about - - ~eproductive Data.-The adult males usually arrive first on the rookeries in November, followed by thepregnant females in December. Dominant adult males occupy choice locations within the breeding colonies and do most of the mating. The female usually bears a singlepup about 7 days afterherarrival and weans it about a month later. The female is bred during her last few days ashore. Most pups are born January 1 

### to February 10.

Age-Growth Data.4n San Nicolas Bland most pups have molted their black natal pelage for the gray pelage of older animalsby 1March. The.age at which the pups go 

### to sea is not firmly established, but they spend atleast 2 to 3 months ashore. Older 

### animals return to shore to molt beginning with the fe124-126. Daugherty, A. E. 1965. Marine mammals of

California. Calif. Dept. Fish Game, Sacra- mento. Calif.. 86p. DeLong, R. L., and A. M. Johnson. Inpreparation. Increase in the northern sea elephant population on San Miguel Island, Californla. Huey, L. M. 1930. Capture of an e-lephant seal

offSanDiego. Calif., wlth notes on stomach contents. J. Mammal..11:229-230. King. J. E. 1964.Seal8of the world. Brit. Mus.

(Nat.Hist.). London. 154p. LeBoeuf, B. J. 1972. Sexual behavior in the

northern elephant seal, Mirounga angustirostris. Behavior 41 :1-26. Morejohn, G. V., and D. M. Baltz. 1970. Contents of the stomach of an elephant seal. J. Mammal. 61 :173-174. Odell, D. K. 1074. Seasonal occurrence of the

northern elephant seal, Mfrounga angwtirosttis, on San Nicolas Island, California. J. Mammal. 66(1):81-95. 160 gray whales arekilled eac&year in a subsistence fishery on the Chukotski Peninsula of Siberia.InAlaska, nomore than five per year have been taken by Eskimos in recent years.

Western North Pacific Ocean-in 1910, the population probably numbered between 1,000and 1.500. The status of this population is uncertain at the present time, but it appears to be nearly extinct.

General Biology: The gray whale is identified by its mottled gray color and lowhumpin placeof a dorsalAn.Itfeeds

onbenthic amphipods and other benthic invertegrates on thesummering grounds, and fasts during migrations and onwintering grounds. Sexual maturity is attained at an age of 5 to 11 years, at 

### a
mean body length of 11.0 m for males and 11.6m for females. Themating seaFEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST l, 1977NOTICES

son 

### is in late November and early December while the animals are on their southward migration. The calf is born following a 13-month gestation period after the pregnant females have arrived in certain shallow lagoons on the west coast of Baja California. The female bears a calf only once every 2 or more years. The calves average about 5.0 m long at birth and are weaned 7 months laterwhen they areabout 8.0 m long.

Ecplogfcal Problems: The gray whale is now valuable as a tourist attraction, and it supports a rapidly increasing cruise-boat industry, including %-day cruises off San Mego and Los Angeles, and week-long cruises from these ports to ScammonsLagoon.

These activities have generated a problem of increasing harassment of the whales. In 1972, the Mexican Government declared Scammons Lagoon a whale refuge, sothecruiseboats arenow partly regulated.

Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: Studies on gray whales are being made by the National Marine Fisheries Service and the Soviet Union's Far Eastern Institute of Marine Fisheries and Oceanography. References
Evans, W. E. (ed.).1974. The California gray

whale. Mar. Fish Rev.. 36(4) : 1-64. Henderson. D. A. 1972. Men and whales at

Scammons Lagoon. Dawson's Book Shop, Los Angeles. 313 p. Rice,D. W., and A. A. Wolman. 1971.Life history and ecology of the gray whale (Esch- richtius robustus). Am Soc. Mammal, Spec. Publ. 3:1-142. Wolman, A. A., and A. J. Wllson, Jr. 1970.

Occurrence of pestlcldes in whales. Pest. Monit. J. 4:8-10. MINKE WHALE

.(Balaenoptera acutorostrata) Distribution and Migration: The minke whale inhabits all oceans of the world, except equatorial regions, and ranges into the polar pack ice zones in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres.Itmakes extensive,seasonalmigrations between high-latitude summering grounds and low-latitude wintering grounds.

&t leak three geographically isolated populations are recognized, one in the North Pacific Ocean, another in the North Atlantic Ocean, and a third in the Southern Hemisphere. The afanities of the minke whale stocks in the northern Indian Ocean are unknown.

In the eastern North Pacific.Ocean, the minke whale ranges from the Chukchi Sea south to northern Baja California during the summer, and from central California south to within 2 degrees of the Equator during the winter.

In the western North Atlantic Ocean, it ranges from BafEn Bay south to ChesapeakeBay during the summer,and frorp the eastern Gulf of Mexico and northeastern Florida south 

### to Puerto Rico and ,theVirgin Islands during the winter.

Abundance and Trends: The exploitablepopulation in the Southern Hemisphereoriginallynumbered about 183,000 

### and curr'ently numbers about 157,000. For the North ~tlantic there is.no estimate of the original population, but the present population is about 80,000. NO estimates are available for the North miflc.

The minke whale has long been 

### an important species in the "small whale" fisheries of the world. In 1975 (hcluding the 1975/76 Antarctic season), catches were over 9,522, distributed as follows:
North Atlantic



### .................... 1.969 Japan 

### ------------------------------ 370 Korea



### .............................. (I) Brazil



### ........................... \,039 South Afrlca



### ........................ 110 Antarctic



### ....................... 6,034

General Biology: The minke whale is the smallest member of the genus Balaenoptera, not exceeding -10 m in length in theNorthern Hemisphere. The northern animals are distinguished by a white band on the flipper- individh from the Southern Hemisphere averwe about a meter longer, and usually lack the white flipper ba.nd.The minke whale feeds mainly on euphausiids, but also takes some smallfishes. In the Northern Hemisphere, it attains sexual maturity atan age of 7 to 8 years and an average body length of 7.0 

### m in males and 7.9 

### m in females. The female bears a calf only

once every 2 years (rather than annually, as once believed). During the summer, pregnant females migrate to much higher latitudes than do the lactating and immature females.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: Research on minke whales is being conducted by the Japanese Far Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory, the South African Division of Sea Fisheries, and the Norwegian State Institute for Whale Research. References
Jonsgkd,

### A. 1951. ~tudtes on the Ilttle piked whale or mlnke whale (Balaenopteraacu- torostrato, Lacepede). Norsk HvalfangstTld. 40(6) :209-232.



### --- 1962. Populatlon studleson the mlnke

whale, Balaenoptera acutwostrata Lacepede, pp. 158-167. In E. D. LeCren, and M. W. Holdgate (eds.), The exploltatlon of nstural antma1 populations. Blackwell Scl. Publ., Oxford. Mltchell, E., and V. M. Kalkl. 1975. Supplementary Information on mlnke whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata) from Newfoundland fishery. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 32 : 985-994. Ohsumi, S.. and Y. Masskl. 1975. Biological

parameters of the Antarctic mlnke whale at the virginal population level. J. Flsh Res. Bd. Can. 32:99&1,004. Ohsumi. S., Y. MWki, and A. Kawamura.

1970. Stocks of the Antarctic mlnke whale. Sci. Rep. Whales ~es. Inst. 22:75-126. Omura. H., and H. Saklura. 1956. Studies on the little plked whale from the coast of Japan. Sci. Rep. Whales Res.'Inst., 11 : 1-39. Sergeant. D. 1963. Mlnke whales. Balaenop-

teramutoroshataLacepede, of thewestsmr North Atlantic. J. Flsh. Res. Bd. Can. 20:1,489-1,504. Willlamson, O. R. 1975. Mlnke whales off

Brazil. Scl.Rep. Whales Res.Inst.27:3749. ~istribution and Migration: Bryde's whale is found in tropical and warm temperate waters around the world. In the western Atlantic Ocean, it ranges fromMaryland south

### to Cab0Frio, Brazil, and in the eastern Atlantic Ocean fromMorocco southtotheCapeof Good Hope. In the 1ndian Ocean, it ranges from the Cape of Good Hope north to the Persian Gulf, east 

### to the Gulf of Martaban, Burma, and thence south 

### to Shark Bay. Western Australia. In the western PaciAc Ocean, it is distributed from northern Hokkaido, Japan, south to Victoria, Australia, and North Island. New Zealand; in the eastern Pacific Ocean. itranges from central Baja Cali-. fornia, Mexico, south to Iquique. Chile.

At least some of the temperate zone populations (Japan. SouthAfrica) make limited seasonal migrations. The tropi- cal popubtion3 may be sedentary.

Abundance and Trends: The pbpula- tion in the western North Pacific, north of 1st. 20". originally numbered about 20.000, and has now been reduced to about 16,000. No estimates are available of population sizes elsewhere in the world.

Until recently, Bryde's whales have been of minor importance inthemodem whaling industry, and only 

### a few were taken by shore stations in Japan. South Africa, and rarely elsewhere. Since 1970, however, increasing numbers have been harvested by pelagic expeditions in the western North Pacific Ocean, as these expeditions have shlfted operations

more 

### to the south. In 1975, 1,433 were killed there-1,317 by Japanese and Soviet pelagic expeditions, and 116 by Japanese shore stations. The only ones reported taken in the Southern Hemisphere were three taken by theshore station at Durban, South Africa. Eowever. it is belived that most of the 151 "sei" whales taken by the combination catcher-boat/factory-shipSierra (regis- tered in Somalia) off Angola were actually Bryde's whales.

General Biology: Bryde's whales is similar in appearance 

### to the sei whale. and the two species were formerly con- fused. The Brsde's whale is slightlsr smaller-usually less than 13.5 m long; its throat grooves extend posteriorly beyond the umbilicus, and it has a pair of lateral ridges on top of its snout,
one on each side of the median riage. The fringe on its baleen plates is much

coarser than that of the sei whale. It feeds mainly on small schooling fishes, and also takes some euphasiids and other crustaceans. Males attain sexual maturity atan average length of 12.2m and females at 12.5 m. The mating and calving season is usually dwg the winter, but in some areas--South Africa. for example,they breed year-round. The gestation period is about 1year. The female doesnot bear 

### a calf 2 years in succession.

EcologicalProblems: None known. Allocation Problems: None 

### known.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### 30008 NOTICES

Current Research: Research on whale is being conducted by the South African Division of Sea Fisheries and the Japanese Far Seas Fisheries ResearchLaboratory.

Relerences Mead, J. G. 1974. Record of sel and Bryde's

whale from the Atlantic mast of the Unlted States, the Gulf of Mexico, and the Canlbbean. Unpublished report submitted to Scientlflc

. Committee. International Whaling Commission. Ohsumi. 9.. Y. Shimadzu, and T. hl. 1971.

The seven.th memorandum cm the resulta of Japanese &ock assessment of-whales in theNorthF'acific, Rep.Int. Comm. -ling 21:76-89. Omura, H. 1959. Bryde's w.hale from the

cost of.Japan. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 14:l-33.

- 1962. Further lnformatbn on Bryde's wwhale from the coast of Japan. Sci. Rep. Inst. 16:7-18. 

# - 1988. Ekyde's whale In the northwest Pacl5c, pp. 7&78. In K. 9. Nod led.], Whales, dolphln& and ponpolses. Univ. of CaliforniaPress. Berkeley and Lce Angeles.
SET WHALE (Balaemtera borealis) Distribution and Migration: The Sei whale isnearly worldwidein distribution. In the easternNorth Pacific,it summers from California 

### totheGulf ofAlaskaand Aleutian Islands; in the North Atlantic, from New England and British Isles to the Arctic Ocean. It winters at low latitudes. In Southern Hemisphere this species summers in all oceans from lat. 30"ssouthward, and in winter it is geli- erally found north of lat. 40"s.

Abundance and Trends: Informaqon inthis section is from the annual reports of the International Whaling Commission and from recent reports of the Bureau of International Whaling Statistics. The number of sexually mature animals originally numbered about 217,000 (excluding theNorth Atlantic, for which no estimatesareavailble)

,andhasnowbeen reduced 

### to about 110,000,distributed by major ocean areas asfollows:

Ocean Original Current population population

-- North Atlantic-.

. . . (I) North Paeific- ----- 42.000 0)

Southem Ocean---- 175.000 9.000 101.m


### 'Nodata Inclusion of sexually immature whales wouldincreasethese estimatesby roughly 50 percent. The sel whale is the second .most valuable baleen whale, and popu- lations appear to be near the level of maximum sustainable yield. Catches of sei whales in recent seasons have been:

Southern Southern Season North North oceans land PacSc Atlantic (south of stations 400 south '2

1 Southern oceans catches are for the seasons 1969-70 through 197676.

2 Nodatafrom Chile: Genera2Biology: Thespecies resembles the An whale but is slightly smaller, with less white underneath, and a large dorsal fin. In thefarnorth of theNorthemHemisphere itfeeds mostly on cope- pods. The diet is much more varied in lower latitudes-including euphausiids, copepods, sauries, anchovies, herring, sardines, and jack mackerel. Sei whales usually travel 

### in small pods of 2 

### to 5. They attain sexual maturity at 6 to 12 years of age, at a body length of about 13.1 m (males) and 13.7 m (females). Females bear calves every 2 or 3 years. The mating and calving season occurs jn winter in the respective hemispheres. Gestation lasts 1year, and the calf is weaned when about 7 months old.

Seven percent of the sei whales taken off California have been infected with a unique disease that causes progressive shedding of the baleen plates and their replacement by anabnormal papilloma- like growth.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: Noneknown: Current Research: The National Marine Fisheries Service is conducting population and biological studies of this species. Other organizations carrying out research 

### on this species hethe Japanese Whale Research Institute and Japanese Par Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory (North Pacific and Antarctic), Fisheries Research Board of Canada (North Atlantic), Norwegian State Institute for Whale Research (Antarctic), South African Division of SeaFisheries (South Africa), and Soviet All-Union Research Institute of Marine Fisheries and Oceanography.

References Bannlster, J. L., and R. Gambell. 1965. The

succession and abudance of fin, sel, and other whales off Durban. Norsk Hvalfangst Tld.,54(3):46-60. Gambell, R. 1968. Seasonal cycles and re-

production In sel whales of the Southern Hemisphere. Dlsc. Rep.35:31-134. International Commlsslon on Whallng. 1972.

Twenty-second report of the Commission, 151 D.


### - 1973.Twenty-thlrd report of the Commlsslon. 264 D. ~atthews;L.~ H. 1938. The sei whale, Balaenoptera borealis. Dlsc. Rep. 17:183- 290. Omwa. H.. and T. Nemoto. 1965. Sel whades

in the adjacent waters of Japan. Sci. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 10:79-87.
FIN WHALE (Balaenoptera physalw) Distribution and Migration: The fin whale is worldwideindistribution. In the eastern North Pacific it summers from California into the Chukchi Sea, and in the North Atlantic from Cape Cod and Spain into the Arctic Ocean. The An whale migrates to more southern latitudes inwinter. 

### In theSouthern Hemisphere it is generally found atlat. 47"to 60"south in summer andfrom 20" to 40" south in winter.

Abundance and Trends: rnformatfon in thissection is from the annual reparts of the International Whaling ~ox&ssion andfrom thereport of theBureau of International Whaling Statistics, Sandefjord. The stocks available for comP mercial %aivest'. originally numbered about 470,000, buthave now been reduced to about 107,000. These 

### aredistributedby major ocean areas asfollows:

Ocean popuya~on On' nal popnlstion Current

North Atlantic-...- 25.000 io,000 North Pacific -.....- 44,Ow 17,000 Southem Ocean ...- 400,000 80.000

Inclusion of immature whales shorter. thanthelegallength limitwouldincrease these estimates by roughly 50 percent. Recent catches from the stocks have been :

North Norlh Southern Southern

Season Pacific Atlantic oceans 1 land datiom

I Southern wean catches are for the mm 1964Pl through 1975-76.

2 An addltlonal 122 "baleen whales" taken off Spain

were probably finwhales.

3 Nodata fromSpain.

r Noinformationfrom Chile. The fin whale is commercially the most valuable baleen whale. Stocks 

### in the North Pacific and southern oceans are below maximum sustainable yield levels.

GeneralBiology: This speciesissecond in size only 

### to the blue whale; in the Northern Hemisphereitgrm toatleast 23.2 m and is distinguished by a gray back, white belly, and well-developed dorsal fin. Fin whales feed ,mostly on euphausiids, but often eat fish---espe- cially anchoviesin t$e North Pacific and capelin in theNorth Atlantic.

They usually travel in small pods of 2 to 5 animals. Fin whales are sexually mature at 6 to 12 years, and at a body length of about 17.7m (males and 18.3
m (females).Pemales.bear calves every 2 to 3years.Themating andcalving season occurs in winter in respective hemi- spheres. Gestation lasts 1year, and the calf is weaned at about age 7 months.

Ecological Prob2ems: None known. Allocation ~rdblems: Noneknown. Current Research: The National MarineFisheries Service is conducting pop ulatlon and biological studies of this species.Other organizations carrying out research on this speciesaretheJapanese Whales Research Institute and Japanese Par Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory (North Pacific and Antarctic), Fisheries Research Board of CBnada (North AtItmtic). British National Institute of Oceanography (South Africa and Antarctic), South African Division of Se_a Fisheries (SouthAfrica), and SovietAllUnion Research Institute of ~ari~e Fisheries and Oceaqography (North Pacific andAntarcue).

References

International Commission on Whfdlng. 1972.

Twenty-second report of the CammLssaOn. 151 p.

- 1973.Twenty-third report of the COmmission, 264 p.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUSlNOTICES 

### 39009

Jonsgard, A. 1968. Blology of the North Atlantic fln whale Balaenoptera physalus (L.) :

.taxonomy, dlstrlbution. mlgratlon. and food. HvalridetsSJm. 49.62 p. Laws. R. M. 1061. Reproduction.i$owth, and

age of southern fln whales. Disc. Rep. 31:327-486. Macklntosh.N. A., and J. F. Q. Wheeler. 1929.

Southern blue and fin whales. Disc. Rep. 1:

267440. Mitchell, E. 1975. Presentstatus of Northwest

Atlantlc fin and other whale stocks, pp. 108-160. Zn W. E. Skhevlll (ed.)me whale problem. Harvard Unlv. Press, Cambridge, Mass. Ohsumi, S.. M. Nlshlwakl, and T. Hfblya.

1958. Growth of fln whale in the northern Pacific. ScL Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 13:97- 133. BLUE WHALE (Balaenopteramusculus) Distributfon and Migration: The blue whale is found throughout all oceans from the Equator to the polar pack ice

zones in the Northern and So'uthern Hemispheres. It makes seasonal migra- tions between rather restricted high- latitude summering grounds and lowlatitude wintering grounds.

At least three geographically isolated populations are recognized. one 

### in the North Pacffic Ocean, another in the North Atfantk Ocean, and a third in the Southern Hemisphere. Each popula- tion is probably comprised of several

more or less discrete stocks.The "pygmy blue whale" of the southern Indian Ocean is morphologically distinct from the stocks which spend the summer in Antarctic waters. The afanities of the blue whale populations in the Arabian Sea andBay of Bengal areunknown.

In the eastern North Pacific Ocean, blue whales range from the Aleutian Islands and Gulf of Alaska south 

### to central California during the summer, and from central Baja CalLPornia south 

### to within 8 degrees of the Equator during the winter.



### In the western North Atlantic Ocean, they range from Davis Strait south 

### to theGulf of St.Lawrenceduringthesummer and spend the winter in the waters east of theWest Indies.

Abundance and Trenck: During 

### the first half of the 20th century, the blue whale was one of themost important cetaceans to the whaling industry, but it is now sorare that it will require prob- ably half a century of complete protec- tion torestore the stocks 

### to a significant level. In the North Pacific Ocean, the population, which once numbered about 5.000, now contains about 1,700 individuals (Wada, 1975). This species appar- ently has been slowly increasing since 1966,theyear it was first given complete protection.

The population in the western North Atlantic (off eastern Canada), which originally numbered about-1,100 (Allen. 1970),now numbers only a few hundred. Estunates of the eastern North Atlantic population have notbeen made.

The Southern Hemisphere population originally numbered about 200,000 (Chapman, Allen, and Holt, 1964). but

was severely depleted before complete protection was given the stock in 1965. The present population is estimated at about 9,000, half of which are pgymy blue whales (Masaki. 1975).

General Biology: The blu;! whale is the largest mammal that ever lived an Earth, reaching a known length of 29 

### m and a weight of 136 tons. It is distinguish from the fin whale by its mottled blue-gray color do*ally and ventrally, its smaller dorsal An, itsbroad flatsnout. and its black baleen plates. Blue whales feed exclusively on euphausiids during the summer and fast during the winter. They become sexually mature at an average age of about 10years, when males of the Antarctic stocks average 22.5 m andfemales24.0m;whereas the "pygmy blue whales" of the southern Indian Ocean average about 2 m less in length. Every 2 or 3years during thewinter the female gives birth 

### to a calf after a 12- month gestationperiod.At birth thecalf is about 7 m long;when weaned 8months later it is about 15 

### m long.

EcologicalProblems: Noneknown. Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: Observers aboard whaling and research vessels record dghtings of blue whales and routinely report them to the International Whaling Commission. References

Allen. K. R. 1970. A note on baleen whale

Btocka of the northwest Atlantlc. Rep. Int. Comm. Whaling 20:112-113. Chapman, D. O., K. R. Allen, and 5. J. Holt.

1064. Reports of the Committee of Three Sclentlsts on thp speclal sclentlflc investlgatlon of the Antarctic whale stocks.Rep. Int. Comm. Whallng 14:32-106. Gulland, J. 1972. Future of the blue whale.

New Sci. 64(793) :198-199. Jonsgard,A. 1955. The stocks of blue whales

(Balaenopteramurculus) In the North Atlantlc Ocean and adjacent Arctlc waters. Norsk Hvalfangst-Tld.44:505-610. IUcklnt.osh. N. A., and J. F. 0.Wheeler. 1929.

Southern blue and fln whales. Dlsc. Rep. 1:257-540. Masakl,Y. 1975.Japanesepelagic whalingand

sighting in the Antarctic, 1074/75. Unpublished report submltted to Sclentlflc Committee, International Whallng - Commlssion. Ohsumi, S.. and S.Wade. 1972. Stock assessment of blue whales In the North Paclflc. Unpubllshed report submltted to Sclentlflc Committee, International Whallng Commission. Wada, 5.1075. Indicesof abundance of largesized whales In the North Paclflc in 1974 whallng season. Unpubllshed report submltted to Sclentiflc Committee. International Whallng Commlsslon. HUMPBACK WHALE (Mesapteranovaeangliae) Distribution 

### and Migration: The humpback whale is found in almost all

oceans from tropical waters to the edge of,but not into, thepolar pack ice zones in the Northern and Southern Hemisplieres. Itmakes extensive seasonalmigrations between high-latitude summering ground and low-latitude wintering grounds--the latter along continentalcoastsoraround islands.

Three geographically isolated popula- tions are recognized, one in the North Pacific Ocean, another in the North Atlanticoce%,8na~ third inthe Southern Hemisphere. Each population is comprised of several almost entirely discrete stocks.

In the eastern North Pacific Ocean. the humpback whale ranges from the Chukchl SeasouthtosouthernCalifornia during the summer, and from southern California south 

### to the Islas Revillagi- gedo and Jalisco, Mexico, and also around the Hawaiian Islands, during the winter.

Inthe westernNorth Atlantic Ocean it 

## - rangesfromDiscoBay in western Greenland south 

### to Massachusetts during the summer,andfrom Hispaniola andPuerto Ricosouth toTrinidad duringthewinter.

Abundance and Trends: The hump- ' back whale was important, especially to shore stations, during the first half of the 20th century. Now, however, this mammal is so scarce that itwill require

a half century of complete protection for itto increase to a significantlevel. A few

are killed in subsistence flsheries in Greenland, the Lesser Antilles, and the Tonga Islands. Ithas a minor value as a tourist attraction inHawaii and sdutheastern Alaska. The original population size of the North Pacific Ocean is unknown, but is now severely depleted to about 2.500 individuals (Wada. 1975). A summer resident population of about 60 animals occupies the inside waters of southeastern Alaska. Thepopulation has apparently not increased since complete protection was given the species in 1966.

The original population size of the North Atlantic Ocean is unknown, and the western North Atlantic Ocean stock Is now reduced to about 1,000 animals (Winn,Edel, andTaruski, 1975).A small increase may have occurred in recent years. Estimates of the eastern North Atlantic Ocean population havenot been made.

The original population of the Southern Hemisphere, which probably numbered about 100,000, now contains about 2,500 individuals (Masaki, 1975). The stock hss apparently not increased since complete protection was given the spe- ciesin 1964.

General Biology. Thehumpback whale is much more heavy bodied than members of the genus Balaeneptera, and is characterized by its extremely long Aippers. Itfeeds mainly on euphausiids, but also eats anchovies and sardines when available. Thespeciesattainssexualmaturity at an age of 6 to 12 years. when males average 11.6 m long and females 11.9 m. The mating and calving season is from October

### toMarch intheNorthern Hemisphere, and April to September in the Southern Hemisphere. The gestation period is 12 to 13 months, and the calf

nurses for about 11 months. The female rarely bears a calf 2 years in succession.

The humpback whale is heavily 

### infested with threespeciesof ectocommensal barnacles and with whale lice.

Ecological Problems: None knowh. Allocation Problems: None atpresent. Current Research: Observers aboard research vessels and foreign whaling ships record sightings of humpback

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### 39010 NOTICES

whales and routinely report them to the International Whaling Commission. The ~ationak Marine Fisheries Service is conducting research on the summer grounds in southeastern Alaska and the winter grounds around the Hawaiian Islands. References

Allen. K. R. 1970. A. note on baleen whale

stocks of the Northwest Atlantic. Rep. Int. Comm. Whallng 20:112-113. Chapman, D. G.In press. S'stus of research

and baleen whale stocks in,the Antarctic. Presented at IBP Conference on the BIology of Whales, Luray, Va., June 1971. Chittleborough, R. G. 1966. Dynamlcs of two

populations of the humpback whale. Megaptera novaeanglfae (Borowskl)



### .Austr. J. Mar. Freshw. Res., 16:33-128. Masakl, Y. 1976. Japanese pelagic whaling

and sightlng in the Antarctic, 1974/78. Unpublished report submitted to ~clentl5c Committee, Internatlonal Whallng Commission. Nlshiwakl. M. 1969. Humpback whales .ln

Rpukyuan waters. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 14,: 49-87. Wada. S. 1975. Indlces of abundance of largisized whales in the North Pacific in 1974 whal1n.g season. Unpublished report submitted to SclentIAc Committee, International Whallng Commission. Winn. H. E., R. K. Edel, and A. G. Taruski.

1975.Populatlon estimate of the humpback whale (Megaptera nwaeangliae) in the, West Indies by visual and acoustic meansJ. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 32:499-506. BLACK RIGHT WHALE (Baaena g2acialis) Distribution andMigration: Thisright whale inhabits all temperate waters of the world. It migrates between summering grounds in cool temperate waters and wintering grounds in warm temperate waters; the wintering grounds are mostly along continental coasts or around islands.

Three geographically isolated popula- tions are recognized, one in the North Pacific Ocean, another in the.North,Atlantic Ocean, and a third in the SouthemHemisphere.

IntheeasternNorth Pacific Ocean,the right whale ranges fromBristol Bay and the Gulf of Alaska south 

### to lat. 5O0N during the summer, and from Oregon south to central Baja California during the winter.

In the western North Atlantic Ocean, itrangesfrom Labrador south totheBay of Fundy during.the summer, and Massachusetts south to Florida and Bermuda duringthewinter.

Abundance and Trends: The right whale was originally very abundant, but heavy exploitation, mostly during the 19th century, reduced all populations nearly to extinction by the turn of the century. At least some local stocks have increased in recent years. Present numbers are:North Pacific Ocean-about 220 (Wada, 1975). North Atlantic Oceanno estimate; Southern .Hemisphere-- about 3.200 (Masaki, 1'975).

General Biology: The black right whale is a heavy-bodied animal up 

### to 18.0 m long and is 'characterizedby 

### lack of a dorsal An and by a large head with

a narrow arched rostrum. Itfeeds mainly on copepods.Thereproductivebiology is poorly known. Body length at sexual maturity is about 15.2-m in males and 15.8 m in females. Mating and calving

occur in the winter sa.the gestation period is probably about 1year. The female probably bears a calf only once every 2 (ormore) years.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: Research on the black right whale is being carried out by the South African Division of Sea Fisheries and off Argentina by a joint project of the National Geographic So- ciety and the New York Zoological Society. Observers aboard whaling and research vesselsrecord sightings of right whaks and routinely report them to the Ihternational Whaling Commission.

References

Best. P. B. 1970. Gxploitatlon and recovery

of right whales Eubalaena australis off the Cape Province. S. Afr. Div. Sea Fish., Inveit. Rep. 80:1-20. Cummlngs. W. C.. J. F. Flsh, and P. 0.

Thompson, 1972. Sound production and other behavior of southern right whales.

. -..... .~-- - Eubalaena glacialis. Trans. SanDiego Soc. Net. Hlst. 17(1):1-13. Masakl, Y.' 1976. Japanese pelaglc whaling

and slghtlng in the Antarctic, 1974/74. Unpublished report submitted to ScientiAc Committee. International Whaling Commission. Omura, H. S. Ohsumf, T. Nemoto. K. Nasu,

and T. Kasuya. 1969. Black right whales in the North Pacific. Sci. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 21 :1-78. Wada, 5. 1975. Indices of abundance of largesized whales in the North Pacific in 1974 whaling season. Unpublished report submitted to Scientific Committee, International Whaling Commission. BOWHEAD WHALE (Balaem mysticetus)
Distribution and Migration: Thebowhead whale inhabits arcitic and subarctic waters in four principal areas: (1) fromSpitzbergen west 

### toeastGreenland; (2) in Davis Strait, Bamn Bay, James Bay, and adjacent waters; (3) in the Bering, Chukchi, Beaufort, and East Siberian Seas; and (4) in the Okhokk Sea. They migrate with ice movements.

Abundance and Trends: All bowhead whalepopulations were decimatedby the end of the 19th century because of the great value of this species for oil and baleen (Tomilin. 1957). No commercial whaling for bowheads has -taken- place since about 1915. Bowhead whales have been- completely protected from commercial whaling by the International Convention for theRegulation of Whaling since 1947, and. subsequently. by the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972 and the Endangered Species Act of 1973. These acts allow for a subsistence harvest of these whales by the Indians, Aleuts, an$ Eskimos. In the last two decades the take of bowhead whales by Eskimos in Alaska has varied between 1 (1959) and .48 (1976) (Maher and Wilmovsky, 1963; Marquette, unpublished records). Much of this variation in take is because of variation in hunting conditions, although in recent years an increse 

### In .hunting intensity may have taken place." Bowhead whales are taken only occasionally by USSR nationals (Zemsky. 1973.pers. comm.)



# .The bowhead whale population of Canada andtheBering, Chukchi,and EastSiberian Sedappears tobe increasing (Mans- field, 1971; Bums, pers. comm.). The stocks in the Spitzbergen area and the Okhotsk Seaarenearly extinct,but there have been a few sightings in these areas in recent years.

General Biology: Species Statistic$- The bowhead whale grows to 18 m in lenght. The, cplor is generally black or dark graw, marked by some white, gen- erally on the chin but sometimes also on thebelly.

Reproductive Data.--Sexual maturity is reached at 11.6 m and 12.2 

### m inmales. and females, respectively. Mating prob- ably occurs in early April ,or earlier. Gestation lasts 12 

### to 13 months, with a single calf (3-4.5 m long) born 

### in AprilMay. The reproductive cycle is appar- ently 2 yewslong.

Age-Growth Data.-The calf 

### hweaned at 6 months. Yearlings are from 6.7 to 7.9 m long. These whales travel singly, in pairs. or threes during the spring. Inautumn they are generally scattered, but may occur in groups of up to 50.

Feeding Habits.-The species feeds mainly on euphausifds and other krill. but occasionally on bottom-dwelling invertebrates.

Parasites and Dfseases.-Bowhead whales appear to be remarkably free of externalandInternalparasites.

Ecologwal Problems: The north-slope oilproject might alter theinshoresouthward migration should fall steamer and barge traffic increase 

### to force the whales fartheroffshore.

Allocation Problems: Some conflict of interest may exist between the people who would like complete protection for bowhead whales and Eskimos who hunt thesewhales.

Current Research: The National Marine Fisheries Service contracted with the University of Southern California to gather biological data on' bowhead whales in 1973. 

### In the spring of 1973 a group of scientists from United States and Canadian universities attempted to record underwater sounds of the bowhead whale. The ~kheries Research Board of Canada makes annual surveys from planes of bowhead whales in Canadian waters. 

### In the spring of 1974the National Marine Fisheries Service reinstituted a research program on bowhead whale. References Bruemmer, F. 1971. Whalers of the North.

Beiver 302(3):44-55. Davidson. A. No date. Eskimo hunting of

bowhead whales. Rural Alaska Comm. Action Program. Anchorage. Alaska. 37 p. Mscus, C. H., and W. M. Marquette. 1975.

National Marine Fisheries Servlce flMd studies relating to the bowhead whale harvest Ln Alaska, 1974. Natlonal Marine Fisheries Service,Northwest FtsherlesCenter, Seattle, WA 98112. 23 p. (Processed.) Maher, W. J., and N. J. Willmovsky. 1963.

Annual catch of bowhead whales by Eskimos at Pt. Barrow, Alaska, 1938-1960. J.Mammal.44:16-20.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUSTNOTICES 

### 39011

Mansfield, A. W. 1871. OccurrenCO of the

bowhead or Oreenland rlght ahale (Bal-
aena mystlcctus) In Cnmdlan arctic waters. J.Fbh.R~B. Board Can. Z8:1.875-1.875. Marquette, W. M. 1976. Bowhead whale fleld

studles in Alaska. 1976. Mar. Flsh. Rev. 38(8) :9-17. mss, W. G. 1974. Dlstrlbutlon, mlgration,

and depletion of bowhead whales in Hud-

son Bay, 186Ck1915. Ard. Alp. Res. 6(1): 85-98. Scammon, C. M. 1874. Marine mammals of

the northwestern coast of North AmerIca: together with an account of the American whale flshery. J. H. Carmany and Co., SanFrancisco. 319p. Sonnenfeld. J. 1960. Changes in an Eskimo

hunting technology. an introduction to implement geography: Aseoc. Amer. Geogr. Ann. 50:172. Tomilln. A. 0. 1957. Zverli BSSR 1prllezhashchikh stran.Tom. 9. Kltoobraznye. (Mammals of the USSR and adjacent countries. Vol. IX. Cetacea.) Moscow. Akad. Nauk. USSR.756 p. (Transl. by IPST, Jerusalem, 1967, xxu plus 717p.) GANGES SUSU (GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN) (Platanisiagangetica) Distribution and Migration: This spe- cies (with which the Indus dolphin, P. minor, was formerly thought tobe identical) is confined to the Ganges- Erahmaputra river system of India and Bangladesh,fromt5dallimitstothefoothills, and the Karnaphuli River. a small river thatemptiesintotheBayof Bengal east of the mouth of the Ganges. During the summer monsoon season, these dolphins extend theirdistribution upstream into the smaller tributaries: during the winter dry season they retreat into the larger main streams.

Abundance and Trends: No data are available on population size, but the species is still fairly numerous,and there is no indication that It is currently endangered. A few are captured incidentally inseinesby fishermen. who attempt to release the dolphins alive.

General Biology: Sexual maturity is attained at an average age (estimated from growth layers in the teeth) of 10 years, when females have attained a body length of 170 to 200 cm, and males

a length of 170 cm. Physical maturity is attained atanage of about 20 years, and

a body length of 250 cm for females and 200 to 210 for males. Mating is said to
occur from July to September; and the single calf, 70 to 75 cm long, is born between April and July after an apparent gestation period of 8to9months. Such a short gestation period is highly questionable, and Pilleri (1971) suggests evidence formating in April. The calves

areweaned by thebeginning of thenext winter. The mean interval between successive calves is at least 2 years. These dolphins, which are blind, feed on shrimps and mud-frequenting fishes which they apparently catch by probing about 

### in the bottom of the rivers.

EcoZogicalProblems: None known. Allocation Problems: None atpresent. Current Research: Several field studieshave recently been madeby biologists from thedUniversityof Tokyo. the Bangladesh Agricultural University, and the University of Berne. Referimes
Anderson, J. 1878. A monograph of the two

cetacean genera Platanisto and Orcela, pp. 366550. In Anatomical and Zoological Researches 1. Bernard Quarltch, London, Harrlson. R. J. 1972. Reproduction and re-

productive organs in Platanhta fndf and Platanista gangetic. Cetacea 4: 71-82. Kasuya, T. 1972. Some informations on the

growth of the Ganges dolphins wlth a corn; ment on the Indus ,dolphin. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 24: 87-108. Kasuya, T., and A. K. M. A. Haque. 1972.SOrit?

informations on dlstrlbutlon and seasonal
movement on the Ganges ,dolphin. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 24: 109-115. Plllerl, G. 1970. Observations on the behavior

of PZatanista gangetica in the Induat and Brahmaputra Rivers. Invest. Cetacea 2 :27-60.



### - 1971. Observations on tlie copulatory behavlor of the Gangetic dolphln. Pbtanista qangetica. Invest. Cetacea

INDUS SUSU (INDUS RIVER DOLPHIN) (Platanista minot) Distribution and Migration: This species (which until recently was thought tobe the same astheGanges dolphln, P. gangetica) isconfined tothe

### IndusRiver system of Pakistan and India. It origi- nally occurred throughout the system from tidal limits to the foothills, but is now.absentfrom many sectors. Itsmovements have been restricted by the construction of many dams ("barrages"), which have split itinto several separate populations.

Abundance and Trends: In 1974 the total population was estimated 

### tobe between 450 and 500 animals; most (350- 400) inhabited the 100 mile (160-km) sector of the lower Indus between the SukkurBarrageandBaddu Barrage. The population appears to be decreasing at
a rate of about 10percent per year (Kasuya and Nishiwaki, 1975). These dolphins are captured with hoop nets by the local people who eat the meat and

use theoilforits alleged medicina.l prop- erties.

General Biology: Almost nothing fs known of the life history and ecology of this species, but it is presumably similar 

### tothe Ganges dolphin.Thegestation pe- riod is said to be l year, with mating and calving inMarch andApril. Theannual reproductive rate has been roughly estimated at 0.05, and the annual mortality rate at0.16.

Ecological Problems: The habitat has been greatly altered by the construction of barrages as part of the extensiveirrigation systems in Pakistan.

Allocation Problem: Themarkedlowering of thewater during the dry season greatly limits the area available to the dolphins. The dolphins would be benefited by more economical use of thewaterforirrigation, so astomaintain water levels above a certain 

### miburn in the reservoirs and main river channels.

CurrentResearch: Severalfieldstudies have recently been made by biologists from the University of Tokyo,the University of Berne, the CaliforniaAcademy of Sciences, and theInternational Union fortheCqstbvatign of Nature andNatUralResoUrces. 

## '

Harrison, R. J. 1972. Reproduction and re-

productive organs in Phtonista indi and Platanista gangeticcr. Invest. Cetacea 4:71- 82. Herald. E. 5..R. L. Brownell,Jr., F. L. Prye.

E. J. Morris. W. E. Evans, snd A. B. Scott. 1969. Blind river dolphins: first side-swlmmlng 'cetacean. Science 166(3911) :1.408- 1.410. Kasuya. T. 1972. Some lnformations on the

growth of the Ganges dolphln with a com- ment on the Indus dolphin. Sci. Rep. Whales Res. Tnst. 24-87-108. Kasuya. T., and M. Nlshlwakl. 1975. Recent

statusof-the populatlon of Indus dolphin: Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 27:81-94. Pilleri. 13.1970. Observatlons on the behavior

of Platanista gangetica In the Indus and Bramuputra Rlvers. Invest. Cetacea 2:27- 

## --w- 1972. Observations carrled out on the Indus dolahln Plantanista indi in the winter of 1972. Invest. Cetacea 423-29.

ROUGH-TOOTHED DOLPHIN (Stenobredanensis) Distribution and Migration: The rough-toothed dolphin inhabits tropical and warm temperate seas. It ranges in the western Atlantic Ocean from Virginia south. In the North Pacific Ocean it ranges north to southern Japan (35" 

### N)where itis rare, and totheHawaiian Iqland where it is fairly common. It is known in the eastern Pacific from strandings near San Francisco and in the Galapagos Islands, and from several records in the tropical tuna fishery where it occasionally is captured together with bottlenosed, spotted, and spinner dolphins.

Abundance and Trends: The rough- toothed dolphin 

### is uncommon, but not
rare throughout mwt of its range. It is caught infrequently in the Japanese dolphin fishery (Ohsumi, 1972).

General Biology: Age-Growth Data.- This dolphin grows 

### to about 2.4 m.

Feeding Habits.-Very little is known about feeding habits of this species. The stomachs of specimens captured in the tuna flshery contained remains of fish and squid.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: Rough-tootbed dolphins are occasionally trapped accidentally in commercial fishing gear. In this way, a small number arelost in the eastern Paciflc international tuna seine fishery.

Current Research: The Oceanic Institute in Hawaii fs studying this species in the wild and had a Steno-Tursiops hy- brid in captivity. Specimens retrieved from the incidental kill in the easten Pacific international tuna fishery are examined at the Southwest Fisheries Center. La Jolla, California. Reference8 Dohl, T. P., K. S. Norrls, and I. King. 1974.

A porpoise hybrid: Tursfops x Steno. J. Mammal. 55:217-221. NOAA. 1972. Observation on the status Of

stocks and a recommended program to re- duce the incidental kill of porpoise taken in the eastern troplcal F'aciflc tuna seine fishery.Report of the NOAATuYXb-Porpoise Review Committee, 63 p.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

Norris, K. 

### 5..and J. H. Prescott. 1961. Observatlons on Paclflc cetqceans of California and Mexlcan waters. Unlv. Callf. Publ. 2001. 63:291-402. Ohsuml, S. 1972. Catch of marine mammals.

mainly of small cetaceans by local flsherieS along the Coast of Japan. Bull.Far Seas Fish. Res.Lab. No. 7:137-166. Perrin, W. F.. and W. A. Walker, 1975. The

rough-toothed porpolse. Steno bredanensis, inthe eastern tropical Paclflc. J. Mammal. 56:906907. Pryor. K. W.. R. Haag. andJ. O'Rellly. 1969.

The creative porpoise: tralning for novel behavlor. J. Exp. Anal. Behav. 12:653-661. BOTTLENOSED DOLPHIN (Tursiops truncatus) Distribution and'Migration: Thebottlenosed dolphin is widely distributed in temperate andtropicalwaters, but strays intomuchcolderlatitudes.Inthewestern North Atlantic, itranges atleast as far north 

### as Nova Scotia and southern Greenland, but isbest known from New England southward toFlorida, westward throughout the Gulf of Mexico, and thence throughout the. West Indies and Carlbbean to Venezuela. From about North Carolina northward this species begins to distribute offshore, and southward

### itsmembersarenearshore,riverine. and estuarine with farfewer distributed 

### to the edge of the continental shelf. In the eastern Atlantic, it is found from the northeast Scandinavian coast to SouthAfrica.IntheeasternnorthPacific it infrequently occurs in offshore currents, perhaps as far north as southern Oregon, but is far-more common south of Point Conception, where individuals 

### may be encountered primarily within the coastal zone but also less frequently on the continental slope and beyond. The species is probably continuous to central Chile. In the western Pacific, itis found north to Japan and south to Australia and New Zealand. Its Pacific range in- cludes the Hawaiian Islands, where it is said 

### tobe common. Nominal specieshave been named from the tropical IndoPacific (T.aduncw)

,andthenorthern Gulf of California and waters along the west coast of Baja California and southern California (T.gilli)



## . The geographical ranges charactersdelimiting thesenamed forms arestillpoorly defined. The Small Cetaceans Subcommitteeof the Internatiorid Whaling Commission commented

onthetaxonomy of Tursiops, as follows: "The necessary taxonomic work has not get been done, it seems likely that there is only one species of Tursiops, with sharpIy-defined geographical races vary- ing in body size and tooth size and distributed differentially relative toseatemperature and depth. There is great need togathermaterials thatwill allowdefinitive examination of the nominal species T, aduncus, T. gilli, and T. ntmanu, and materials from as many other popula- tions as possible. These names are currently used by some workers." Subjective impressions and limited data from regional surveys and radio and static tag- ging programs suggest that populations

are localized within about a 100-mile radius and that this species does not make long migrations. Bottlenosed dolphins areoften seen inlargelooseschools of several hundred animals, which appear 

### to consist of aggregations of small mups of no more than a dozen individuals. Humpback and right whales traveling along the Atlantic ,coast of Florida and pilot whales off the southern California coast are almost always accompanied by bottlenosed dolphins. Gray whales alongsouthern andBaja,California are also frequently accompanied by

one or more Tursiops.

Abundance and Trends: In 1974-75, populations from Mobile Bay 

### to westernLouisiana alone were estimated from aerial surveys to number 3,500 to 10,000 animals (Leatherwood and Evans, 1976). Population estimates currently are not availablefor other areas.

In North Carolina, from 500 to 1,500 animals were killed annually during the early 20th century (Townsend, 1914). A few bottlenosed dolphins are now taken for food in small open-boat pilot whale fisheries in the Lesser Antilles (St.Vincent, St. Lucia,Dominica), and some are harvested by Venezuelan fishermen. In the past, several hundred bottlenosed dolphins have been taken each year off Florida, Mississippi, and Texas for display in marine aquariums and for research. Based on subjective data it is believed that local populations of the southwestern United States arenot now being significantly .affected by these activities (D. K. Caldwell, pers. comm.)



### .

Small numbers are taken for food off Baja California and mainland Mexico, in the nets of tuna fishermen in the easterntropicalPacific,andfor aquarium display in southern California and Hawaii.

GeneralBiology: Reproductive Data.- Gestation lasts about 1year, and calves may nurse for 1.5 to 2 years. although they begin to take solid food at age 6 months. Breeding apparently occurs throughout the year, but the fact that most of theyoung areborn during a certain time of year suggests thatbreeding,

as well as calving, takes place in the spring and summer.

Agd-Growth Data.-Bottlenosed dol- phins are 1.0 m long atbirth and grow to 3.6 m in length and 650 kg. in weight. Captive animals have become sexually mature at 6 years, but recent.evidence suggeststhatthisspeciesnormallybreeds atabout 12years.Theestimatedlife span for this species is about 25 years, but it may be longer indicating that natural mortality islow.

FeedingHabits.-Bottlenosed dolphins feed on several species of fish, squid, and

a few crustaceans. In many areas they

are catholic in their food selection, seasonally capitalizing on the most abundant or accessible food species.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: Some fishermen state that bottlenosed dolphins harass fishing efforts by biting fish and shrimp nets, and some attempt to drive them away. Bottlenosed dolphins are occasionally traped accidentally in commercial Ashing gear. In this way, a small number are lost in the eastern Pacific international tunaseine fishery. As indi- 'cated in the Tursiaps truncatus AssessmentWo&sMp -(Qdell,etal., '1975),the effect on the pophlation of taking these animals for display and research off the southeastUnited Statesrequires further study.

Current Research: Several agencies and institutions conduct or support research on the bottlenosed dolphin. Included are the Ofsce of Naval Research, National Institutes of Health, and the National Science Fo~ndation. The University of Florida concentrates 

### its re- search on general life history, intraspe- cies communication, and ecological studies.TheU.S. Fish andWildlife Service is conducting similar detailed studies of the life history of the animals near Tampa Bay, Florida. The Florida State Museum 

### is studying systematics. Research onphysiology,echolocation,anatomy, life history, and the behavior of captive and wild individuals has been done atthe Naval Undersea Centers in San Diego and Hawaii. These laboratories are also assessing numbers and viability of regional stodks. Texas A&M University isconductinga detailed popu- lation study of Aransas Bay, Texas. Studies on vision are being carried out by scientists from the University of Miami. The Dolfinarium at Hardewijk, Netherlands, has recently conducted studies of the physiology and handling of these animals. Specimens retrieved from the incidental kill in the eastern Pacific international tunafishery areexamined atthe Southwest Fisheries Center, where studiesareunderway on their systematics, distribution, life history, andfeedinghabits. References
Anderson, H. T. (ed.). 1969. The blology of

marlne. mammals. Academic Press, New York, 611 p. Caldwell, D. K., and M. C. Caldwell. 1972. The

world of thebottlenosed dolphin.J. B. Lipplncott Co., Phlladelphla. 167 p. Leatherwood. S. 1975. Aerial assessment of

bottlenosed dolphins off Misslsslpl and western Loulslana, pp. 49-86. In D. K. Odell, D. B. Slniff, and

### a. 8.Warlng (eds.). Flnal report Tursiops truncatus assessment Workshop. Unlv. Miaml Contract Rep. UMRSMAS-76042. Leatherwood, S. 1976. Some observations.of

feeding behavlor of bottlenosed dolphins (Tursiopstruncatus) In thenorthern Gulf of Mexico and (Tursiops of T. gilli) off southern California. Baja California, and Nayarit, Mexico. Mar. Flsh. Rev. 37(9) :10- 16. Leatherwood. S., and W. E. Evans. In press.

The bottlenosed dolphln, Tursiops truncatus: a synoptic account of the species. In 9. H. Ridgeway and R. J. Harrison (eds.),A handbook of marlne mammals of the world. Academic Press, New York. Leatherwood. S., D. K. Caldwell, and H. E

Winn. 1976. Whales, dolphins, and porpoises of the western North Atlantic: a gulde to their ldentlflcation. NOAA Tech. Rep.NMFS Clrc.396.176 p. Norrls, K. S. (ed.). 1966. Whales, dolphins,

and porpoises. Unlv. California Press, ~erkeiey,-789 p. Odell, D. K., D. B. Slnlff, and G. H. Waring

leds.). 1975. Final reDort Tursiolls truncat& assessment woikshop. ~nl;.Miaml Contract Rep. UM-RSMAS-75041, 141 p. Ridgeway. 5. H. (ed.). 1972. Mammals of

the sea: biology and medlclne. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, Ill., 812 p.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES 

### 39013

Sergeant, D. E.. D. K. Caldwell, and M. C. cidental mortality as long as the other Green, R. E.,,W. F. Perrln, and B. Petrich.

Caldwell. 1973. Age, growth, an& maturity forms Of Stenella; therefom, the 

### ex- 1971. AmerkiUl tuna Purse seme fishof bottlenosed dolphln (TurslOps trun- ery. In Hllman HristJonsson (ed.) Modern catus) from northeast morlda. J. msh. 

# ~~~~",i~~P~p"U~~~~izeC~~b,"~Y 

# :z ~~;~$~~~g~~~;~;~i~~~~.Na- Res. ~d. Can. ~o:I.M)Q-1 nll. not fully occurred yet. Hester. F. J.,J.R. Hunter, and R. R. Whitney. SPINNER'DOLPHIN Data to be obtained from the aerial 1953. Jnrnping and splnnlng behavior in (StenellalonHrostris) survey should improve the above esti- the spinner porpoise, J. Mammal. 44: 586 mates, especially forwhitebelly spinners. 588. Distribution andMigration: Thespin- The survey data will provide consider- Mlzue, K.. K. Yosbida. and S. Sonoda. 1964.

nerdolphininhabitstropical inshoreand able infomation from the geographical Studies on the little-toothed whales in the offshorewaters around theworld. Inthe areas where no information mas pre- 

# p"~$$,"p~~~-~~~~If&",'i~i$~,"~~rt"~~ United States. it has been recorded on viouslyavailable. Japan caught In the sea area around Goto the Gulf of Mexico but not on the U.S. General Biology: Average length at 's,, Nag3sl!tl pref.~~11. F~~, ~bh, ~~~~~~kl Pacific Coast. In the eastern tropical birth is 77.0cm.Gestation is 10.6months. Univ. 17: 10-24. Pacific, this species commonly associates with the spotted dol-hip in mixed ag- gregations of up to several thousand animals. It is involved in the international tunafishery in theeasterntropical Pacific, from Cab

# an Lucas to Peru and west to about long. 145"W.Little is known of itsmigrations.

There are atleast three races of spinner dolphin in the eastern Pacific and

.onein Hawaiianwat-rc differing modal- ly in several chararters. One form that occurs very near the coast of Central America, referred tobelow as the "Costa Rican" form, is relatively long, slender, andgray. A secondrace.call4"e:,ctern sninner" occurs along the coast of Mexico and seaward about 800 

### Bm and is relatively short, slender, and gray. A third, called "whi~belly spinner," occm .in far offshore waters west to about long. 145"W and is relatively short,robust, and white below. A fourth form, relatively long, robust, and white below, occurs in Hawaiian waters and .possibly 

### to the south and west. The ranges of the eastern and whitebelly forms overlap. Inthe

area of overlap, the two forms are 

### mcasionally captured together. A few apparent intergrades have also been collected. Theeastern andwhitebelly forms

are involved in the international tuna fishery.

The maximum recorded straight-line movement of a single animal is 280 miles (448km) in 396 days.

Abundance and Trends: The size of thepopulation of easternwinner dolphin

was estimated. 

### to be 1.2 million as of January 1, 1974.Projecting ahead 

### to the beginning of 1976 on the basis of net reproductive rate and annual kills of 22.000 and 26.000 in 1974 and 1975. the populationsizewas 1.248million, indicating a recent annualincrease of 2%. This population size was determined to be 54% of the pre-exploitation size in 1976 and, therefore, very near thelower limjt of optimum sustainable population (SWFC, 1976).

Thepopulation size of whitebelly spinner dolphin was estimated to be 566,400 (78% of initial) ss of January 1, 1976. This estimate was determined using the ratio of sightings of whitebelly spinner dolphin and offshore spotted dolphin in 1976 andthe estimate of spotted dolphin population size in 1976.The annual kills in 1974 and 1975 were 18.000 and 39,000. respectively. Thus, it was determined that the population size of whitebelly spinners is decreasing ata rate of about 3% Per year. Exploitation uf whitebelly spinners have not been subjected to lnAverage length of males at attainment of sexual maturity is 170 cm. Average length of adult males is 175.5cm (range 160to 192cm)



### .Average length offemales at attainment of sexual maturity is 165
cm. Average length of adult females is 171 cm (range 152 to 187 cm). Approx- imately 1% of adult females are postre- productive. Estimates of annual pregnancy rate range from 0.450 (based on 1973data) to 0.474 (basedon 1974data). The pdedestimates for sIl years' data si 0.461. The corresponding estimates of calving interval (reciprocalof pregnancy rate) are 2.22 years, 2.11 years, and 2.17 years. Estimates of gross annual reproductive rate based on the 1973. 1974, and 1975 data are 0.099,0.103,and 0.105, respectively. The estimate based on pooled datafor the 3years is 0.102.

Feeding Habits.-The spinner dolphin feeds on small pelagic fishes and squids.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Pro.blems: Because of its association with yellowfln tuna,this spe- cies is taken incidentally by fishermen from theUnited States, Canada,France. Japan,Mexico.Panama,andothercountries in coastal and international waters oftheeasterntropicalPacific.

Theforeign shareof the tunacatchhas been increasingin recent years resulting in an increasing proportion of the total incidental kill being caused by foreign fishermen. The increase is expected to continue.

Current Research: The National Marine Fisheries Service and the tuna fishing industry are assessing the effects of porpoise mortality and improving rescue methods and gear to eliminate losses as- sociated with the tuna harvest. No other nation involved in the Pacific tuna Ashery is conducting research aimed at improving rescuemethods andgeartoeliminateporpoise losses associated with the tuna harvest.

Other research includes systematics andecologicalstudiesby P.J.H. van Bree attheZoological Museum inAmsterdam, W. Dawbin atSydney Universim, and E. D. Mitchell attheArctic Biological Station of theFisheries Board of Canada 

### in Ste.Anne deBeflevue,Quebec; andethological studiesby K.5. Norris attheUniversity of California atSanta Cruz.

References Bree, P. J. H. van. 1971. On skulls of Stenella

longirostris (Gray 1828) from the eastern Atlantic. (Notes on Cetacea. Delphiuoidea N.)Beaufortla 19:99-105. Fltch, J. E.. and R. L. Brownell,Jr. 1968. Fish

otoliths incetacean stomachs andthelr importance in interpreting fm habftr J. Flsh. Res. Bd. Can. 25: 2.561-2,574. Morris. R. A., and L. 8. Mowberry. 1966. An unusual barnacle attachment on the teeth of the Hawaiian splnnlng dolphin. Norsk Hvalfangst-Tid. 65(1) : 15-16. National Oceanic and Atmospheric ~dmlnlstration. 1972. Report of the NOAA TunaPorpoise Review Committee. Processed re- port, 63 p.


### - 1975. Progress of research on porpolse mortality incidental to tuna purseselne fishlngfor fhcal year 1975. southwestFisheries Center Administrative ReportNO. LJ75-68. Perrin, W. F. 1969. Uslng porpolse to catch

tuna. World Fish. 18(6):4245. -1972. Color pattern of spinner porpoise (Stenella cf. S. tongirostrfs) of the eastern Paclflc and Hawaii, with comments on delphlnld pigmentation. Flsh. Bull. (U.S.) 70: 983-1003. 

## - 1972.Variation and taxonomy of spotted and spinner porpoises of the easterf troplcal Paclflc and Hawaii.Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. Calif.,LosAngeles,xxvl 

## + 690 p. Perrln. W. F., and E. L. Roberts. 1972. Organ weights of noncaptive porpoise (Stenella spp.). Southern Callf.Acad. Sci. Bull. 71:19- - -

3

### i. Southwest FYsherles Center (SWFC). 1976.

Report of the workshoponstock assesmerit of porpoises involved in the eastern tropical Pacific yellowfln tuns flshery. Southwest 

### Fisheries Center AdmMstrative Report No.W-76-29.
SPOTTED DOLPHIN (Stenellaattenuata,S.frontalis, S.graff- mani. S.dubia) Distribution and Migration: Knowledge of the spotted dolphins is scanty, and their taxonomy is confused,but two species probably exist. The taxonomy used here is provisional. One fonn is confined to warm waters of theAtlantic and probably is Stenella plagiodon, which is discussed in a separate status report. The other apparent species occurs in all tropical waters of the world, including the Atlantic Ocean, and has been identified as belonging 

### to the four above-listed nominal species. Taxonomists do not agreeonthetaxonomy. The two apparent species are different in basic color pattern, but both'have spots.

Thespotted dolphin occurs 

### in theGulf Stream adjacent to the U.S. east coast. Nothing is known of its migrations. It has not been recorded from the U.S. Pacific coast, but it is the primary cetacean species involved offshore in the international yellowAn tuna fishery 

### in the eastern tropical PaciAc, from Cabo SanLucastoPeru and west 

### to approxi- mately long. 145"W. In 

### theeasterntrop- ical Pacific, thisspecies commonly 

### associates with thespinnerdolphin in mked aggregations of up 

### to several thousand animals.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

Southwest Fisheries Center (SWFC)



### . 1976.

Repo& of the workshop on stock assess- ment of porpolses involved ln the eastern troplc%l Pacific yellowfin tuna flshery. Southwest Msheries Center Admlnlstratlve Report No. LJ-76-29. ATLANTIC SPOTTED DOLPHIN (Stenella plagiodon) Dhtribubion and Migration: The Atlantic spotted dolphin (exacttaxonoinic position not yetknown) is probably con- fined to tropical and subtropical waters of the Atlantic Ocean. It occurs on the U.S. Ciulf coast and off the east coast in Gulf Stream waters, and may be restricted to continental waters, being re- placed in theWest Indies by some other species in this genus (probably Stenella frontalis).Seasonal inshore-offshore migrationsoccur inFlorida waters, perhaps elsewhere in the Gulf of Mexico, with animals moving close to shore in late spring.

Abundance and Trends: Population estimates have not been made for this species. The only known fishery for the species has taken 12 or fewer animals per year for display; however, these animals do not easily withstand handling and captivity. Thus,anincreased Ashery for display animals is not likely.

General Biology: The newborn are about 0.8 m long, and the adults reach 2.0 to 2.2 m in length. Little is known of thelifehistory of thisspecies.Except for the annual spring migrations to near shore, this species is considered a mammal of the outer continental shelf 

### or adjacent high seas. Spotted dolphins appear to feed primarily on squid in the wild, but they readily adopt to a fish diet in captivity. Newborn and young animals are not spotted, but progress through a series of color changes until the adultsbecome spotted all overexcept for the ventral surface near the belly. This species is subject 

### to infestations externally by barnacles and whale lice. internallyby trematodes 

### in thestomach. liver, and pancreas, and nematodes in thelungs and stomach. In captivity and in cold weather, these animals easily contractpneumonia.

Ecological Problems: Little is known about the ecology of this dolphin, but because it normally lives well offshore. it seemslikely that it is little affectedby

man.

Allocation Problems: Noneknown. Current Research: Some information

on this species has been gathered incidexital to studies by the Office of Naval Research on the bottlenosed dolphin. Most of therecent research has been on various aspects of sound production by this species. However, David K. and Melba C. Caldwell have long been gath- ering general biological information at theMarineMammal Center of the Communication Sciences Laboratory of the University of Florida located atMarineland, Florida (near St.Augustine).

References
Cadenat. J. 1959. Rapport sur les petits Ce-

taces ouest-afrlcalns. Resultats des re- cherches entreprises sur ces animaux jusqu'au mols des mars 1959.Bull. I.F.A.N., Ser. A21 :1.367-1.409. Caldwell,D. g.. andM. C. Caldwell. 1966. Observations on the distrlbutlon, coloratlon. behavlor and audlble sound productlon of the spotted dolphln, Stenella plagiOd0n (Cope). Los Angeles ~dunty Mus.. Contr. ~~1.104. 28p. 

### - 1971. Underwater pulsed sounds produced bv cautive svoted dolphins, Stenella

~-~ .- plagibd&. cktology 1: 1-7. Caldwell, M. C., D. K. Caldwell, and J. F.

Miller. 1973. Statlstlcal evldence for lndividual signature whlstles in the spotted dol~hln. Stenella phgiodon. Cetology 16: 

### - - . ~ 1-21. Caldwell, M. C., N. R. Hall, and D. K. Caldwell. 1971. Ablllty of .an Atlsntlc bottlenosed dolphln to dlscrlmlnate between. and potentially identify to lndlvldual, the whlstles of another species, the spotted dolphln. Cetology 6: 1-6. Perrln, W. F. 1972. Variation and taxonomy

of spotted and splnner porpoises of the emtern tropical Paclflc and Hawall. PhD. dissertation, Univ. Callf., Lw Angeles, xxvf and 590p. Zam, S. O., D. K. cald~ei, and M. C. Caldwell. 1971. Some endoparasites from small odontocete cetaceans collected ln Florida and Georgia. Cetology 2:1-11. STRIPED DOLPHIN (Stenellacoerulewlba)
Distribution and Migration: The striped dolphin inhabits temperate and tropical waters around the world, and hasbeen recorded from both U.S. Coasts. Nothing is known about the movements of striped dolphins in waters contkuous to the United States.

Abundance and Trends: Population estimates were made for the striped dolphin involved in the eastern tropical Pacific yellowfin tuna Ashery (SWFC. 1976).The estimate was 248,000. The an- ual .kill averages about 700 in this area, indicatingnomajorimpact.

G&eral Biology: (Biologicaldata are based on studies carried outon thepopu- lationoffJapan.

ReproductiveData.-The gestationperiod is 12 months long. Lactation lasts aboutt8months, and themeanlengthof the reproductive cycle is about 3 Years. Schools of striped dolphins segregate somewhatby age and sex.

Age-Growth Data.-The mean length of the newborn is 1m. Themean age at sexual maturity in males and females is 9 years at 2.2 and 2.1 m, respectively.

Feeding Habits.-The stomachs of 27 speciments taken off Japan contained remains of mesopelagic fishes, squids. and crustaceans; myctoihid fishes dominated.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: The striped dolphin is -involved in the eastern Pacific international tuna fishery to a minor
extent.

Current Research: A Federal program of research recently begun by Japan 

### is expected 

### to yield an estimate of population size in the northwestern Pacific Ocean. Studies of striped dolphins incidentallykilled

### in theinternational tropical tuna Ashery are underway at 

### the Southwest Fisheries Center. a Xef-e3

Fraser. F.C., and B.A. Noble. 19'70. Variation

of pigmentation pattern in Meyen's dolphin. Stenella coeruleoalba (Meyen). p. 147-164. In PLllerl G. (ed.) Investlgatlons

on Cetacea. Vol. TI. Bentelll, Berne. Glrh, M., and 0. Pllleri. 1969. On the mat-

omy and biometry of Stenella styz Oray and. Delphinus delphfs L. (Cetacea. Delphinldae) of the western Mediterranean. p. 16-65.In Plllerl, G. (ed.)
,Investlgatlons of Cetacea. Vol. I.Bentelll, Berne. Hubbs. C. L.. W. P. Perrin, and K. C. Balcomb. 1973. Stenella coerukoalba in the IvLammal. 54: 649-562. Kasuya, T. 1973.Growth and reproduction of

Stenella coeruleoalba (sic) based on the age determlnatlon by means of dentlnal growth layers. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 24: 57-79. Mlyazakl, N., T. Kasaka, and M. Nlshlwakl.

1873. Food of Stenella coeruleoalba. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inat. 25: 265-276. Mlyazakl, N.. T. Kssuya, and M. Nbhlwakl.

1974. Dlstrlbutlon and lnlgratlon of two species of Stenella ln the Paclflc coast of Japan. el.Rep. Whales Res. Ins. 26: 227- 243. Southwest Flsheries Center (SWFC)



### . 1976.

Report of the workshop on stock assess- ment of porpoises lnvolved in the eastern troplcal Paclfic yellowfin tuna flshery. Southwest Flsherles Center Admlnlstrative Report No. LJ-76-29. COMMON DOLPHIN. 

### (WHITEBELLY PORPOISE)

Distribution and Migration: This species is worldwide in distribution in temperate 

### to tropical waters of from 12"-28°C. There may be more than one species; pronounced variation in size. shape, and cororation has been demonstrated for three distinct populations in the eastern F'acLfic (W.E. Evans, pers. comm.). In the northwestern Atlantic Ocean, where this animal is also known

as the saddleback dolphin, this mammal ranges from Newfoundlandto the Caribbean Sea. In the northeastern Pacific Ocean, the primary distribution of this species is from the California-Oregon border to Costa Rica, but one stranded animal was found in British Columbia. Large populations occur off southern California '(Santa Barbara to San Mego), the west coast of Baja California. Mexico (Cedros Island .to Cape San Lucas), and Costa Rica. A relatively large population also occurs in, and may be a resident of, the Gulf of California. In southern California waters Delphinus is present throughout theyear,but ismost abundant from August I;o January. An observed decrease in herd size during the spring and summer mag be due pri- marily to the animals breaking up into small subgroups of 50 to 200 animals, and a general movement offshore and norwward.

Abundance and Trends: Population estimates were made for the common dolphin involved in the eastern tropical Pacific yellowfin tuna flshery (SWK, 1976).The estimatewas 1.4million. The average annual kill of common dolppin 

### in this area is about 9,600 animals. This indicatesthatthere is probably

### nomajor impact.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147--MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

GeneralBiology: ReproductiveData.- Males and females may segregate between mating seasons, especially when thelatter arenursingcalves orareabout to bear their young. The gestation pe- riod lasts 10-11 months with a postpar- turition estrus. The young dolphin is weaned at about age 5-6 months (110- 120 cm overall length), but may stay with the female up 

### to 1 year. In the northeastern Pacific Ocean, tlhspecies ap'pears to have two mating seasons (January-April and August-November)

# . and two calving seasons (March-May and August-October)



# .

Age-Growth Data.-The young are 75-85 cm at birth. memales grow to 2.6 m and are an average of 14 cm longer than females. The average individual of the northeastern Pacific Ocean is larger than that of the Black and Mediterranean Seas. The largest known specimenfrom the Black Sea was 212 cm; however,, in the northeastern Pacific Ocean a male 259 cm long was taken

parasites and Disease-Parasitism hasbeen implicated innatural mortality. The brains of 12 stranded specimens contained flukes and their eggs. which in most cases had caused abscesses and lesions.

Feeding Habits.-This species is seldom found inside the 100-fathom line. but Itfrequents.seamounts,escarpments. and other prominent offshore features. The animal makes most of its dives in

excess of 10 fathoms after sunset. The deepest diverecorded is 140fathoms, but theaverage dive is to 30fathoms. During feedingtheanimals stays underwater for 2 to 3 minutes, but dives of 5 minutes have been recorded. It feeds mainly on anchovy,sprat,pelagic pipefish, andcep- halopods in theBlack Sea:whiting,horse mackerel, sardine, and hake 

### in the Atlantic Ocean; andanchovy, cephalopods, myctophids, and hake in the northeastemPacific Ocean.

Ecological Problems: Noneknown. Allocation Problems: Because the northern anchovy and squid constitute the bulk of this mammal's diet in the northeastern Pacific Ocean,a substantial increaseinthefisheryfortheseresources might have a noticeable effect on theporpoise populations. Delphinus is the third most important speciesof porpoise taken incidentally intheeastern tropical Pacific international tuna purse-seine fishery.

The final estimated incidental kill in the international tuna fishery during 1974was 4,000 animals. Estimates of incidental hills jn previous years are 4,000 animals in 1971, 9,000 animals in 1972, and22,000 animalsin 1973.

Current Resedrch: The National Marine Fisheries Service and the tuna fishingindustry are assessing the effects of porpoisemortality and improving rescue methods and gear toeliminate lossesassociated with the tuna harvest. Studies of behavior, distribution, and abundance have been conducted by the Naval 

### Undersea Center. San Diego. California. since 1968. This research terminated at the end of 

### FY '73 atNUC. but will.continue atthe SouthwestFisheries Center.

References Evans, W. E. 1971. Orientstion behavior of

Delphinus: radiotelemetric studies. Ann. N.Y.Acad. %I. 1'88: 14Z-163.

.- 1975. Distribution, Merentlation of

populations, and other aspects of the natural hlstory of Delphfnw delphbLlnnaeus In the northeastern Pacific.Ph. D. dlssertation, University. of Calif.,Los Angeles. 145p. Gihr,M.,and G.Pilleri. 1969.On the anatomy

and biometry of Stenella styz Gray and Delphinus deiphb L. (Cetacea. Delphinidae) of the western Mediterranean,pp. 16- 65. In Pillerl, 0. (ed.),Investigations on Cetacea.Vol. I. Bentelll. Berne. National Oceanlc and Atmcepherlc Admlnlstration. 1912. Report of the NOAA TunaPorpvlse Review Committee. Prmessed re- port. 63 p. Norris, K. S., and J. H. Prescott. 1961. Observations on Pacific cetaceans of California and Mexlcan waters. Unlv. Cal. Publ. Zool. 63(4): 291-402. Sleptsov. M.M. 1940. Determlnatlon of the

age of Delphinus delphis L. Bull. goc. MosCOW, S. Biologique. 49(2): 43-81. (Fish. Res. Bd.Can. Transl.No.46. 1957.) Tomilin, A. G. 1948. On the blology and

physlology of the Black Sea dolphin. 2001. Zhur. 27: 53-64. Southwest Fisheries Center (SWFC)



### . 1976.

Report of the workshop on stock assessment of parpoises involved in the eastern tropical Paoific yellowfin tuna fishery. Southwest Flsherles Center Admlnbtrative Report No. LJ-76-29.
FRASER'S (SARAWAX) DOLPHIN (Lasenodelphis hosei) Distribution and Migration: Only a singlespecimenof Fraser's dolphin, from Borneo, was known to scienceuntil 25 of the mammals weretaken in a tunapurse seine in the eastern tropical Pacific. Since.then, it has been recorded from several widely separated localities in the Pacific and Indian Oceans: Durban, South Africa; near Sydney, Australia; Tokyo, Japan; and the Central Pacific south of Hawaii.

Abundance and Trends.-The animal is rare in collections and presumably not
common in its habitat (Perrin, et al., 1973.)

General Biology: Age-Growth Data.- Length at birth is abut 1m, and the adults areabout 2.5m long.

Feeding Habits.-This dolphin feeds

on deep-living fishes and squids.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problem: Loss of FYaser's dolphins in the eastern Pacific international tuna fishery is minor in terms of absolute numbers, butmay be significant considering the apparent extreme rarity of the animal. Of 34 indentifled specimens worldwide, 29 have been taken incidentally by tuna seiners.

Current Research: None.

References Fraser, F. C. 1956. A new Sarawak dolphin.

Ssrawak Mus. J. 7: 478403. Perrin. W. F., P. B. Best. W. H. Dawbin, K,

C. Balcomb, R. Oambel, ando.J. B. Ross. 1973 Fwdhwvery of Frasar't dolphln. Lagenodelphb hosei. &uawakB Mus. J. Nature, 241 (5388) : 345-350. WHIW+E/IKED DOLPHIN (~agenorhydchus albtrostris) Distribution and ,Migration: The white-beaked dolphin inhabits the coastal waters of the North Atlantic Ocean from the Barents Sea and Davis Strait to France and Massachusetts. It is most common in the North Sea from the east coast of the United Kingdom 

### .to the Faroe Islands, and may winter in the southerly parts of theNorth Atlantic Ocean. It appears in Davis Strait in the spring and summer after thebeluga and narwhal migrate north and leaves in autumn sometimes as late as November. Itapparently-ranges farther north into Arcticwatersthanitsrelative, thewhitesided dolphin.

Abundance and Trends: This species is one of the more abundant of North Atlantic toothed whales. Schools of W many as 1,500have been reported from the coast of Norway where it is attracted by herring (Fraser, 1949).

Tomilin (1957) reports schools of 

### severalhundred and statesthat 

### this species is taken commercially in Norway, but gives no statistics on the catch. He also mentions that it was once taken commerciallyin

### DavisStrait.Mitchell (1975) summarized a small-scale harvesting in Newfoundland.

General Biology: This gregarious spe- cies g~ows to3.0 m and matures at2.0 

### m or larger; the calves are aslong 

### as 1.2 m when born. The mating period is long. but limited 

### to the wanner half of the year.Most of the calyes areborn during midsummer. Food is mainly Ash such as herring, cod,' whiting, and capelin, but also crustaceans and mollusks such as hermit crabs, whelks, and squids.

Ecological Problems: Strandings of schools of up to 30 animals have been reported.

Allocation Problems: Noneknown. CurrentResearch: None.

References Fraser, F. C. 1049. Whales end dolphins.

Part II. In J. R. Norman and'F.C, maser, Field book of giant Ashes. pp. 201-349. G. Putnam's sons, New York. Mitchell,E. 1975.Porpoise, dolphin and small

whale Asherles of the world, status and problems. Int.Union Conserv.Nat.Resour., Morges, Switzerland, Monogr. 3:l-129. Morzer Bruyns. Capt. W. F. J. 1971. meld

gulde of whales and dolphins. Amsterdam, Ultgeverij to/N. V. UltgeverlJv.h.ca.mees, 258 D. ~ishiwaki. M. 1972. General biology. Chap. 1.. pp. 1-204. In S. H.,Ridgeway (ed.), Mammals of the sea. biologyand medicine. Charles C. Thomas. Springfield, Ill. Tomllin, A. G.1957. Zveril SSSR i prilezheshchikh stran. Tom 9. Kitoobnrenye. (Mammals of the USSR and adjacent countries. Vol. IX. Cetacea.) ~oecow, Akad. 

### auk: SSSR, 756 pp. (Transl.by IPST,Jerusalem, 1967 xxii 

## + 717 pp.) Van Bree, P. J. H. 1910. Uber Welsschnauzdelphlne (Lagenorhynchw albirostris)

van den deutschen Ffordseekusten. Nahur. Mus. 100:264-268. ATLANTIC WHITE-SIDED DOLPHIN (Lagenorhynchus acutus) Distribution and Migration: The Atlantic white-sided dolphin ranges 

### the

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOI 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### NOTICES 

### 39017

coastal waters of the North Atlantic and theNaval Undersea Center, San

### M- In the 

### Q&?m North P~c~Ac, thfs sPeOcean from the Barents Sea and.Davis ego, 

### ss reported by Pike and MacAskie cies has been re@orted,from 1st. 29' to Straitsouth toFrance and Cape Cod. (1969). this species may be the most 5OoN,though mostly from California. It

Abundance and Trends: The statusof abundantdolphinnorthof southern Cal- occurs in the southern California dontithis species is unknown. According to ifornia. No estimate of the size of the nental borderland only froa October or Tomilin (1957), "this dolphin is taken population along thewest coast of ~orth November toabout.Aprfl. only insummer inthewatersof Norway: America hasbeen made. Though it is also oceanic, the right the animals are trapped in the fjords, Nishiwaki (1972)-estimates the popu- whale dolphin has been observed most which they qnkrin vastschoolspursuing lation in Japanese waters to be between frequently along the continental slope herring. The take may reach 1,500 in- 30,000 and 50,000. Klumov (1959) reports andnearsuch featuresas seamountsand dividuals at a time." It is sometimes that the Pacific white-sided dolphin is banks. Ithasbeen seen close to theCalitaken in association with pilot whales in one of the two most numerous dolphins fornia Channel Islands and the mainNewfoundland drive fisheries (Sergeant found in the late summer and fall in the land coast near San Diego and Palos and Fisher, 1957). KurileIslandsarea,andformsschools of Verdes. Two sightings and one specimen



### .

GeneralBiology: Thisspecies'grows to up to several thousand animals. from the central Pacific suggest that the 3.0 m. Gestation is 10months. Theyoung A few of these animals are taken for species may be. continually distributed

are born mostly in midsummer and are display in ocean aquaria. across the temperate North Pacific. about 1.0 m long. The age of 1.5-m General Biology: This species grows Abundance and Trends: Groups of 200

A animal wsestimated at 3 years (Ser- to2.3 m, andweighs up to 181kg. Amale aremost common, but herds of an estigeant and Fisher, 1957). Itfeeds mostly 1.2 m long with milk in its stomach was mated size of from 300 

### to 1,000off Japan on squid, pelagic and benthopelagic fish taken off Washington.Itprobably breeds and up to 2,000 off southern California such as mackerel, salmonids, and her- in late spring to autumn, with a gesta- havebeen seen. Although thespecies was ring, and some crustaceans and mollusks tion period of 10 to 12months. Schools once thought to be ur.common, aerial such asPagurw and Buccinum. Schools of thousands are seen, often together surveyshaverevealed thatitis abundant, in excess of 1,000 animals have been re- with common and right-whale dolphins off the Pacific Coast of North America ported while they were feeding; groups and less frequently with Grampus. Itis (Leatherwood,pers. comm.)



### .Thisspecies of 10to50 arenormally seen. active day and night, frolics, follows is reportedly common in the northern

Ecological Problems: Stranded schools ships, dashes across ships' bows, and oc- Sea of Japan (Okada and Hanaoka, of up to30have beenreported. casionally jumps clear of the surface. 1940). where it is harvested.

Allocation Problems: None known. It adaptswell tocaptivity. Thisdolphin GeneralBiology: Newborn animals-are Current Research: None. feeds primarily on cephalopods and about 0.6 m long and generally lighter
References small fish such as herring, sardine, an- in color than adults. They grow to 3.1 

### m. chovy, and saury. The species .is gregarious and is freSergeant. D. E..and H. D. Fisher. 1957- The Ecological Problems: None known. quently reportedincloseassociation with
Of eastern Canadian waters- Allocation Problems: None known. the whitcsided dolphin, with which it J. ~ish. Res. Bd. Can. 14:83-115. Tomilin, A. G.1957. Zverll SSSR 1 prllezhash- Current Research: Astudy of thenat- shares an extensive common range.

~hikh stran. Tom 9. 

### b it^^^^^^^^. history and behavior has been Right whale dolphins may reach
mals of the USSR and adjacent countries. funded by the Marine Mammal (3-n- speeds 

### in excess of 25 knots in bursts.
vol. IX. ~etacea.)MOSCOW. ~kah. auk. mission. One entire he.rd averaged over 15 knots SSSR. 756 P. (Transl. by IPST. Jerusalem. Re/erences for 30 minutes while attempting escape 1967,xxil

## +717 p.) Klumov. S. K. 1959. Commercial dolphins froma helicopter. When approached, the vtrecht. W. L. and A. M. HussOn. l968. of the far east. Pac. Scl. Res. Inst. ~ish,animals may move away quietly or in a Strandingen van in "Oorjaar Econ. Oceanogr. (TINRO) Izv. 47:154-160. sera of low angle leaps, each covering
van 1967 OP de Nederlandse Kusten Lutra by L,V. 

### sagen, 1962.) 10:7-17. Nlshiwakt, N. 1972. General biology. Chap. I 

### as much as 7 m. Individuals that are

PP. In S. H. Ridgeway (ed.), Mam: widelyscatteredwhen approached bunch PACzFzC DOLPHIN of the sea, biology and medicine. together tightly while fleeing from the (Lagenorhynchus obliquidem) Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, 111. cause of their disturbance. Norris, K. S., and J. H. Prescott. 1961. ob- Food is primarily squid, but also mis- Distribution and ThePaci- servations Of Pacific cetaceans of Calffor- cellaneo~~ fishes, including mgctophi~ fit white-sided dolphin rangesthenorth- nia and Mexican waters. Unlv. Calif. publ. andengraulids. parasites include tremaernNorth PacificfromthecostofJapan zoo]. 63:291-402. todesandcestodes. and Baja California northwood. It is Pike, G.C., and 1. B. MacAskie. 1969. Marine Ecolosicd Problemsr Ifmigrations are found year-round off California and mammals of Britlsh Columbia. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.,Bull. 171, 54 p. food dependent, as they appear to be, and in *laska and Kurile Scheffer. V. B. 1950. The striped dolphin, decimation or contamination of food lslands waters during the summer- but Lagenwphynchus oblfquidens 0111. 1865. supplies in the southernend of its range has not reported from the Bering on the coast of North America. Am. Midl. could adverselyaffectthespecies. Sea. Itfrequentsthe waters of theconti- Nat. 44:750-758. Allocation Problems: None known. nental shelf and slope, but on occasion Tomilin. A. G.1957. Zverii SSR i prilezhash- Current Research: The only research has been sighted in large schools in off- chlkh stran. Torn. 9. Kltoobraznye. (Mamshoe waters. Small numbers, which are mals of the rSSR adjacent countries. known is anunfunded examination of all "resident" from point Conception .south VOI.IX. Cetacen.) MOSCOW, Akad. auk. museum materials, collection of beached

toCedros ~~l~~d, appear to be morpholo- SSSR, 756 p. (Transl. by IPST, Jerusalem, specimens,and survey ofliteraturebeing gically different from northern forms 1967, xxil plus 717 p.) conducted by J. S. Leatherwood, NUC, (being larger and more robust). These NORTHERNRIGHTWHALE DOLPHIN SanDiego,R. F. Green, Ventura College, resident stocks are supplemented in (Lissodelpnis borealis) California,andW. A. Walker, Palos Versouthern California and Baja California des. California. by migrants coming south and inshore. Distribution and Migration: Little is Inshore migrations into Monkrey B~JV known about the distribution of the References and the central California continental northern right whale dolphin other Brownell, R. L. 1964. Observetlons of odonshelf also apparently occur during mid- than that it inhabits temperate waters tocetes in central California waters. Norsk. winter. oftheNorth Pacific Ocean. HvaNangst-nd. a:60-66.

Abundance and Trends: Norris and the western N~~~J, pacific ocean, FiSCUS, C. H., and K. Niggol. 1965. Observatlons of cetaceans off Callfornia. Oregon. ?reScott (1961) report the species as the right is and Wwhlngtori. U.S. Ffsh Wildl. Serv.. Common off southern California in in- Cape Inubo. Japans north as Spec. &I. Rep. Fish. 408, 27 p. shore waters in winter and spring and far as Etorofu and paramushir Islands, Leatherwood, 5.. and R. F. Green. In press. offshore summer and fall. 

### din^ fromwhichitapparently migrates south- The right whale dolphins. Lisssodelphi~ to sighting reports 

### h the Rl- of the Na- ward in autumn or winter 

### to near the 

# :?& ~~,",~~a~~R~~~~~;~~n;~~ tional Marine Fisheries Service, Seattle, southern Kurfls and is common, atleast A of msJlne mammals of *e theuniversity 

### ofCalifornia, Santa Cruz, seasonally, in the northern Sea of Japan. world. Academic Press, New York.

FEDERAL .REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

Nlshlwaki, M. 1972. General biology: Cetacea

pp 3-204. In Wm H. Rldgeway (ed.), Mammals of the sea, biology and medicine. Charles C. Thomas. Springfield. Norris, K. S., and J. H. Prescott. 1963.Observations of Pacific cetaceans In California and Mexican waters. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zml. 63:291-402. Okada. Y.. and T. Hanaoka: 1940.A study of

Japanese Delphinidae. Scl. Rep. Tokyo Bunrika Daijaku 4(77):285-306. Tomilin, A. G. 1957. Zverii SSSR i prilezhashch!kh stran. Tom 9. Kitoobraanye. (Manunalsof theUSSR and adjacent coun- tries. Vol. IX Cetacea.) Moscow, Akad. Nauk. SSSR, ,756 p. (Trans]. by IPST, Jerusalem, 1967,xxii plus 717 p.) RISSO'S DOLPHIN (Grampusgriseus) Abundance and Trends: The.status of thisspeciesisunknown, except thatit is apparentlyrare(NishiwaklandNorris, 1966).

General Biology: Unknown. Ecologica~ Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: A few are taken annually in the eastern Pacfic international purse-seine fishery for tuna. Thissmall take is probably insignificant.

Current Research: None.

References Nishiwakl, M., and K. S. Norris. 1966. A new

genus Peponocephala for the odontoceta
cetacean species Electra electra. Sci. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 20:95-100. Pemin, W. F. '1976. First record of the melonheaded whale. Peo-euhala electra. in Dist-ribution and Migration: Risso,s the eastern Pacific, with a summary of world distribution. FLsh. Bull. (U.S.) 74: dolphin ranges through all temperate 457458. and tropical seas. In western North America its northern limit is British PYGMYKILLER WHALE Columbia, and it is sighted during the winter in central California. In the eastern United States it ranges from Massachusetts south. Strandings in Britain are most common during the

summer. The species probably migrates 

### to higher latitudes in the warmer months.

Abundance and Trends: Risso's dolphin was described in 1894 as "abundant" near Monterey Bay, California (Daugherty, 1972). The species is 

### uncommon but not rare throughout most of its range. Over 200 of these animals were sighted in one group during 1972 off the Washington Coast (Fiscus, Unpublished field notes, 1972)

GeneralBiology: Risso's dolphingrows 

### to 3.6 

### to 4.0 

### m.Its skin commonly has long, narrow, white marks believed to be scars caused by others of the same species. Solitary animals or schools of 12 or less are generally observed. This species is frolicsome, and sometimes leaps clear of the water. Known foods

are almost exclusively cephalopods.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: Studies of distribution and abundance in the eastern Paciflc are currently underway by K. S. Norris and a groupof co-workers atUniversity of California, Santa Cruz, and by J. S. Leatherwood of the Naval Undersea Center. C. S. Hubbs of Scripps Institution of Oceanography, and the Southwest Fisheries Center.

References Daugherty, A. E. 1972. Marine mammals of

of Callfornla. State Calif. Res. Agency. Dept. Flsh Game. 91 pp. Orr, R. T. 1966. Rlsso's dolphln on the PaciAc coast of North America. J. Mammal. 47 :341-343. Tomllin. A. G. 1957. Zveril SSSR 1 prllezhashchlkh stran. Tom 9.) Kltoobraznye. (Marmnalsof the USSR rind adjacent countrles. Vol. IX. Cetacea.) Moscow, Adak. Nauk. SSSR. 756 p. (Transl. by IPST, Jerusalem, 1967. xxli plus 717 .p.) MELON-HEADED WHALE

(Peponocephalaelectra) Distribution and Migration: Pepono- cephala inhabits the tropical Atlantic. Indian,andPacific Oceans. (Feresaattenuata) Distribution and Migration: The pygmy killer whale probably inhabits most tropicalwaters.

Abundance and Trends: The status of this species is unknown except that itis apparentlyrare (Caldwelland Caldwell. 1971). The species has been -cap- tured for exhibit in the oceanaria of Hawaii and Japan. In the continental U.S. it has been recorded only three times, twice in Florida, once in Texas.

General Biology: The adults reach about 2.4 m. In appearance they resemble a small false killer whale. They

are aggressive in captivity, with captives of other species showing frightreactions tothem.

EcologicaZ Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: This species has been reported aS captured to a very minor extent in the yellowfin tuna fishery in the eastern tropical Pacific.

Current Research: None.

References
~est, P. B. 1970. Records of pygmy killer whale, Feresa attenuata, from southern Afrlca, wlth notes on behavlor in captivity. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 57(1): 1-14. Caldwell, D. K., and M. C. Caldwell. 1971.

The uvemv killer whale. Feresa attenuata. 

### in-tde \&tern ~tlantic, with a summary of world records. J. Mammal. 52:20&209.



### - 1975. Pygmy klller whales and shortsnouted spinnerdolphins inFlorida. Cetology,No. 18,5 p. James. P., F. W. Judd, and J. C. Moore. 1970.

First western Atlantlc occumesce of the pygmy klller whale. Fieldiana. Zoology 56: --- - 13. Ni6hiwakl. M..T. Kasuya, T. Kamlya, T. Tobay-, ad M. Nakajlma. 1965. Feresa attenuata captured at the Pacific Coast of Japan in 1963. Sci. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 19:65-90. Perr.in. W. F., andC. L. Hubbs. 1969. Observations on a young pygmy killer whale (Fer-

esa attenuata Fray) from the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 15(18):297-308. FALSE KILLER WHALE

(Pseudorcacrassidens) Distribution and Migration: Thefalse killer whale ranges through all temperate and tropical seas. It is an oceanic form, found on the Atlantic side of the -7. United States '&om North Carolina south, and on the Pacific side from the Aleutian Islands south.

Abundance and Trends: This species is uncommon throughout most of its range. It is seldom caught in theJapanese small-whale fishery, but is common on the Pacific side of Honshu (Ohsumi, 1979).

General Biology: The males grow to 6.1 m and the females 

### to 4.9 m; adult animals weigh-up to 1,360 kg. Mating appears to be over a protracted period, with young born at about 1.8 m. False killer whales arefound in schools of both

sexes and all ages. They have been seen eating dolphinfish (mahimahi) off Hawaii.

Ecological Problems: Schools of up 

### to 835 of these animals have stranded.

Allocation Problems: The Japanese. state that a toothed whale (shachi), which may or may nbtbe thefalse killer whale, does much damage totheir long- line tuna industry by feeding on hooked fish.

CurrentResearch: None.

References Bullis, H. H, and H. C. Moore. 1966. Two

occurrences of false killer whales, and a summary of Amerlcan records. Am. Mus. Nov. 1756; 5 p Mizue, K., A. Takemura, and K. Nakasat

1969. Studies on the little-toothed whales in the West Sea area of Kyushu. XVI. Underwater sound of- the false killer whale. Bull. Fac. Fish.. Nagasakl Unlv. 28:18-29. Ohsuml. S. 1972.Catch of marhe mammals,

malnly of small cetaceans, by local flsheries along the coast of Japan. Bull. Far Seas Flsh. Res. Lab. No. 7:137-166. Yamaguchl. Y. 1964. On the predation of

tuna longllne catches by the smaller toothed whales (Sachl)

. Magwo Gyogyo (Tuna Flshlng) 27:59-73. (Transl. by T. Otsu, NMFS. Hawall. June 1972).

LONG-FINNED PILOT WHALE (Globicephalamelaend) Distribution andMirraCion: Thispilot whale ranges from Greenland. Iceland. and the Barents Sea south to Virginia and theMediterranean. It is a schooling mammal and appears regularly 

### affthe Canadian and United States coasts. It also inhabits temperate waters of the Southern Ocean. It generally favors

### pe- lagic regions, but often moves close to shore in search of food.

Abundance andTrends: Mercer (1975) estimates the original Newfoundland stock prior to 1947 at less than 60.000. There are no estimates for other parts of its range. About 40,000 were killed from 1951to 1959 in local Newfoundland fisheries (Sergeant, 1962).but only 6,902 have been taken between 1962and 1973. About 177,000were taken in the Faeroe Islands from 1584 to 1883 (Tomilin. 1957).and 16,564were taken by Norway and Denmark between 1962 and 1973 (Christensen. 1975). A total of 468 were driven ashore in Ireland in 1840, 1844, 1851, 1853, and 1957; one school of un- determined number was taken in 1965 (O'Riordan, 1975).

General Biology: The 

### adults grow 

### to about 6.5 

### m ;females 

### are usuallymature atage 6 

### to 7 years and males at about

FEDERAL. REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

age 12. Calves are about 1.8 m long at birth, in July to August, although fullterm fetuses have been found year- round. Cows probably bear calves every 3 years, gestation period is about 16 months, and lactation lasts about 2 years. Pilot whales are gregarious, and

occur in schools of hundreds and thousands. They have a distinct social or- ganization; however, the sex ratio is not always equal in stranded groups. They

are believed polygynous, with bachelor males sometimes forming separate schools. They travel in tight schools when notfeeding,anddisperse intoscattered groups when on feeding grounds. Captive pilot whales feed at night and sleep days. They have a top swimming speed of over 25 mph. and a longevity of about 50 years. They-feed almost exclusively on squids, but also eat -small fish such as clupeids and gadids. Sergeant (1962) estimates food intake per year at about 11.5 times the weight of the animal.

Ecological Problems: Whole schools sometimes'strand.

AllocationProblems: None known. CurrentResearch: None.

References Christensen, I. 1976. Preliminary report on

the Norwegian fishery for small whales: expansion of Norwegian whaling to Arctic and northwest Atlantic waters, and Norwegian investigations of the biology of small whales. J. Fish. Re. Bd. Can. 32:1.083-1.094. Sergeant, D. E. 1962. The biology of the pilot

0; pothead whade ~lobicephalamelaena (Traill) in Newfoundland waters. Fish. Res. Bd. Can., Bull. 132. vii+84p. Mercer, M. C. 1975. ModLfled Leslle-DeLarp

population models of the long-finned pilot whale (GZoMcephulamlaena) and annual production of the short-finned squid (Illeztllecebrosus) based upon thelr interaction at Newfoundland. J. Flsh. Res. Bd. Can 32:1,14~1,164. O'Riordan, C. 0. 1975. Long-finned pilot

whales, GloMcephaZa melaena, driven whore in Ireland. 1-1973. J. Flsh. Res. Bd. Csn.93:1,101-1.103. Tomin, A. G. 1957. Zveril SSSR 1 prilezhasbcbikh stran. Tom 9. Kitoobraznye. (Mamme 02 the USSR and &@cent countries. Vol. IX. Cetscea.) Moscow. Akad. Nauk. SSSR. 756 p. (Transl. by IPST, Jersosalern. 1967. xxfi plus 717 p.)

SHORT-FINNED PILOT WHALE

Distribution and Migration: In the North Atlantic Ocean, this pilot whale has been reported from New Jersey (though it is far more common south of about Cape Hatteras) and Madiera and ranges south to at least northern Brazil and Dakar, Senegal. In the North Paclfic Ocean it is found from Japan and the Aleutian Islands to probably Peru. It is an oceanic species with a very wide range. Schools of pilot whales appear regularly off U.S. coasts. It gen- erally favors offshore waters, but often

moves closer to land in search of food. Greatest numbers are seen in the east-
ern North PaciAc in winter, fewer in

summer.

Abundance and Trends: The status of *is species is unknown except that it is fairly abundant around the California Channel Islands (Norris and Prescott. 1961). The population of pild whales around 

### the Channel Islands has been fished for live specimens to supply U.S. oceanaria since about 1955..Many pilot whales are taken in the Japanese smallwhale 5shery. This species is also taken in thelesser Antilles.

General Biology: The adults grow 4.6 

### to 6.7 m. Little work has been done on this species, but indications are that the general biology is similar to G. melaena.

Ecologcal Problems: Schools of this species often strand.

Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: The taxonomy of Pacific Globicephala is being studied by' R. L. Brownell and D. 

### K.Caldwell in the United States, and T. Kasuya anda. Nishiwaki in Japan. The U.S.Naval Undersea Center is studyingthebehavior and distribution of the pilot whale in southern and Baja California.

References
Bree, P. J. H. van. 1971. On Globfcephda

seiboldi Gray, 1846, and other species of pilot whale (Notes on Cetacea, Delphinoid'ea In). Beaufortla 19(249):79-87. NOmiS, K. S., and J. H. =Scott. 1961. Observations of Pacific cetaceans of California and Mexican waters. Univ. Calif. Publ. 2001. 63:291-402. Tomilin. A. 0. 1967. Zverii SSSR i

prilezhashchlkh stran. Tom 9. Kitoobramye. (Mammals of the USSR and adjacent countries. Vol. IX Cetacea.) Mos-

cow. Aka.NBuh. SSSR,756 p. (Transl.by IP.ST, Jerusalem, 1967,wiiplus 717 p.) KILLER WHALE

Distribution andMigration: Thekiller whale isworldwideandrangesnorth and south to polar ice. Itis more common in cooler waters, and in more productive coastal areas. The Strait of Georgia in British Columbia,Prince William Sound in Alaska,and Puget Sound in Washington 

### State are areas of concentration. Migratory habits probably depend on food supply, and killer whales are most
numerous 

### in Puget Sound in November andlatesummer.InJapan,mostof Ulese mammals are taken from April 

### to November, with the greatest number from AugusttoNovember. In theNorway fishery, killer whales seem dependent on distribution and migration of herring. capelin, and cod.

Abundance and Trends: Authoritative estimatesof theworld population arenot available. A limited cooperative effort of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada and the Washington State Department of Game primarily in the inside waters of Washington and British Columbia -gavecounts of 459 killer whales in 1971, 255 in 1972, and 249 in 1973. About 65 individuals have been removed from inside waters of British Columbia and northern Washington State since 1962 for display by marine aquariums in 25 captive operations. Eleven of these whales were killed during 

### U.S.capture operations, mostlyduring theearlyyears. Two killer whales were killed in Canae& 7 dian capture odktions. The Japanese fishery took 1.439 killer whales from the Okhotsk Sea to south of Japan from 1948to 1974.Norwegiansharvested 2.096 in the northeastern North Atlantic between 1938 and 1974. The USSR took 444 animals in the Antarctic and North Pacific between 1958 and 1974. South Africa took 27 whales from 1972 to 1974.

General Biology: Species Statistics.- Females grow to 7.0 m and males to 8.2

m. Males weigh up to about 8,000 kg. with about 4.000 kg the apparent limit for females. An adult male dorsal fin may be 1.8 m high, considerably higher than that of the female. The body has conspicuous white markings on a black background.

ReproductiveData.-Breeding appears 

### to occur year-round although it map peak in May to July; gestation lasts 13 to 16 months. In the Northern Hemisphere births occur mostlyin autumn.

Age-Growth Data.-Newborn calves

are about 2.4 m long and weigh %bout 180 kg.

FeedingHabits.-Killer whales usually

are found 

### in groups of 10 to 100 or even
more. The males are probably poly- gynous. Killer whales hunt successfully in packs, but there arenorecords of attacks on people.

The stomach contents of 364 killer whales taken off Japan from 1948 to 1957 included (in order of occurrence) : fish (mostly cod, flatfish, and sardines). squid, octopus, dolphins, whales, and seals. Salmon constituted 1.6% of all stomach contents. Soviets in the Kurils recorded "fish and squid" butnomarine mammal remains in 10animals. Of eight killer whales examined by the NationaI Marine Fisheries Service. Seattle, six adult males had only marlne mammal remains except for one squid; one adult female and one immature male had only fish remains.Food consumption hasbeen estimated at4% of the body weight per day.

Parasites and Diseases.-The most

common diseases are those caused by wearing of tooth crowns and denudation of the pulp cavity, which results in ab

cesses. Other diseases include bony outgrowths and bone tumors. Parasites include nematodes, cestodes, and trematodes. One Puget Sound killer whale stomach contained 5,000 nematodes.

Ecological Problems: This specieshas no natural enemies except man. Stranding probably is the greatest nonhuman hazard.

Allocation Problems: Public interest in killer whales was stimulated by the flrst live capture in 1964 in British Columbia. Growing public interest is increasing in killer whales as a recreational resource,especially in Puget Sound (Haley. 1970). The animals are commercially valuable in theUnited Statesfor display in oceanariums. United States,Japanese, and Canadian fishermen contend that the the whales cause gear damage and interfere with salmon and tuna longline fisheries. Many consider killer whales

an important predator of salmon and herring; others defend them as the natural enemy of other fish eaters, includFEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### 39020 NOTICES
ing harbor seals and sea lions. Some sports salmon fishermen claim their presence spoils fishing.

Current Research: The National Marine Fisheries Service and the Fisheries Research Board of Canada arestudying killer whale distribution in western United States and Canadian waters. General Biology: This species grow 

### to 1.8 

### rn,and weights up

### to 72 kg. Thefemales are sexually mature at about age 3 to 4 years. Newborn calvesarehalf the length of the mother. They breed annually during late spring and summer. The gestation period is 10

### to 11months. and the calves nurse up to 8 months.

R~~..T-,.... Harbor porpoises travel in pairs and 

### ---,-.

## ".-.,., schools of up 

### to 200 or more,~especially Bigg. M. A.. and A. A. Wolman. 1975. Llver On the feeding grounds. his species is

capture kfller whale flshery. Brltish Columbia and Washington. 1962-73. J. Fish. less than Or Res. ~d. can. 32:1.21%1 281 poises; they seldom jump out of the

-

..

- . - -. -

. . -. --

. . , -

.

- - , ---. Haley,D. 1970.Views on the killer whale dig- water, and usually ignore pasiing boats.

~ute. Pac. Search 511) :1-3. Schools containing all "bachelors" are ~okg~rd, A. and P. B.iyshoel. 1970.A con- common; the females stay in groups of tribution to the knowledge of the biology mixed sex. Usually they swimjust below of the killer whale Orcinus orca (L).Nytt the surface, rising about four times per Mag. '2001. 18:41-48. Nlshiivaki, M., and C. Hands. 1958. Killer minute breathe when not feeding'

whales caught In the coastal waters off They feed mainly On bottomfishes such Japan for recent 10 years. sci.Rep. mares as *~d, herring fry. flounder, and OcCa-

~es. Inst. 13:~-96. sionally on invertebrates such as squids, Rice, D. W. 1968.Stomach contents and feed- clams, and crustaceans. Parasites of the

lng behavior of klller whales In the east- alimentary canal and respiratory system

ern 30rt.h Pacific. Norsk Hvalfangst-Tid. arecommon (Gaskin,hold,andBlaire, 57:35-38. 1974). HARBOR PORPOISE Ecological Problems: These animals

(Phocoena phocoena) Distribution and Migration: Theharbor porpoise is cimurnpolar in distribution in ice-free seas, ranging south in the Atlantic Ocean to the Delaware River andtheMediterranean Sea.Inthe Paciflc Ocean it is found south to JaDan and southern California, although it is not abundant south of SanFrancisco.

Theharborporpoise is aninshore spe- cies, frequenting coastal waters, the mouthsof largerivers,harbors,andbays, occasionallystrand forunknownreasons. andbecauseof theirfeeding habits, a few tend to get trapped in fishermen's nets. (SeeAbundance and Trends.) They are preyed upon 

### to an unknown degree by Greenland sharks, great white sharks, andkiller whales. Significant residues of chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticides and PCB's have been recorded from theBaltic, United Kingdom, and Bay of Flmdy.

Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: None. and sometimes ascending freshwater References streams.

, . Flsher. H. D., and R. J. Harrison. 1970.Repro- Abundance and Trends: The harbor duction in the commonporpoise (phocoena porpoise is especially abundant In the phocoem) of the North Atlantic. J. Zool. waters of Washington (Scheffer and 161 :471-486; Slipp, 1948) and western Canah (Pike Gaskin, D. E.,'P. W. Arnold, and B. A. Blair. and MacAskie, 1969). ~t is at 1974. Phocoena. Mammalfan Species. (Am. certain sites off the coast of Maine dur- 

## '". Mamm')No' 42'

# *p. ing the summer (Gaskin, 

### and Kapel. F. 0. 1976. Preliminary notes on the

occurrence and exploration 01 smaller ce- Blair, 1974).Tomilin (1957) reporb Sin- taces in areenland. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. gle catches of 2,000 to 2,500 harbor por- 32:1.019-1.082. poises atthe time they migrate between Lear, W. R.,and 0. Christensen. 1975. Bythe Sea of Azov andtheBlack Sea. catches of harbour porpoise (Phocoena

Mohl-Hansen (1954) reporting onbio- P~OCO~M) In salmon drlftnets at West logical 

### invesugations of the harbor po+ Greenland In 1972. J. Fish. Res. Bdr Can. poke in Danish waters examined 188 32:1,223-1p228. harbor porpoises in 194142, 230 in 1942- Mohl-Hansen. U. 1954. Investigations on reproduction and growth of the porpolse 43, and 212 in 1943-44, so at least those (phocaenu phocaena L) fiam the ~dtlc. numberswere commerciallyharvested in Vldensk.Medd.Dan.Naturhlst., Foren. 116: Denmark during those years. He also 369496. states that these hamrporpoises prere Norris. K. S.,and W-. N. McFarland. 1958. A from the Baltic Sea populations. new harbor porpoise of the genus Phocoena

Catches of P. phocoena inwest 

### Green- from the Oulf of Cailfornia.3.Mammal. 39: 22-39. land have avewed Over 2p500 Pike, O. C., and I. B. MacAskie. 1969.Marine During 1972, an rnammaJ8 of British Columbia. Fish. Res. 1,500 animals were taken in the non- sd. can., BUH. 171,54 p. Greenlandic salmon driftnet fishery. NO Scheffer, V. B., and J. W. Slipp. 1948. The estimates are available for Greenlandic whales and dolphins of Washington State driftnet-. In addition, about 1,000 are with a key to the cetaceans of the west taken annudly in direct catches (I(~- coast of North America. Am, Midl. Natur. 

# zr~~~~t$h~x~~ks~; GzTG Tc%;-~~'c;. 1957.Lverli SSSR 1prilezharhchikh stm.Tom 9. Kltoobrazyne. (Mam- estimateof thepresentpopulationis25,- mas 01 the ussR and adjacent countries. to 30.000. Incidental catches of P. VO~. IX. Cetacea.) Moecow. ~ke~ Nauk, sinus have ranged from 

### tens to the low SSSR, 756 p. (mans]. by IPST. Je~Salem. hundreds annually. 1967,xxii plus 717 p.) 4' DALL;S-P~RPOZSE (Phocoenoides dullif) Distribution and Migration: The Dall porpoise inhabits the North Pacific Ocean from Japan and central Baja California north into the Bering and Okhotsk Seas. In both areas the southern limits of distribution appear 

### to expand with the cooling of waters 

### to at least 56"P, and individuals are seen in

areas having surface temperatures of up to 62°F. It has been observed in the Bering Sea in locations ahd at periods when surface waters were 36°F. In the northeastern Pacific, Dall porpoises are year-round residents asfar south as the northern Channel Islands, but arefound further south and further inshore, asPar

as Cedros and Guadalupe Islands, from about October 

### to late May. They areobserved off Monterey Bay throughout the year, though there appears tobe a sepa- ration of smaller. juveniles inshore from

more heterogenous groups offshore. and apparent inshore migrations tend to increase numbers of all animals there during winter and early spring. Dall por- poises are reported off San Francisco Bay from at least March through November. The southern andinshoremovements appear closely related 

### to movements of squid, a primary food item.The species is found offshore of the eastern Pacific coast 

### to at least 1,047 krn. The Marine Mammal Division has many records of Dall porpoise ranging from the Bering Sea and the eastern Aleutian Islands south 

### to lat. 34" in California waters (MMDAles,Marine Mammal Observations; 1958,72). The NMFS Southwest Fisheries Center and the Naval Undersea Center, San Diego, have similar detailed records of occurrences south to Cedros and Guadalupe Islands.

Abundance and Trends: The DalIpor- poise is one of the most abundant small cetaceans found 

### in Alaska inside waters (U.S. Forest Service) and in British Columbia waters (Pike and MacAskie. 1969). It is commonly seen off northern California (W. J. Houck, pers. comm.). The species appears to be abundant throughoutitsrange. Kasuya (1974) also stated that between 4,500 and 7.500 are caughtannuallyin coastal easternJapan waters, but there hasbeen a decrease in catch per unit effort in recent years.

General Biology: There may be two forms of Dall porpoise (P. dallii $nd P. truei). They grow to lengths of about 2.2 m and weights of about 218 kgThey and the killer whale have the most conspicuouscolor patternsamongcetaceans. Calves are born in the spring and summer, and young are observed in August. These animals are usually found in groups of 2 to 20, but occasionally 200

or more are seen on favorable feeding grounds. It plays 

### in the bow mves of ships, and is among the swiftest of all marine mammals. Thi$ mammal consumessquid and suchAsh 

### as saurg,hake. herring,jack mackerel, andbathypelagic and deepwater benthic flsh.

Ecological Problems: None 

### known.

RDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

Allocation Problems: Kasuya (1974) reports on annual accidental catch of

more than 20.000 Dall porpoises in the Japanese high-seas salmon gillnet flshery in the northern North Pacific and Bering Seawest of long. 175"W.

Mime and Yoshida (1965) state the Dall porpoise is abundant east of long. 175"W but that the Japanese fishing fleet does not operate east of the boundary.

Current Research: W. J. Houck is studying P. dallii and P. truei atHumboldt State College in California, and M. Nishiwaki isstudying these species in Japan. G. V. Morejohn is studying feeding habits, migration, behavior, and morphology of the species at the Moss Landing Marine Station, California. S. Leatherwood is monitoring seasonal movements of the species into waters of southern and Baja California.

References Kasuya. T. 1974. Biology. catch. and populations of Phocoemfdes In the western North Peclflc. FAO/ACMRR Report, Doc. 2. 20 p. Leatherwood, 5.. and M. R. Fleldlng. 1974.

Dtstrlbution and movements of the Dall porpolse Phocoenoides dallif In the tem- perate eastern Paclflc. Worklng paper submitted by FAO/ACMRR Group, Dec. 1974. La Jolla, Callf. Mlzue, K.. and K. Yoshida. 1965. On the porpoises caught by the salmon fishing gillnet in Bering Sea and the North Pacific Ocean. Bull. FsC. Fish. Nagasaki Unlv. 19:1-36. Mlzue. K., K. Yoshlda. and A. Takemura.

1966. On the ecology of the Dall's porpoise inBerlng Sea and the North Pacific Ocean. Bull. Fac. Fish. Nsgasakl Unlv. 21:l-21. Plke, G. C., and I. B. MmAskle. 1969. Marlne

mammals of Brltish Columbia. Fish. Res. Bd. Can., Bull. 171,54p. U.S. Forest Service. 1972. Marlne mammal

observations In southeastern Alaska and Prince William Sound. Unpublished Reld records. WHITE WHALE (BELUGA, BELUKHA)

Distribution and Migration: The belugainhabftstheArctic Oceanandadjacent seas, including the Okhotsk and Bering Seas, Cook Inlet, Hudson Bay, and Gulf of St. Lawrence. Belugas ascend several hundred miles up the large riversof Siberia andAlaska. Populations of white whales from different areas show marked sizedifferencesthrough the Arctic. Three races are recognized by

some authorities: dorofeeui from the Okhotsk Sea, murisalbi in the Barents andWhite Seas,and leucas intherestof the range. In the Pacific, belugas are common along Alaska as far south as Bristvl Bay; the population found in Cook Metis apparently separate.

Abundance and Trends: The popula- tion in the Soviet Arctic and Far East is estimated atbetween 32,000and 58,000 (Yablokov, 1974).The population in the Canadian Arctic numbers atleast 30,000 animals (Sergeant and Brodie, 1975). The Cook Inlet, Alaska, population is estimated at 300 to 500; in BristoI Bay- the population is estimated at 1,000 to 1,500 and is considered stable; the size of thebeluga population in Alaskanorth of Bristol Bay is unknown, but is much greater than thatresiding in BristolBay (Alaska Department of Fish and Game, 1973). In Alaska belugashavebeen used

as a source of muktuk, meat, andoil for both people and dogs by residents of villagesontheBeringSeaandArctic Ocean coastsandalongrivers'that belugas peri- odically ascend. Belugas also provide a significant amount of fresh and pre- Served food for native peoples in the Mackenzie River delta region and Baffin Island, where beluga hunting is culturally and economically important (Bro- die, pers. comrn.). In recent years the demand for beluga products has been reduced intheArctic.InBristolBay only

a few belugas are now taken, and the estimated annual harvest of the Bering Sea and Arctic Ocean coasts of Alaska is 150to 300 (AlaskaDepartment of Fish andGame, 1973).Sergeant (1962) states that from 1948 to 1960 the catch of belugas in the Canadian Arctic averaged 1,200 annually. The present catch in Arctic Canada averages 500 animals per year (Sergeant and Brodie, 1975). A few animals areoccasionally taken fromthe St. Lawrence River estuary population, which number 500-1,000 animals. Inthe late 1950's the annual catch of belugas averaged 3,000 to 4,000 in the U.S.S.R., 500 to 800 in Greenland, and 100 to 200 from Spitsbergen (Kleinenberg, et a]., 1964).Present catches in theAsian Arctic range from 530 to 825 annually.

General Biology: Males grow to 4.6 m andthefemalesto4.0 m in theBeaufort Sea,andto5.2m and4.6

### m, respectively, in the Soviet Arctic. Thebeluga ispolyg- amous, breeds in the spring, and has a gestation @rid of 15months; newborn

are about 1.5 m long. Lactation lasts about 20 months, with a 3-year repro- ductive cycle. They are gregarious and travel in groups of two or three 

### to hundreds. Belugas feed from midwater 

### to the bottom, with a diet including Ash suchas salmon,capelin, cisco,pike, char, cod, squid, crustaceans, and nereid

worms.

Theyfrequently occur inshallow areas with a bottom of mud, sand, andstones. 'The beluga produces high-pitched whistles and saueals, ticking and clucking sounds, and have been given the

name "sea-canary." Animals break the ice with their backs to reach air for breathing.

Parasites includB nemabdes in the respiratory organs, ears,circulatory sys- tem, intestine, and urogenital system; trematodes aiefound in theintestine, as well as cestodes and acanthocephalans. Helminths are apparently one cause of mortality.

Ecological Problems: Known natural enemies include the killer whale and polar bear.

Allocation Problems: These mammals take salmon atthemouthsof largeAlaskarivers, andareimportant predatorsof salmon smolt

### in BristolBay.Alaska. Recorded killer whale sounds have been used experimentally to prevent beluga predation in the Kvichak River. ~urrent%&eanch: Research on the beluga is being conducted by the Fisheries Research B&rd of Canada.

References

Alaska Department of Ftsh and Game. 1973.

Marine mammal status reports. UnpublIshed. Juneau. Alaska. Brodle. P. F. 1971. A reconslderatlon of

aspects of growth, reproductlon, and behavior ofthewhlte whale (Delphinapterus leucas), with referen- to the Cumberland Sound. Baffin Island, population. J. Flsh. Res. Bd.Can. 28: 1,309-1,318. Fish, J. F., and J. S. Vanla. 1971. Klller

.

whale. Orcinus orca, sounds repel white whales, Delphinapterus leucas. Flsh. Bull. (U.S.) 69:531-536. Kleinenberg. S. E., A. V. Y&bIokov, B. M.

bel'kovlch, and M. N. mrasevich. 1964. Beluga (Delphinapterus leucas) investigation of the specles. Aka. Nauk USSR. Transl. by IPST, Jerusalem, 1969, 376 p.) Klinkhart. E. 0. 1966. The beluga whale in

Alaska. Onpublished report, Alaska Department of Flsh and Game, Junmu. klaska. Sergeant,D. E. 1962.The biology and huntlng

of beluga or whlte whales In the Canadian Arctic. F'lsh. Res; Bd. Can., Cir. 8, p. 13 p. 

### - 1973. Biology of whlte whales (Delphinapterus leuccu) In western Hudson Bay. J. F'lsh. Res. Bd. Can. 30:1,065-1.090. Sergeant. D. E.. and P. F. Brodle, 1969. Body

size in whlte whales. Delwhina~tenu leu-

cas. J. Fish. Res. ~d. c&. 26:2.661-2.680.



### - 1976. Industry, abundance and pres- ent status of populations of whlte whales. ~el~hina~terus leucas, In North Amerlcs. J. Flsh. Res. Bd. Can. .32:1,047-1.054. Yrtblokov, A. V. 1974.Present statusof beluga

and narwhal, In USSR Arctlc and Pacific waters. FAO/ACMRR Report, Doc. 39. NARWHAL (Monodon monoceros) Distribution and Migration: The narwhal is the most northern cetacean and

occurs in north polar seas, mainly in theNorth Atlantic sector.Itismostcommon in northwestern Greenland and the eastern Canadian Arctic, particularly Jones and ~ancasterf Sounds, the north and east coasts of Baffin Island, Repulse Bay, and occasionally in northern Foxe Basin and Hudson Strait. Narwhals also

occur nearFranzJosef Landand Novaya Zemlya.They are rareintheLaptev.East Siberian, Chukchi, and Beaufort Seas.

Abundance and Trends: TheCanadian and northwest Greenland ~opulation is at least 10,000 (Mansfield. 1975). Numbers elsewhere areunknown.Rareoccurrences in Great Britain (4) and Holland (1) are documented. Narwhals are hunted in Greenland and the eastern Canadian Arctic for dog food, muktuk, sinew, and ivory.

General Biology: Females attain a length of 400 cm and a weight of 900 kg. Each female bears a single calf about

once every 3 years. Mating takes place in April, and the 1.5-m-long young are born in July aftera 14.5-month gestation period. Lactationprobably lasts about 20 months. Narwhals are gregarious, forming schools gf up 

### to 1,000 

### to 2,000, and made up of small groups of up to about 20 (Mansfield,pers. comrn.)



### . Food of the narwhal consists mainly of cephalopods Arctic cod, Greeland halibut, and shrimps.

FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977

### 39022 NOTICES
Ectoparasitic whale lice occur in cuts, skinfolds, and around the base of the tusk. Endoparasitic nematodes 

### occur occasionally in thestomach,andfrequently inbasicranial sinuses..

Ecological Problems: Narwhals are occasionally trapped in large numbers by rapid freeze-up. In such situations, Greenlanders may kill entire groups of these mammals. Although it is not adapted todrifticeareas,thekiller whale probably occurs there andmay be a naturalenemy of thenarwhal.

Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: The narwhal is being studied by the Fisheries Research Board of Canada.

Re/erences Best, R. C., and H. D. Msher. 1974. Seasonal

breeding of the narwhal (Monodon monoceros L.).Can J. Zoo1 63-429-431. Degerbol, M., and P. Freuchen. 1936. Mammals: Report of the F'ifth Thule Expedition, 1921-24. Vol. 2. Nos. 4 & 5. Nordlsk Forlag, Copenhagen,278 p. Mansfleld, A. W.. T. G. Smith, and B. Beck.

1975. The narwhal, Mmodon monoceros, in eastern Canadian waters. J. Flsh. Res. Bd. Can 32:1,041-1,046. Peterson. R. L. 1966. The mammals of eastern Canada. Oxford Unlv. Press, Toronto, 466 p. Tomllin, A. G. 1957. Zveril SSSR 1 prilahashchikh stran. Tom. 9. Kitoobraznye. (Mammals of the U.S.S.R. and adjacent countrles. Vol. IX. Cetacea.) Moscow. Akad. Nauk SSSR. 756 p. (Transl.by IPST. Jerusalem, 1967, xxll plus 717 p.)

. Vibe, C. 1950. The narwhal, pp. 77-84. In The

marlne mammals and marlne fauna in the Thule District (Northwest Greenland) wlth observations on Ice condltlons in 1939-41. Medd. Gronl. 150(6). SPERM WHALE (Physeter macrocephalus) Distribution and Migration: The sperm whale is nearly worldwide in distribution except for the pack ice of the polar regions. Females and immature animals aregenerally found between lat.. 40" S and 50" N. Sperm whales appear to migrate north during the northern

summer and south during the northern winter. In the North Pacific, male sperm whales are found as far north as the Bering and Okhotsk Seas; in the North Atlantic they move intoDavis Strait and

near Spitsbergen.

Abunrlance and Trends: In 1946, the world stock of exploitable males (i.e., males over the legal length limit of 9.2 m) and sexually mature females was over one million, of Which almost half were males. The present stock is about 700.000, of which only about one third

aremales. Thesearedistibuted by major

ocean areas as follows (Mitchell, 1974; Chapman, 1976: International Whaling Commission, 1977) :

1948 pulatlon Cnrrent Ocrnn (Int%usands) po ulation Ftlousands)

~01th ~tlant~c.-.



### .. (22.n 1

### n North Pacific



### ....... 400 300 South Atlantic

### -.... 120 90 Indian.

.... . ........ 220 140 South Pacific..

. . . .

. 3133 180

'Estimate of total population, including Immahus anlmals. The total populations of each 

### sex, including undersized males and immature females. are approximately 2.5 times the number of exploitable males and 1.67 times the, number of mature females (G-bell, 1976).

The sperm whale is currently themost importaht species of the world whaling industry. Stocks in most areas are at
or above maximum sustainable yield levels. Catchesof spermwhales inrecent
seasonshave been:

Korlh North Southern Southern Scnson Parilie Allai~L~e oceans, land pelagic 1 stattons

1370.

.. .. ... 14.815 649 .5,891 4,135 1971

........ 10,890 831 4,498 1972

........ 6,3'L3. 691 

# 2% 2.895 1973..

. . ...- .8,567 613 9.394 2,652 1974

........ 8, In 27.38 8,930 2 2.891 19i5-....... 7,859 4 37 7,W 8 3,701

I Soutllem msn catches are for the seasons 1970-71 through 1'55-76.

2 Nodata from Azores or Maderia.

a No dala from Chile.

4 Ko data from Azores, Madeira, or Spain. In most areas, males dominate the catches, and in the Antarctic (south of lat. 40"s) the catch is almost exclusively males.

General Biology: Species Statistics.- Thesperm whale's large squarish head is distinctive because .it bears a tanklike "case" containing spermaceti. Thelower jaw is long andnarrow,.andhasabout 25 pairs of teeth. Females reach 11.6 m in body length, males 16.8 m.

Reproductive Data.-The females mature sexually about age 8 t~ 11 years when body length is about 8.5 to 9.1 m, physically at 25 

### to 30 years and body length of 11.0 m. Males arenot sexually mature until about 10 years and 11.9 m, and arenot "socially" matureuntil about age 25 years. Females and juveniles of both sexes form schools of 10 

### b 50 animals, averaging about 25. Younger, sexu- ally mature males (ca. 11.0-13.4 m, age 15-25 years) form "bachelor" schools usually containing notmorethan 10animals. Older males (13.7 m, 22-27 years)

are usually solitary except when with schools of femalesforbreedingforabout 5monthsin thespringandearlysummer. The female bears 

### a calf (about 4.0 m)

once every 3 to 5 years. Oestation lasts 14to 15months, andthecalf nurses 1to 2 years and is weaned at Wut 6.7 m long.

Age-Growth Data.-Newborn calves

are about 3.5 to 5 

### m, and weigh about 1.000 kg. Growth of malescontinuesuntil they are 45 to 60 years old, and about 15.5 m long.

Feeding Habits.-This species dives to atleast 1,000 m, can remain submerged for about an hour, and feeds mainly on large squid. It also consumes significant quantitiesof octopusesanddemersal and mesopelagic fishes.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: The National Marine Fisheries Service is studying the life history of the sperm whale. Other organizations carrying out research on this species are theJapaneseWhalesRe- *?. >

## - search Institute and Japanese Far Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory (North Pacific and Antarctic). Fisheries Research Board of Canada (North Atlantic), British National Institute of Oceanography (South Africa and western South America). South African Division of Sea Fisheries (South Africa), Australian Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organi- zztion (Australia), the University of Chile (Chile), the Marine Institute of Peru (Peru), and the Marine Department of New Zealand (New Zealand).

References Berzln, A. A. 1971. Kashalot. Izdatel'stvo.

Plshchevaya Promyshelennost. Moscow, 368 p. Ohapman. D. 0. 1978. Summary of North

Paclfic sperm whale assessments. Unpublished report submitted to Sclentlfic Commlttee, International Whallng Commlssion. Gambell. R. 1976:World whale stocks. Mammal Rev.6(l):41-63. International Whallng Commtsslon. (In

press) Report of the Sperm Whale Meeting, La Jolla, Calif., 16-26 March 1976. Rep. Int. Comm. Whallng 27. Mitchell. E. 1974. Canada, progress report on

whale research,May 1972 to May 1973. Rep. Int. Comm. Whaling 24:196-213. Ohsuml. S., and Y. Fukuda. 1974. Revised

sperm whale popylatlon model and its appllcatlon to the North Pacl5c sperm whale. Rep. Int. Comm, Whallng 24:91-101. PYGMY SPERM WHALE (Kogiabreviceps) Distribution and Migration: The pygmy sperm whale occurs inall thewarmer
seas of the world. In the Pacific Ocean it ranges north to Washington and Japan; in the Atlantic Ocean it ranges north to Nova Scotia and.the Netherlands. Its southern range limit is not wellknown.

Abundance and Trends: The status of this species is unknown other than thefactthatitis apparentlyratherrare. There aremany more records of stranding than there are for Zfogfa simus, the dwarf sperm whale (C. 0. Handley, Jr., pers, comm.)



### .Thisspecies is occasionally taken in theJapanese small-whale fishery (Yamada,1954).

General Biology: Adult pygmy spenn whales are 2.7 to 3.4 m long. Their dorsal An is low and posterior 

### to the center of theback. This species was long confused with the dwarf sperm whale, and the following composite statement is based

onboth species.They areusually solitary

or in small pods. They feed mostly on squids, but also take pelagic crustaceans such as shrimps and giant rnysids. Females simultaneously pregnant and lactating have been found, suggesting that they may bear a calf 2 years in succession.

Parasites include tapeworm cysts in theblubber, roundworms inthestomach, andgiantkidney worms.

~cological ~roblenzs: None khown. Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: D. 

### K.Caldwell and M. C. Caldwell have been gatheringdata

on the life history in Florida 

### (D. K. Caldwell,pers. comm.. 1974).D. K. Caldwell, M. C. Caldwell, and C. 0. Handley,

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977Jr., have 

### been working on the distribution (seasonal as well as geographical) in southeastern U.S. (Caldwell, pers. comm., 1974).

References Allen, G. M. 1941. Pygmy sperm whale in the

Atlantic. 2001. Ser,, meld Mus. Nat. Hlst. 27: 17-36. Handley. C. 0..Jr. 1966. A synopsis of the

genus Kogia (pygmy sperm whales), pp. 62-69. In K. S. Norris (ed.). Whales, dolphins, and porpoises. Unlv. Calif. Press. Berkeley and Los Angeles. Yamada, M. 1964. Some remarks on the

pygmy sperm whale. Kogia. Sci. Rep. WhalesRes. Inst. 9:37-58. DWARF SPERM WHALE

Distribution and Migration: 

### The dwarf spermwhale apparently has a discontinuous distribution around the world. Ithas been found in the seas adjacent to South Africa. India, Ceylon, Japan, Hawaii, SouthAustralia, and the west and east coasts of the United States. Onthe west coast ithasbeen recorded onlyfromCabo SanLazaro,Baja, California, and San Luis Obispo County, California. Ontheeast'coast itranges from Cape Henry, Virginia, south and west toTexss.

Abundance and Trends: The statusof this species ls unknown other than the fact that it .is apparently rather rare over much of its range. However, it strands rather frequently on the southeast coast of the United States and is taken in the Japanese small-whale flshery (Yamada, 1954).

General Biology: Adult dwarf sperm whales are 2.1 

### to 2.7 m long. Their dorsal fin is high and near the center of the back. This specieswas long confused with the pygmy sperm whale, and the followingisa compositestatementbased

on both species. They are usually solitary or in small pods. They feed mostly

on squid, but also take pelagic crustaceans such asshrimps and giant mysids. Females simultaneously pregnant and lactating have been found, suggesting that they maybear a calf 2 years in succession.

Parasites include tapeworm cysts in theblubber, roundwormsinthestomach, anddantkidneyworms.

Ecological Problems: None known. AllocationProblems: Noneknown. Current Research: D. K. Caldwell and M.C. Caldwell have been gathering data

onthelifehistory inFlorida (D.K.Caldwell, pers. comm., 1974). D. K. Caldwell, M. C. CNdwellhave been gathering data have been. working on the distribution (seasonal as well as geographical) in southeasternU.S. (Caldwell, pers.comm.. 1974). References Handley, C. O., Jr. 1966. A synopsis of the

genus Kogfa (Pygmy sperm whales), pp. 62-89. In K. 5. Norris (ed.).Whales, dolphlns, and porpotses. Univ. Calif. Press, BerkeleyandLosAngeles. Yarnada. M. 1954. Some remarks on the

pygmy sperm whale, Kogtu. Sd. Rep. WhalesRr,s.Inst.9:37-58. NOTICES

BAZRD'S BEAKED WHALE GIANT BOTTLENOSE WHALE (Beratdimbairdii) Distribution andMigration: Thegiant bottlenose whale iqendemic to theNorth ~kiflc Ocean, where it ranges from St. Matthew Island in the Bering Sea south to central Honsuh on the western side and southern California on the eastern side. Its migrations are pdrly known. Abundance and Trends: The status of .this species is unknown except that it is uncommon but not rare. According to information taken from theBureau of International Whaling Shtistics, between 100 and 400 giant bottlenose whales have been taken annually 

### in the Japanese small-whale fishery during the past 20years.

General Biology: This species is the largest of the beaked whales. Males attain a maximum length of 11.9 m and females 12.8 m. Their long narrow beak, bulging forehead, and size distinguish them from otherspeciesof beaked whales in theNorth Paciftc Ocean. ?".ley usually travel in tight schools of up 

### to 30 individuals. Their main foods are deepwater fishes and squids. Males attain sexual maturity at a length of about 10.0 m, and females at about 10.3 m. Sexual maturity is not attained earlier than age 3years, andprobably much later. Mating takes place mostly in February, and calvesareborninDecember.

EcologicalProblems: None known. Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: Research on this species has been conducted incidentally 

### to other studies in Japan by the Whales Research Institute and the Ocean Research Institute; in California by the National Marine Fisheries Service; and inBritish Columbiaby theFisheries Research Board of Canada.

References

Betesheva. E. I. 1960. Pitanie kashalota

(PhysetercatodOnL.) 1berardlusa (Berardiw bafrdii Stefneger) v raione Kuril'skoi gryady. Rudy Vses. Gidrobiol. Obshch. io.227-234. Bureau of International Whallng Statistics

1952-1972. Internatlonal Whaling Statist1cs. Nishlwaki. M., and N. Oguro. 1911. Baird's

beaked whales caught on the coast of Japan In recent 10 years. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 23:111-122. Omura, H.. K. Fujino, and S. Klmura. 1955.

Beaked whales Berardius bairdii of Japan, with notes on Ziphiw cavirostrfs. 8ci.Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 10: 89-132. CUVZER'S BEAKED WHALE (Ziphiuscavirostris) Distribution and Migration: The goose-beaked whale isfoundinalloceans except Arctic and Antarctic waters. In the North PacMc Ocean it ranges north to Hokkaido, the Commander and Aleutian Islands, and the Queen Charlotte Islands. In the North Atlantic Ocean it ranges north 

### to Cape Cod. Massachusetts, on the western side and the Shetland and Orkney Islands on the eastern side. Its migrations are not understood. ~bund&ganif Trends: The status of this species is unknown. The goose- beaked whale is themost frequently observed ziphiid, at least 

### in the eastern North Pacific Ocean, and throughout its range hasbeen found stranded farmore often than any other speciesof the family (Mitchell. 1968). Between 13 and 16 goose-beaked whales have been taken annually in the Japanese small-whale fishery during a recent 5-year period Nishiwaki and Oguro. 1972).

General Biology: The goose-beaked whale is distinguishable from other ziphiids by its relatively short beak, the dorsal profde of which forms an almost straight line with the steeply sloping forehead, and by its brown coloration; older males have snow-white heads. The maximum body length in both sexes is about 7.0 m. These whales usually travel intightschoolsof up to about 10individuals, but old males are often solitary. Their main foods are squids and deepwater Ashes. Sexualmaturity is attained ata length of about 5.5 m in both sexes.

EcologicaZProblems: Noneknown. AllocationProblems: None known. Current Research: Research on this species has been conducted incidentally to other studies in Japan by the Whales Research Institute and the Ocean ResearchInstitute.

References Mltchell, E. 1968.Northeast Pacific stranding

distribution and seasonality of Cuvier's be&& whale Zfphius mvtrostris. Can. J. Zool. 46:266-279. Nlshiwakl, M., and N. Oguro. 1972. Catch of Cuvier's beaked whales off Japan in recent years. Sc1:Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 24:3541. NORTHERN BOTTLENOSE WHALE (Hyperoodonampullatus) Distribution and Migration: This spe- cies ofbottlenose whale is endemic to the colder waters of the North Atlantic Ocean. On the western side it ranges fromDavisStraitsouthtoRhodeIsland;

on the eastern side it ranges from NOvaya ZemIya south to the Azores and English Channel. It migrates south 

### in theautumn and north in thespring.

Abundance and Trends: The initial population in all waters east of Greenland is estimated to have been between 40,000 and 100,000; by 1915 it was reduced

### to abouthalf Itsinitialsize (Christensen. 1974). It fs notknown whether it has since increased. Norwegian catches in the North Atlantic ranged from 2,000 to 3,000 annually between 1890and 1900. Catches ranged from 20 to 100 per,year from 1920 

### to 1954.From 1955 to 1971, a few hundred havebeen caught annually, peaking at about 700 in 1965. Catches have been near zero since then. A few individuals are sometimes taken by whalers operating from Nova Scotia and theFaeroeIslands.

Genera2Biology: Thebottlenose whale is easily recognized by a conspicuous beak that is sharply demarked from the high bulging forehead which, 

### in .old males, becomes almost vertical and flattened in front and slightlyoverhangs the

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

base of the beak. Bottlenose whales are black when young, turn brown when adult, and almost yellow with a white headwhenvery old.Malesattaina maxi-

mumlengthof 10.7m,andfemales9.7 m. Females attain sexual maturity atabout 9 years, males at 9 

### to 11 years. Mating

occurs in April, and the 3.0-m calf is born about 12 months later. Bottlenose whales usually travel in smallherds of 4 to 10, but the adult males are often by themselves. Their food appears to be

; mainly squids. Females attain sexual maturity when about 6.5 m long. The calves areborn from earlyspring

### to early

summer.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: None known. Current ReSearch: This species is be- ing studied by the Statens Institute for Hvalforskning. Oslo, Norway.

Re

feremce8

Bureau of International Whaling Statistics.

1936-1972. International Whallng Statistics. Benjaminsen, T. 1972. On the biology of the

bottlenose whale. Hyperoodon ampullatus (Forster)


## .Norw. J.Zool. 20 :233-241. Christensen. I. 1973. Age determlnatlon, age

dlstributlon and growth of bottlenose whales. Hyperoodon ampullatw (Forster), in the Labrador Sea. Norw. J. 2001. 21:331- 340.



### - 1974. The history of exploitation and the initial statusof the northeast Atlantic bottlenose whale (Hyperoodon ampulla1119). FAO/ACMRR Report. Doc. 21. 23 p. Gray, D. 1882. Notes on the characters and

habits of the Wtlenose whale (Hyperoodm rostratus). Proc. 2001. Soc.. London. 1882:725-731. JonsgBrd. A. 1952. Om bottlenosen (Hyperoodon rostrata) og spekkoggern (Ordn~cs urea). Fauna (1):1-18. Murray. J.. and J. Hjort. 1912. The depths of

the ocean. MacMlllan and Co.,London, 821 P. 

# - 1988. Relatlonahlps among the living genera of beaked whales wlth classlflcatlons, diagnoses and keys. Fieldlana: Zool. 53(4):209-298. GERVAIS' BEAKEDWHALE (Mesoplodon europaeus) Distribution and Migration: The Antillean beaked whale ranges from Trinidad, Jamaica, and the Gulf of Mexico. north to Long Island, New York. One record for theEnglish Channel has been obtained. Its migrations areunknowq.

Abundance and Trends: The status of this species is unknown, except that it is apparently rare (Moore, 1966).

General Biology: These whales are known mostly from strandedindividuals, which suggest that they areusually solitary. Otherwise, nothing is known of their biology.

Ecological Probl'ems: None known. Allocation Problems: None known. Current Problems: None.

References
Moore, J. C. 1966. Diagnoses and dlstributlons

of beaked whales of the genus Mesoplodon known from North American ' waters, pp. 32-01. In K. S. Norrls (ed.). Whales. dolphins, and porpoises. Unlv. Callf. Preen, Berkeley and Los Angeles. GINKGO-TOOTHED WHALE (Mesoplodon ginkgodens) Distribution andMigration: Thegink- go-toothed whale has beexi recorded from Ceylon, in the western North Pacific Ocean from Taiwan tothe Sanriku coast of Hokkaido, and in the eastern North Pacific Ocean at Del Mar in southern California. 

### Its migrations are unknown.

Abundance and Trends: The status of this species is unknown, except that itmay not be sorarein thewestern part 4*- >

## - to southern California on the eastern side. Its migrations are unknown.

Abundance and Trends: The status 

### of this species is unknown, except that it is apparently rare (Moore, 1966; 1968).

General Biology: These whales are known mostly from stranded individuals, which suggest thatthey areusually solitary; Otherwise, nothing is known of their biology.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: None.
Rejerences
Moore, J. C. 1983. Recognizing certain specles

of beaked whales of the Pacific Ocean. Am. Mldl. Natur. 70:396428.

----- 1966. Diagnoses and dlstributlon of

beaked whales of the genus Mesoplodon known from North Amerlcan waters, pp. 32-61. In K. S. Norm (ed.). Whales, dolphins and porpoises. Unlv. Calif. hess. Berkeley and La Angeles.



### - 1968.Relationshijx among llvlng genera of beakea whales wlth clasriiacattons, diagnoses and keys. Fleldiana: Zool., 53: 209-298. Pike, (3. C., and I. B. MacAskle. 1969. Marine

mammals of Brltlsh Columbia. Fish. Res. Bd. Can., Bull. 171.64 p. STEJNEGER'S BEAKED WHALE (Mesoplodon stejnegeri) Distribution and Migration: The Bering Sea beaked whale is endemic to the North Pacific Ocean. It ranges from the Commander and hibilof Islands, Bristo1Bay, andthe northern Gulf of Alaska south to theSeaof Japanon thewestern side and Oregon on the eastern side. Its migrations areunknown.

Abundance and Trends: The statusof this species is unknown, except thatit is apparently rare (Moore. 1966: 1968).

General Biology: These whales are known mostlyfrom strandedindividuals. TRUE'S BEAKED WHALE of the North Pacific as once thought which suggest thatthey areusually soli- (Nishiwaki,etal.. 1972). tary. Otherwise, nothing is known of (Mesoplodonmirus) General Biology: These whales are their biolom. ~i~t~ib~tb~ and ~i~~~ti~~: ~h~ known mostly from stranded individ- ~cologicz Problems: None known. beaked whale has been found 

### in uab,which suggest thatthey ?re usually Allocation Problems: None known; the "=tern ~~~th Atlantic 

## ocean.from solitary. Otherwise,nothing is known of Current Research: None. Nova Scotirr south 

### to Northern Florida, their References andin the eastern North Atlantic Ocean ECO1Ogicaz Problems: knownfrom the Outer Hebrides south along Allocation Problems: None known. Moore. J. C. 1963. Recognlzlng certain specles of beaked whales of the Pacific Ocean. the west coast of Ireland. There is Current Research: None. Present Am. Mldl. Natur. 70(2):396-428. anotherpopulation off thecoastof South knowledge is based on opportunistic ex- -- 1966. Dlagnases and distributions of Africa. Its mimations are unknown. amination of specimens. beaked whales of the genus Mesoplodon

-- -

Abundance and Trends: The status of this species is unknown, except that itisapparentlyrare (Moore, 1966; 1968).

General Btology: These whales are known mostly fromstranded.individuals, which suggest thatthey areusually solitary. Otherwise, nothing is known of theirbiology.

Ecological Problems: None known. Allocation Problems: None known. Current Research: None.

Re

jerences
Moore,J.C. 1066.Diagnoses anddlstributlons

of beaked whales of the genua Mesoplodon known lrrnn North American waters. In K. 8. Norrb (ed.). Whales. dolphlna, snd porpW%.Unlv. CU. hess. Berkeley and Lo6Angeles, pp. 32-61. References

Moore. J. C.. and R. M. Gilmore. 1965. A

beaked whale new to the western hemisphere. Nature 205(4977):1.239-1,240. Nishlwaki. M.,and T. Kamiya. 1958.A beaked

whale stranded at Olso Beach. Japan. Scl. Rep.Whales Res. Inst. 13:53-83. Nlshiwakl, M., T. Kasuya, K. Kureha, and N. Ogara. 1972. Further comments on Mesoplodon ginkgodens. Sci. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 24:43-56. HUBB'S BEAKED WHALE

(Mesoplodon carlhubbsi) DistributionandMigration: Thearchbeaked whale has been recorded only 

### in the North Pacitic Ocean, from the 

### Sanriku coast of Hokkaido on the western side and from British Columbia south known from North ~~erlcan waters. In K. S. Norris (et.

# . Whales, dolphins, and porpoises. Univ. balii. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. pp. 32-61. 

## - 1968.Relatlonshlps among livlng genera of beaked whales wlth classiflcaSions. diagnoses and keys. Fieldiana: 2001. 53(4):209-298. Nishimura, S.,and M. Nishlwaki. 1964. Rec

ords of the beaked whale Mesoplodon from the Japan Sea. Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 12(4):323-334.

SOWERBY'S BEAKED WHALE (Mesoplodon bidens) DistributionandMigration: TheNorth Sea beaked whale ranges mostly from the western Baltic Sea and central Norway south to the Bay of Biscay. It has been recorded in the western North AtFEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES 

### 39025

Iantic Ocean from Newfoundland and Massachusetts. Its migrations are 

### mknown

Abundance and Trends: The status of this speciesis unknown, except that itis apparently rare (Moore, 1966).

General Biology: This species is the only one of its genus for which even ru- dimentary life history daGareavailable. The beaked whales attain a maximum length of 5.5 m for males and 4.9 m for females. Mating and birth usually take place 

### in latewinter and spring. Theges- tation period is about I year. Atbirth the calf isbetween 1.8and 2.1m long, nurses for about 1year, and atweaning is prob- ably about 3.0mlong.

Ecological Problem: None known. Allocation Problem: None known. Current Research :- None.

References Jonsgld, A., and P. HolW. 1967. Strandings

of Sowerby's whale Mesoplodom bidens on the west coast of Norway. Norsk Hvalfangst-Tld. 46:507412. Xukenthal, W. 1914.Zur Xentntss des Mesopladon bidens (Sowerby). Jenalsche 2. Naturwiss. 61:93-122. Moore, J. C. 1966. Diagnoses and distribution

of beaked whales of the genus Mesoplodon known from North American waters, pp. 32-81. In K. 5. Norris (ed.), Whales, dolphlns, and porpoises. Univ. Callf. Press. BerkeleyandLoa Angeles. Nlshlwakl. M.. and N. Oguro. 1972. Catch of

the Cuvler's beaked whales off Japan Inre- cent years. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 24: 3-1. Ornura. H., K. FuJlno, and S. Kimura. 1966.

Beaked whale Berardfm bafrd! of Japan. with notes on Ziphius cavfrostris. Scl.Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 10:89-132 BLAINVILLE'S BEAKED WHALE (Mesoplodon demfrostrfs) Distribution and Migration: The dense-beaked whale is widely. .but per- hapsdiscontinuously,distributedintrop- ical and warm temperate waters around the world. In the North PaciAc Ocean it has been recorded from Taiwan, Japan, and Mldway Island. In theNorth Atlantic Oceanithasbeenrecorded fromNova Scotia south

### totheBahamas onthewest-
em side, and from Madeira on the easternside.

Abundance and Trends: The status of this speciesis unknown. 'except that it is apparently rare (Besharse, 1971; Moore. 1966).

General Biology: These whales are known mostly from stranded individuals. which suggestthat they are usually soli

### taw. Otherwise, nothing is known of their biology.

EcologicalProblems: None known. AllocationProblems: None known. Current Research: None.

Besharse, J. C. 1971. Maturlty and sexual dlmorphlsm in the skull, mandible, and teeth of the beaked whale, Mesoplodon demirostzis. J. Mammal. 52:297-316. Moore, J. C. 1966. Diagnoses and dlstributlons of beaked whales of the genus Mesoplodon known from North Amerlcan waters. pp. 92-61. In K. S. No~is (ed.), Whales. dolphins, and porpoises. Unh. Calif.Press. Berkeley and tos Angeles. CONTRmWTORS OUTFDE DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE (TO THE STATUS OF STOCKS BEPOUT) Brodie. Paul F..Flsherles Research Board Of

Canada, Marine Ecology Laboram, Bedford Institute, Dartmouth. Nova Scotis, Canada. Brooks, James W., Alaska Department of

Flsh and Game. Subport Bullding, Juneau, AK 09801. Brownell,RobertL., Jr..Divisionof Mammals.

National Museum Natural Hlstory. Smithsonlan Institution. Washlngton. DC. Burns, John J.. ~lmka ~e~a;tment of Msh and Game. 1300 College Road. FairbfU&3; AK99701. Caldwell, David K.. Communlcatlon Sciences

Laboratory,Route 1. Box 122, St.Augustlne, FL 32804. Caldwell, hlelba C., Communication SclenCeS

Laboratory,Route 1,Box 122,St.Augustlne, F'L 32804. Carlisle. John G., Callfornla State Fisheries

Laboratory, Marlne Resources Reglon, 360 Golden Shore, Long Beach, CA 90802. Chapman. Douglas G.. College of Fisheries.

Unlverslty of Washlngton. Seattle. WA 98196. Drury. Wllllam H.. Massachusetts Audubon

Soclety,Llncoln. MA 01773. Durham, Floyd, Department of Biology, Unlveralty of Southern Callfornls, Los Angeles. CA 90007. Evans. Wllllam L.Naval Undersea Research

and.Develogment Center. 8sn Dleao. CA - 92132. Fay. Francis H., Unlversity of Alaska, College,

AK 99701.. Gates. Doyle, Callfornla Dewtment of FL8h

and me,Marine Resource6 Region, 350 Golden Shore. Lone Beach. CA 90802. ~andley. ~harles o.,-~r.. ~epktment of Vertebrate Zoology. Smlthsonian Instltutlon, Washlngton. DC 20660. Houck, Warren J., Division of Blologlcal Sciences, Humboldt Stah Unlverslty, Arcata. CA 95521. Kenyon. Karl W., 11964 Lakeslde Place NE.,

Seattle, WA 98125. Leatherwood. J. Stephen. Marine Life Scl-

ences Labonatory. Naval Undersea Res-h and Development Cenw, San Diego. CA 92132. Mansfield, Arthur- W., Arctic Blologlcal Statlon, Msherfes Research Board of Canada, P. 0. Box 400 Ste. Anne de Bellevue, P. Q., Canada. Mead, James G., Smithsonian Institution.

National Museum of Natural History, Washlngton, DC 20560. No&. Kenneth S.. University of CalUornia

at Santa Cruz, Banta Crw, CA 96060. Ray, Q. Carleton, Department of Pathe

biology, Johns Hopklns Unlverslty. 616 North Wolfe Street, Baltimore. MD 21205. Scheffer, Victor B.. 14806 SE. 64th Street,

Bellevue. WA 98006. Slnlff,Don B.. Department of Ecology and

Behavior, JFB Museurh of NatmHistory, Unlversity of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 65456. Vanla, John S.. Marlne Mammal Studlee,

Alaska Department of Fish and Game. 1018 International Alrport Road, Anchorage. AK Q9602. Xlmenez, Isaias. - SOYP Depto Olentiflco y

Tecnica del Serviclo, Oceanograflco y de Pesca, Juan LlndolfoCuest% 1409,Montevideo, Uruguay.

LAWS AND TREATIES GOVERNING THE

PROTECTION OF MARINE MAMMALS 

### Each marine mammal of 

### U.S. concern is protected by one or more U.S. laws or acts,andtheconservation ofsomespecies is at least partially assured by international treaty or law. A summary of the various laws, conventions, and commis6b 

### * sions designedankenacted

### toprotect marinemammalsfollows: 1. Marine Mammel Protection Act of 1972: A U. S. Federal law that prohibits U.S. citizens from taking; harassing, or importing any marinemammal or itsby- products into the United States, except when authorized to do so by special per- mit. Indians. Eskimos,and Aleuts of the North Pacific and Arctic Oceans can take marine mammals for subsistence. and for creating and selling handicraft items and clothing as long as the stocks

. cansupport theharvest.

2. Endangered Species Act of 1973: The purpose of this U.S.Federal law. which became effective Decemebr 28, 1973, are 

### to provide a program for the " conservation .of species that are either endangered (presently) or threatened (within the foreseeable future) with extinction and their dependentecosystems. and implement certain international conservation conventions (including the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora).MarineMammals, under thejur- isdiction of NMFS, which are listed as endangered species are the blue whale, bowhead whale, gray whale, humpback whale,right whales, fin whale, sei whale. sperm whale, Mediteranean monk seal, and Hawaiian monk seal. No, marine mammals are listed as threatened ~~ecies.

3. Internutional Whaling Convention: The International Whaling Commission

was established under a convention signed in Washington, D.C. in December 1946. Themembership includes all countries that catch significant numbers of whales except Spain, Portugal, Chile, Peru, and Brazil. The IWC is respon- sible for whale conservation worldwide. Since 1964, the IWC has acted 

### to bring world whaling under control by prohib- iting the taking of some species. sharp- ly reducing the authorized catches of species in certain areas, establishing catch quotas by species,and implement- ing an international observer plan for policing quotas and regulations at land stations and on factory ships. The IWC appears to be extending its authority 

### to
cover all cetaceans and 

### to implement regulations for threatened species. The IWC now regulates the harvest of fin, sei,Bryde's, rninke, andsperm whales. A subcommittee of the lWC may be established to improve data collection on small cetaceans anc! review problems. The gray, bowhead, right, blue, and humpback whales are completely pro- tected, except for some hunting by aboriginals.

4. International Convention on Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and FZora: This Convention, bhich entered into force on July 1, 1975,provides additional protection for the following marine mammals under the jurisdiction of NMFS: Appendix I-blue whale,bowhead whale, gray whale, humpback whale, right whales,certain stocks of 

### fin and sei whales, Ganges River dolphin. Mediterranean monk seal, Hawaiian monk seal, Caribbean monk seal, and northern elephant seal: Appendix IIcertain stocks of fin and sei whales,

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUS

### 39026 NOTICES

southern elephant seal, Galapagos fur seal, Guadalupe fur seal. Juan Fernandez fur seal, southern (South American) fur seal, Amsterdam Bland fur seal, Kerguelen fur seal. New Zealand fur seal, and South African fur seal. Trade is more strictly controlled for Appendix I animals than for Appendix 11 animals. The import, export, re-export, and introduction from the sea of convention animals are controlled by the U.S. management authority for the Convention (U.S. Department of the Interior) by a system of permits and enforcement. Implementation by regulating commerce began in February 1977.

5. Interim ConventiononNorth Pacific Fur Seals: This convention prohibits most citizens of Japan. Canada, the U.S.S.R., and the United States from taking northern fur seals. The excep- tions are aboriginal Indians, Aleuts, and Eskimos,who may take them only at sea and by primitive methods. The convention also provides for intensive research

on this species by the four countries. The economicutilization of noithem fur seals on their breeding grounds is conducted by the respective governments and is regulated on a scientificbasis.

6. International Convention for the Northwest Atlantic Fbheries: Under tenns of a convention signed in 1949, ICNAF is responsible for the investiga- tion. protection. and conservation of the fisheries of the Northwest Atlantic in order tomake possible the maintenance of a maximwh sustained catch from these fisheries. The harp seal harvest is regulated by ICNAF, which imposes quotas for the taking of these mammals.

7. International Convention for the Conservation of Antarctic Seals, 1972: Thepurpose of thisconventionis 

### tosafeguard all species of Antarctic seals and to ensure that, if commercial sealing begins on floating ice of the Southern Ocean, the killing of certain specieswill be prohibited'and the taking of other species will be subject to strict limitations. Measures adopted under the Antarctic .Treaty of 1959 provide only for theprotection of seals and other animals around the shoreline of the Antarctic Continent, but not on floating ice. The convention of 1972 may be applicable to any crabeater, and Ross seals, and southern fur seals.

8. Canadian-Norwegian Agreement on Sealing: On December 22, 1971, these two governments ratified an agreement on sealing and the conservation of seal stocks in the Northwest Atlantic. The agreements applies to the harp seal, but provision is made for extension to hooded apd bearded seals and to the walrus. two nations. The U.S.S.R., however, has not hunted harp seals since 1965.

b. Gray seal.-The U.S.S.R. has pro- hibited (since 1970) the hunting of gray seals for sport andby amateurs, butper- mits the taking of these animalsforsubsistence. Canada uses an 1886 law for authority 

### in regulating the take of gray seals. England has prohibited the hunting of gray seals on the Fame Islands since 1932 and on Orkney Island since 1923. Norway has forbidden hunting at S6r Trondelag (since 1923). Finland and Sweden offer bonuses for gray seals taken.

c. Hooded seal.-Canada and Norway prohibit the taking of hooded seals near Newfoundland before 10March,nearJan Mayen Island before 13 March, in Denmark Straitfrom 15June

### to 15July,and in northern waters from 20 March to 5 May. The U.S.S.Ft. and Norivay in 1958 agreed to prohibit the harvest of hooded seals near Jan Mayen. Island before 13 March, andbanned hunting in Denmark Strait.

d. Bearded seal.-The U.S.S.R. has, since 1970, banned the commercialhunting of bearded seals from vessels, and regulates the take of this species by aboriginesandtheharvest from shoreby others.

e. Ribbon seal.-Since the 1960's, the U.S.S.R. has forbidden the hunting of ribbon seals at sea from 1March 

### to 1 September, and in 1970 stopped hunting by amateurs.

f. Ringed seal.-The U.S.S.R. banned sport hunting of Pusa hkipida hfspfda beginning in 1970. Sport hunting of another subspecies (apparentlyaccepted by the U.S.S.R. as P. h. krascheninikovi)

was also banned by the U.S.S.R. In that year, local harvests were regulated, and hunting of the subspecies between 1 March and 1September was prohibited. The U.S.S.R. has also, since 1970, pre- vented commercialhunting of P. h. ochotensis from vessels, and regulated the takeof this subspecies by aborigines and the harvest from shore by others.

g. Harbor seal-Ice-dwelling popula- tions.-The U.S.S.R. hasprohibited sport hunting of these populations of theharbor seal since 1970, protects its rookeries fromharassment andpollution, andreg- ulates the hamest.

Land-dwelling populations. 

### - The U.S.S.R. has prohibited the sport hunting of these populations since 1970, and regulates the take of harbor seals from theWhite and Barents Seas.

h. Northern sea lion.-The U.S.S.R. regulates the harvest of northern sea lions and protects its rookeries from harassment.

i. Walrus.-In 1958, the U.S.S.R. and 9. Miscellaneous regulations and Norway agreed to ban the hunting of agreements of some U.S. interest: a. walrus except to satisfylocal needs and Harp seal-The U.S.S.R. and Norway those of expeditions. signed an .agreement in 1958 entitled a.PreseNation of Seals in the Greenland j. Guadalupe fur seal.-Mexico has Sea." he mment~rovides for the safeguarded the breeding grounds of the regulation ofharp seal'catches by these Guadalupe fur seal on the GuadalupeIslands by @&in$ 

## -this island a wildlife refuge.

k. SouthAmericanfurseal.-The Uruguayan and Argentinian Governments protect the South American fur seal on land and outto 200 milesatsea. In addition, the Uruguayan Government regu- latesthefirvestby protecting allfemale seals except the 1-year-olds, controlling take of pups by season restrictions, and imposing quotas in some instance.

1.SouthAfricanfurseal.-The harvest of South African fur seals is largely a stateenterprise inSouthAfrica, however, the system includes one of control and leasing of rookeries to private contractors. The South West African Administration has not entered the harvesting business,.but licenses private firms,restricts gear 

### tobe uSM,establishes closed seasons, and places limits on sex and condition of catch.

m. Narwhal.-Canada allows its Eskimos to take flve narwhals annually for personal use and issues permits 

### to capture this mammal for exhibition.

n. Killer whale.-Canada allows this species to be taken under a.permitsys

### tem.

PART F7-APPENDIXES

APPENDIX A-PWMIT BTATISTICS TABLES

Table I-Common and Sdentiflc Names of

Marine Mammals Involved in Scientlfic Research/Public Dlsplay Permit Appllcations. Table 11--8ynopsls of Permit Applications. Table III-Number of Cetaceans Requeste:!

in Scientlflc Research/PublIc DLsplay Permlt Applications. Table IV-Number ofPinnipeds Requested

in ScientWc Research/Publlc Display Permlt Applications. Table V-Number of Cetaceans Authorized

to be Taken or Imported Under Scientlfic Research/Public Display Pennfts; and Table VI--Number of Pinnipeds Authorized

to be Taken or Imported Under Sclentiflc Research/Public Dlsplay Permlts.



### TABLE I.-Common and scieiztificnames of marine mammnls involved in scie?~tifi research/p?tblic display permit appli- cations

Comlonname: Sckndific nmnt

Black Right Whale

....... Balaena glucinlid. BowheadWhale.

.........Balamamyalicdus. Gray Whale .....-........ Bchricht~ robmtw. Minke Whale-.-.......... Balamoptera Mltorodlrala. Bryde's Whale

..... . ..-..- Balaenoptera edenf. Sei Whale....-............ Balaenoptera borcdw. Fin Whale.-.

..-......
.. .Balaenoplnaphyralw. Blue Whale

........ ....... Balmoptera musculus. Humpback Whale..-..... Mrgaptera ~vanglioc. Rough-toothedDolphin.. Slcno bndoncndls. Bottlenosed Dolphin-.

. .. Tursiopafruncafw. Risso's Dolphin

..... .. . ..Drampus viseus. LagenorhyncbLne Lapenwhynchw sp.

Dolphins. White-bmked Dolphin.

...Logenorhynchud alMroslri8. Atlantic White-sided Lagrnorhynehw aculud.

Dolphin. Pacific Whitesided Laoewhvnchus

Dolphin. dbliquidenr. Dusky Dolphin-----....- Loqrnolhynchw obscr, Fraser's Dolphin-.

....... Zagenodelphb hoaei. StenellineDolpbins-.--.- Slnullosp. SpinnerDolphin.. .-...-. Slcnella lonpfroniris. Spotted Dolphh.-.-..... SUnclh oticnaa(a. Striped Dolphin .-.-..
. Slnullacarulco6Um; Common Dolphin.-..... Dclphinw dclphb. Northern Right Whale Liaeodelphir borealfr.

Dolphin.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977NOTICES

CETACEANS--CO~~~~U~~
Common name: Sdcnlificnanu



### ...... Melon-headed Whale Pygmy Killer Whale.----- FalseKiller Whale.----

.............. PilotWhales Long-finnedPilot WhaleBShort-fumed Pilot Whale.............. Killer Whale

.......... Harbor Porpoise Cochilo.-.

............... Finless Porpoise



### .......... Dall's Porpoise

........... WhiteWhale

.............. Sperm Whale--.

..........

..... Pygmy Sperm Whale



### ...... Dwwl Sperm Whale Blainville's Beaked .......... ..... .. Ortinworca. Phocoena phoeoena. Phocoena ainw. Neophococnaphocamidu. Phocoenoidea ddlii. Delphinapleruslrurar. Physettr colodon. Kogia breviceps. Kogiafflmua. Mtawbdondendircxlrw. Whale.

.... Hrrbb's Beaked Whale Me~oplodon carlhubbaf. Cuvier's Beaked Whale..- Ziphius cauiroslris.

.... Bawd's Beaked Whale Berardius bairdii.

........ Bottlenose Whales Hyperoodm sp.

SouthAmerican Sea Lion. OLariapavescow.



### ....... California Sea Lion ZdophwcdiJornianw.

..... Northern Sea Lion.. Eumclopiaa hbdw. Arctwephaline Fur Seals. Arclocephdw sp.



### ....... Antarct~c Fur Seal Ardocephdwgazello. South Alrican Fur Seal..- Ardocephalwpwillw.

........ Northern Fur Seal Callorhinusursinw. PacificHarbor Seal..--.-. Phoca Irilulinarichardif. Ice-breedingHarbor Seal- Phoca oilulina largha.

... Atlantic Earbor Seal.. Phoca oaulina oitulina: Western North Atlantic Phocaailulina concolor.



### ---"-

.............. Ringed Seal Phoca hispida.

................ Gray Seal Halichoerwgrypw.

.............. Ribbon Seal Phoca/asciafa.

............. Beardad Seal Hrignalhw barbalw. Hawaiian Monk Seal-...- Monachus schauimlnndf. Crabeater Seal

............ Lubodon carcinwhapw. Ross Seal

............... .. Omrndophnaroasil.

............. lreo ard Seal Hydruroa lcplonyr. wetdell Seal

.............. Leplonycholes ureddelli. Southern Elephant Seal.- Mirouwa leonina. Northern Elephant Seal.- Mirounga mgwtiroslria.



### TABLE II.-S~mp9i8 of pwtlcit appWcationa

As 01Mar. 31, 1976 Apr. I,LW6to Mar. 31,1977 As of Mar. 31 Scientific 1977--cumul& research Public display BcientiRc and Scientific Public display Scientificand tive toLal public display research public display

.......................... Number ofapplications submitted.; 79 99 0 17 39 4 '1 238 -

................... Number of mhah requested (total). 57. 270 707 0 13,W 105 I68 170,010

Of these:

...

.......................................... Taken by killing 4,731 0 0 9,m 0 0 13,740 Taken and kept alive

..................................... 300 057 0 96 165 33 I,251

...................................... Killed in captivi1~-: 57 0 0 0 0 0 57

..................................... Taken and released.: 

## ?% 0 0 26250 0 135 53,610

............................................... Found dead !iO 0 0 0 1.382

~~~~ -- -----

### --- ACTION TAKm

Number of applicntions lorwarded lo Marine Mammal Com-

. . . . ~~

.... rnsslrn ....................................,............ Number ol applications reviewed by Marine'Mammal Commls9lon.;.

..................................................

.......................... Number 01 applications withdrawn.

.................... Number 01applicationsreferred lo States. Number of applications resolved through interagency wree................... Number 01animalsapproved (total). 50,109 331 0 17,764 IM1

Ofthese:

.......................................... Taken by killing 4,027 0 0 9,739 0

..................................... Taken and kept alive 283 331 0 0 106 Killed in capitivjt

....................................... 49 0 0 0 0 Taken and re1ease8.1 ...................................- 44,978 0 0 7.

## +@& 0 Found dead



### .......................................... 772 0 0 0

Included in the application totalsabove are42applicaUominwhich no numbersofanlmnkarespecified. Thetotal number ofanlmalsrequested, tberefore,doesnot include the animalswhich would be lahen under these applications;

FEDERAL REGISTEK VOL 42, NO* 147--MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977Reqoeslerl Req~~ested (As ofApr

.30

## . 1876) 4Apr



### .1


## .1976

## .thro~~gb Mar

.31



### .1917) CumulaCon~nio~i name 3 . . tive total Taken by Take11and Killrd ill Taken &nd Found Takenby Taken and Killed in Taken and Found 'requested

killing kept alive capl-ivily released dead killing kept alive captivity mleased dead

................................................... Black Right Whale 615

.............................................................................. 615

....................................................... BOB-head Whale 130 40

................................................................. 170 Gray Whale

............................................................ 324 I I

................................................................. 336 Mi~~ke Whale

._ ........................................................ 1.359 3

....................................... 50

............. 1,412 B~yde's Whale

...-. .......... .. ................................... 930

..................... -I

....................................................... 930 Sei Whale 935

.................................................... 100 1,035

............. Fin Whale

............................................................. 875

.................................................... 125

............. Bll~e Whale

......................... ..... ........................... 625

.................. 

### .................................. 25

............. 1,lmo Bj0

..................................................... Il~~mpback Whale iS5 30

....................................... I00

............. 905

..................... Ro~~gh-loathed Dolphin 8 :............ 100

............. 410 2

....................................... 519

....................... Bottlenosed Dolphin 265

............. RM 3 410 9!l

............. 129

............. 1,710

.......................... Risso's I>olphi~~... - >

............. 1 i4

............. 410 6

....................................... 592

........................................... Lage~~o~-l~ynchine Dolphins 50

.............................................................................. 50

........................ .................. Whilebeaked Dolphin

... 24

.................... .. ... 2

....................................... 26

............... Allanlir Whitesided Dolphin 6

............. 24

.............................................................................. 30

................. PwiticWhile-sided Dolphin 23

............. 521 3

............. 6

....................................... 553

....................................................... D~uky Dolphin 61

.............................................................................. 61

........................ ........................ Fracrr's Do phi11

.... 100

............. 410

.................................................... 510 Stenelline Dolphins

............................. .... 174

............................................................... .............. li4

........................ Spi~~nrr Dolphin

.... 17 4, 500 r 3, 269 530

............. 8,318

............. ... ......... ..........................

............. Spotted Dolphin

...................................................... 8.500 3 5, 285

.......................... 530 14, 298

...................................................... Striped Dolphin 100

............. 440

.................................................... 540

............. ........................... Comn~u~~ Dolphin 8 1. 011 3 495 2

............. 530

............. 2, 047 Northtrn Right Whale Dolphin...

.................................... 2

............. 130 3

............................................................ , .... 135

................................................... Melon-headed Whale 100

............. 385 4

....................................... 489

........................ Pygmy KillerWhele 4

............. 100

............. 385 4

....................................... 493

.......................... False KillerWhale 6

............. 74

........................... 9

............. 6

............. 96 Pilot Whales.

......................................................... 160

................................................................ 

### -...-........ 160

.................... Long-fi~~ned Pilot Whale 2

............. 21 80

................................................................. 86

.................... Short-tin~led Pilot Whale 23

............. 44 3 410 2

....................................... 482 Killer Wl~ale

................................ 8

............. 134 23

....................................... 50

............. 215

..................................................... Harbor l'orpoise. 50 3

............. 1 100

............. 154 Corhilo
...,,.. 2

................................................................. 2

....................................................................

.............................................................................................. FinlewPolpoise 0

................I

...... : ............... 6

........................................................ Dall's Porpoise 330 3

....................................... 280

............. 613 White Whale

................ ... 55 4

......................... 50

............. 6

....................................... 115 Sperm Whale

.......................................................... 1,4i5



### .................................................... 225

............. 1, 700

............................................................... Pygn~y Sperm Whale 3

................................................................. 3

........................................................................................................................................................... Dwarl Spe~m Whale

................................................ Blai~~ville's Beaked Whale

............................................................. H~~bb's Beaked Whale 3

................................................................. 3

..................... Cnvier's Beaked Whale 2

........................................................................................................ 2

.................................................................................................................. Baird's Beak@ Whale 25

............. 25

..................................................... Bo~~le~~ose Whals 25

.............................................................................. 25 - Total 55 3.v~ 0 20.222 249 8.889 149 0 1.805 0 31.721

--

1 Please reler to table I of this appendix. elltilled "Conimol~ nn(l Scie~~lifir Names olMarineMammalsInvolved in Scientific Reqrach/P~~blic Display PermitApplications." for Ilte aoorooliale scienlifir names

. .. ? III &%necased permit appliratlons or pelmits sprcily a IIIIII~~?~ of ani~nalh tobe taken without specifying the numbers lo be teken lrom a particluar speicesor pop~llation stock

. Therefole.II~ figures given lor a particular spevles represent 111e total lumber 01anlbalswhich might be tnken fall poss~ble alternatives were selected lor that species



### . llowev~r



### .the total nnmber given for a categoly of 1ak111g actlvlt)

. Irvlrserlts the maximum number ofanimals wh~ch might he taken. discounting any mult~ple takings arisiug ~I.OIII Ill? ~de~~t~ficat~on ol more than one species



### . As H IPSIIII. taki~~g (alrgo~~ totnls may be less than the sum of the individual e1111ies lor that category

.

TABLE 1V.-Number of Pitrnipcds requested in scienti* rescaroh/public display permit application8

Re uestrd Requested (Asofh'?ar

. 31; 1876) (Apr

.1. 1976thruMar

. 31. 19i7)

Common name 1 Taken Takvn Taken Taken Taken Taken Cumulaby and killed in and Found by and Killedin and Found tive killing kept captivi1.y released dead killing kept captivity released dead total alire alive requestedt

Soul11American Sea Lion

................... 9

......................................................

# -

................................................. 9

............ Calilornia Sea Lion 600 414 20 1.036 243 80 117

....................................... 2. 510

............. Northern Sea Lion 360
, ........................ 12, 500 3

................................................-................ 13, 133

............................................................................................................... Arctorephaline FurSeals 65

............. 65

............. AnlarcticFor Seal 8

.......................... 100 550

................................................................. 6-58

................................................................................................................. Soutl~ African FurSeal 10

............. 10

.......................... Northe~u FurSeal 12

.......................... 3

..................................... -.......................... 15

............ Pacific Harbor Seal 946 2Oi 20 3.160 3 40 2

....................................... 4, 378 lce-bleedingHarbor Seal

....... li0 6

............. 300

.............................................................................. 476

........................ Aflanlic Harbor Seal 1

........................................................................................................ 1 H'estrrn North Atlantic Har...-.. ........................... bor Sral ?. 3.5

............. 145 20

............. 21

....................................... ??I Ringed Seal

.................... 1, 220 4

......................... 25

................................................................. I,21!)

................................... Gray Seal 28

.................................................... 2

....................................... 30

............... Ribbon Sral

.... 140

.................................................................................................................. 140

................... Bearded Sen1 890

....................................... 10

................................................................. OM)

........................ Hawaiian Monk Seel 2

.............................................................................. 880

............. 882

................. Crabraler Seal 24

.......................... 300

.............................................................................. 324

...................... Ross Seal 8

.......................... 106

.............................................................................. 114 Leopard Seal

............... .... 24 2

............ 200

...................... r
....................................................... 226 Weddell Seal

................... 48

............. 37 3, 635

.......................................................................... -.. 4, 969 Soulhrrn Elephant Seal

........ 8

.......................... 100

.............................................................................. 10A No1Illern Elephant Seal

................. .... 4

............. 9.046 n6

............. 3

....................................... 0,466

T0Ial2

................... 4.676 605 5; 30, 628 1, 133 120 145 0 955 0 38, 313

... -

.

I I'lrasr refertotableI ofthisappendix. entitled "Common and ScientificXamesolM~neMammalsInvolved inSci'entificResearchjTublic Display Permit Applications." for IIle appropriate scientific names

### . Insomeeases permitapplicntionsorpermits specifya number ofanimalstobeWen without specilying thenumberstobetaken from a parlicular species orp~p~lstion stork

.Therefore

# .thefigures given lor a particular speciesrepresent thetotal number of animalswhich might be takenifall ossiblealternatives were selected forthat species



### . However

.thetotal number given for acategqryoftaking activityrepresents themaximum number ofanimalswhich might getaken. discounting any mulLipletakings arising fromIlle ;dentficntlon ofmorethan onesperses

### .Asa rcsult. laklng category totalsmaybeless than the sum ofthe individual entriesfor that category

.

FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL 42. NO



### . 147.4ONDAY. AUGUST 1. 1977NOTICES

TABLE V.-Xumber of cetaceans authorized to Be taken or imported mdersdentificresearch/pt&blic displav permits 

## *

1- . Authorized (As of Mar

. 31



### . 1976) Authorized (Apr

. 1, '1016 through Mar

. 31. 1977)

Common nalne I Tnken Taken Taken Taken Taken Taken Cumulative by and kept Killed in and Found by and kept Killed in and Found total killing alive cnptivity released dead killing alive captivity released dead authorized

............. nlnck RightWhale

.................................................................................................................... 120 120

....... ..... ....................................... Buwhead Whale-

..................................................... 50 40 80 

# . 170

............. ....................................... GrayWhale

........................................................... 209 10 90 309

............. .................................................... Minke Whale

.......................................................... 774 100 874

............. .................................................... Bryde's Whale

........................................................ 350 70 420

............. .................................................... Sei Whale X70 170 500

.............................................................

............. .................................................... Fin Whale

............................................................ 230 220 A50

............. .................................................... Blue Whale

........................................................... 30 70 100

............. Humpback Whale- I

....................................... 30 20 250

...... ............................................ 300

............. .................................................... Roii~h-toothed Dolphin

.................... 7

............. 100 410 517

.............. ............. ............. ............. Boltlenosed Dolphin

........................ 151 GO4 410 46 329 1,540 

### '

.... ....... .......................... . .........-... Risso's Dolphj11

.. 124 410 50 ., 584

............. LngenorhynchineDolphins

............................................................................................................ 50 50 White-beaked Dolphin

................................................ 24

.............................................................................. 24

.............................................................................. ............. AtlanticWhite-sided Dolphin

............... 6 24 30

............. ..........-.-................-...... Pacific Whilesided Dolphin

................ 15 521

....................................... 536 

# . Dusky Dolphin

........................... ..................... bl 61

......................... ........-.... Fraser's Dolphin

.........................................
............................ 1CO 410 :

.......... 510

............. .................................................... Stenelline'Dolphins

................................................... 124 50 174

.......................... ............. ............. ............. Spinner Dolphin

............................ 11 4,MW) 3, 269 530 8,310

............. Spotted Dolphin 8, 500

............. 5.465

.......................... 530 14,235

......................................................

............. Striped Dolphin-

.................................................... 100 440 540

.....................................................

............. .......................... ............. ............. Conlmon Dolphin

.......................... 6 961 405 580 2, 041 Northern Ri~ht Whale Dolphin

....................................... 130

.................................................................... 

# . ......... 130

............. Melon-headed Whale 100 385

.................................................... 485

..................................................

............. .................................................... Pygmy Killer Wbale

.................................................. 100 385 485

............. ............. .......................... False Killer Whalc

.......................... 5

............. 24 2 50 81

............. Pilot Whales

.......................................................... I10 50 160

....................................................

................................................................. ............. Long-finned Pilot Whale

.................... 2 24 60 86

............. Short-finned Pilot Whale

.................... 15

............. 44 3

....................................... 410 472

............. K~ller Whale 4

............. 20

....................................... 3J

................................ 100 183 Harbor Porpoise 150

............. 150 Cochito

............................................................................ 2

............................................................... 2

............. Dall's Porpoise

....................................................... 330

.................................................... 280 GI0

.......................... ................................................................. -WhiteWhale

................... 15 4 50 69

............. Sperm Whale

......................................................... ti50

.................................................... 350 I,000 Pymgy Sperm Whnle

.........................................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................................ Hubb's Rrnked Whnle Cuvirr's Beaked Whale

............................. .......................... Bottlenose Whnle.. : Unidentified -r

.......................... .............................................................................. 

### 'J 200 275

................... -- Total 2

................... 90 202 0 19, 277 203 9.080 58 0 2, 060 0 30.887

1Please refer totable 1ofthis aoocndix

.entitlcd "Common and ScicntiticNarccsofMarine hlammalsInvolved in ScientificResenrcWPublic Disulav PermltAoolicalions."

. . .. for the appropriate scicntikn;un&.- 

# - '
1In some cases pennit applications or permits specily a number ofanimals tobe token. without specifyingthe numbers lo be taken from a particular Spebiesor population stock

.Therefore the ligures give~r for a ~mr[icul*r spccies rep~.escnt Lhc totul number of animals which mighl be laken if allpossible alternativeswereselected for that species



### . However; the toial number given for n calcgory 01laking activity represents the maximm nnmber ofanin~als which might be taken. discountinganymulliplelakingsarisitig from the identilicalion of more thn~i one spccics

. As a result. taking calegory totals may be less than the sum ol the individual entries for thatcategory


### . TABLE V1.-Number of Pinqtipeds aalhvrized lo be token or imported under soienlific research/pufilicdisplay p&imits

AuLhorized (AsolMar

.3. 1970) Authorized (Apr



### .1. 1976through Mar



### .31

# .1977) CumulaCommon name 1 tive toial Taken by Taken and Rined in Taken and Fonnd Taken by Wen and Killed in Taben and Found aulborized killing kept aline captivity released dead killing kept alive caplivlty released dead

-- - - - - .-

...... SouthAmerican Sen Lion 9

..................................................................................................................... 9

............ Califprnin Sea Lion cob 308 12 1,03-5 240 80 52

....................................... 2,327 Northem Sea Lion

............. 3-30

.......................... 10, 000

............. 25!l

.......................... 2, 500

............. 13, 130

.............................................................................................................. Arctocephaline Fur Seals 65

............. €6 Antarctic Fur Senl

............. 8

.......................... 100

................................................................. 550 658

................................................................................................................. South AfricanFur Seal 10

............. 10

...................................................... ..................................................................................................... Northern Fur Seal i PacificHarbor Se~l.

........... H46 I55 12 580

............. 120 4

............. 2, 500

............. 4.217 Ice-breeding Harbor Seal

....... 70 6

............. 3W

............. 100

.................................................... 476 Atlantic Harbor Seal

...................................................................................................................................................... I... Western North AllonLlcHarbor

Seal

....................................... 25

............. 145 29

............. 10

....................................... 200 Ringed Scal

.................... 1, 120 4

.......................... 25 100

.................................................... 1, 249 Oray Seal

................................... 22

.................................................... 2

....................................... 24 Ribbon Seal

................... 40

.................................................... 100

.................................................... 140 Bcarded Senl

................... i90

....................................... 10 1M)

.................................................... 900 Hawaiian Monk Seal

.................................................. M

.............................................................................. M Crabeater Seal

................. 30

.......................... 400

.................................................... 450

............. 880

...................... Ross Seal 9

.......................... 2%

................... A .......................................................... 215 Leopard Seal

................... 21i 2

............. 300

.............................................................................. 328 Weddell Seal

................... W

............. 37 3.635

.............................................................................. 3, 722 Southern Elcphant Sen1

........ 8

.......................... 100

.............................................................................. 108

............. Norlhcrn Elephnnt 8~01-

................... 131 9,046 275

............. 3

....................................... 9, 455 

### - Total 7

................... 3, 937 <12 40 25, 701 5;O 850 il 0 5, 525 550 37, 665

I Please refertotable 1ofthisappendix. entitlcd "Comn~on and ScientificNan~es ofMarineMammals lnvolved in Scientific Research/Public Display PermitApplications. " for the approprinte xienlificnames
. 2 Insome csses.pcrmit appliwtions or permits specilye nmnhcr of animals to be laken. wilhonl specifyingthenumbers lobe taken from a parlicular species or population stock

.Therefore. the figures given for a partic~rlar species rrpre3cnt the total numbrr 01 anjmals which might be taken if all possible alternativeswere selected lor thespecies

. Howevcr the lolal number glven lorn Catcqory oflaking activity rrprcscnls 1I1cn~axinlum nnmbrr olunimals which might be taken. diswunting anymultipletakingsarising fromthe ~dcntificalior~ ofmore than one spcc~cs
.As a rcsnll. tak~ng entcgory lolnls may Ec less than thr sum-oftheindividual entries for that category


### .

FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL

. 42. NO



### . 147-M0NDP.Y. AUGUST T. 1WNOTICES

AP~IX B--NOTXCZS AND REGULATIONS J. Rulemaklng on expedited procedures for ng. notlce of declslon. August n-AKIULA RoNs THE mnsideratlon of proposed regulatlom for 3Of.:7"8':* EML'&EGISTES reference 41 FR

RON Or POPDLAnON celendar year 1077. October 1, 1976, F~EBAL 38406. ~~EQISTER reference 41 FR &ISM). g. Proposed rulemaklng, September 17.

a. Proposed rulemaklng, October 6, 1076. k. Amended rulemaking. October 4. 1076, 1076. FED- RSGISTCB relerence 41 FR 40167. Fm?xi~L Rzcxmmreference 41FR44040. FEDERAL REom~m reference 41 FR 43726. h. Amended rulemaklng, November 24. b. mal rulemaklng, December 21. 1076. 1. rulemaking for calendar year 1978,FEDERAL ~cnmm reference 41 FR 61705, FJID~L REGISTE~ reference41 FR 66636. 1077. October 14, 1076, FEDERAL FUZCISTER ref- 1. Amended rulemaking, December 16, 1076.
erence 41 FR 46016. ~DERAL REGISTER reference 41 FR 64046. B-2-NmCEE Arm RLGULARONs R-TINO To m. Amended rulemaking, Ootober 15, 1076,. &4-N(Y1?CEs 

# -

RELATINO TO

T~INCID~AL TAKmG mmAL REGISTER reference 41 FR 45560. m THE COWBE OF COMMEBCIAL mnmcOP- rulemaking, interimregime, STATE MANAGEMENT OF MARINE MAMMALS ERATIONS November 11. 1878, FEDERAL REGISTER refer- a. Proposedrulemaking regardlng approval

a. Flnal rulemaklng, September 5. 1074, ence 41 FR 49869- and monltoring of State laws. and regarding FEDERAL E~M~ISTDI reference 30 FR 32117. 0. Final rulemaking, interim regime. Janu- thetaklngand lmportlng of marine mammals b. Amended rulemaking. September 25, W 6. 1077, -ERU REGIETEB 42 FR 1034. for which the moratorlym has been waived. 1974, REG IS^ reference39 FR 34417. P. mnal rulemaking forcalendar year 1877, April 0, 1976, FEDERAL REGISTER reference 41

c. Amended rulemaking. December 5, March 1. 1077, F'EDERAL REGISTEX reference 4.2 FR 16173. IQ~~..FEDERAL REGISTER reference 40 FR 66809. P'R 12009. b. Revlsed notice of public hearings: re- q. Notice of declslon for calendar gear 19'7'7. vised pre-hearing order; May 28, 1076, FD- d. of to be

# -

In March 1. 1077, FEDERAL REGISTER reference 42 ERAL REGIS- reference 41 FR 21832. determfning whether to impose a quota. Aprll 5. 1076, FJIDERAL REGISTER reference 41 FR 12016- c. nnalrulemsglngregardng approval and FR 14401. B-3-N(3TICES AND REGmATION~ review of State laws and regulations. August

e. Amended rulemaklng to implement the m SOu'rE AFRICANFUR BWL WAIVER OrTIiZ 311 lg7" reference 41 FR Order of a U.S. Disklct Court, Map 28, 19'76, MORATORIUM '36660.
FEDERAL Ru;x.srrm reference 41 FR 21762. a ~h~l wemaking ~~b~~~~ 19 1976, B-s-REGULARONS RELATING TO THE DEPLETED f. Correction toamended rulemaklng. June 

### m- ~sors~n referince 41 FR 7610. STATUS OF RAWAIUN MONK SEU 4. 1076, FEDERAL RGGXS-~EE reference 41 FR b. Notlce of walver. mbruarp 19.1976. FED- L Propasedmlemaglng,June 16. 1076,Fen- 22,666. BLUREGISTER reference 41 FR 7637. ERAL REGIETER reference 41 FR 24393. g. Amended rulemaking to lmplement the c. Notice of supplemental declslon. Merch b. -1 rulemaglw, 2a, lQ76,FEnWdL Order of a US. Court of Appeals, June 0. 15, 1976. FEDERAL REGISTER reference 41 FR REG~S- reference4l Pa 30120. 1076. FED- RECX~TCR reference 41 FR 23205. 10940. h. Amended rulemaglng establlshlng a d. Notlce of correction. Aprll 13. 1976, FED- APPENDIX C-FUNDINGTABLE quota, June 11.1976, FEDERAL Rscra~~ refer- mru. Rw;nrm reference 41 FR 16451.

ence 41 FR 23880. e* notice of mnual review of The table which follows details the status

i. proposed amended ~lemaking, JUI~ 27, msnagement program, ~uly 29, 19'76, FEDEBAL Of authorfzatfonand finding for fiscal year 1976,F~DERAL REGXS~ reference 41 FR 31227. REGISTER reference 41 FR 30337. 1077-78.

~PERDP0.-iUaa(n8 mmmdwneervation-etatu8 of autWzatton and funding-@oal yew 1977and 1978

Fiscalyear 1Bn Fiscalyear 1977 Fiseal ear 1078 Pbcalyssr 1978 MsealyearI979 Fiscal year 1978 Basa+tn- Requestedautborlzatlon ~ase hing hrrease regn& Regnedsd tow Requestedauthorlsatiol~ Alithorlzlnglegislation Padtiom Funding Amount Exphtlon Posltfons Funding Posltlons Ffmdlng Positlorn FnndJng Amo~ull Expimffo~i date dale

Marine M-J Prateetlan

Act of 1972 (PubUcbw92- oct 21 1972): 

# '%. li~&ar~h -ts.--- 

### o $l,am,oOo ~l,Se7,000 ~ept. 30.1977 

### o 8l,Se7,000 o 0 o m,m,m $1,667,000 sept.30,lgso Sea. 114 admlntdrstlon

enforeementandresearc6. 

### n 2,178,000 4,000.000 .---.do.;; 

## ---- .n 

### amooo r ~O,W 7s Z,M,OOO 8,000.000

..... do

## ...---

Endangered Bpecfes Act ut

1973 8 294,000 2,000,000 ----- do-;; 

### .-.- 6 284000 0 0 6 294.000 2,000.000 -..-. do-.;.-- Fur BeelAct of1966- 

### -.-----.--- 14 685,000 (I) (9 14 685.000 0 0 14 695.000 (1) SaltonstallKennedy landlug--- (1) 0 '600,000 ----..-.--------------------------------------------------------------------------------7----- (1) (9
Other authorIration+

Subtohl~-; 21) 1,488,000 -...-..-.-...---.-.-------- 20 888,000 0. 0 20 889,000 ....-.-..... Marine mammal conwr-

vatlon-tototal.------ 97 6,934,000 

### -----.-------------------- 87 6,834,000 1 m.000 88 S,&d0,000

### ------------

: open: 

### * One-timehdamade availableby the Ofeceo:Management and Budget solelyforsupportoftheenforcement plan submittedto the V.B. CIrcult Court 01Appeablor theDlstrictof Columbls Clrcult, February 1877; [FRDoc.77-21718 Filed 7-39-77;8:46 am]

FEDERAL REGISTER, YO4 42, NO. 147-MONDAY, AUGUST 1, 1977